SlideShare a Scribd company logo
Front cover


IBM Tivoli System
Automation for z/OS
Enterprise Automation
Enterprise class automation on IBM
System z

Migration from other
automation platforms

Support for end-to-end
automation




                                                    Budi Darmawan
                                                     Adam Palmese
                                                   Andrew McIntyre
                                                   Francisco Duarte
                                                      Mark Talstein



ibm.com/redbooks
Ibm tivoli system automation for z os enterprise automation sg247308
International Technical Support Organization

IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise
Automation

January 2007




                                               SG24-7308-00
Note: Before using this information and the product it supports, read the information in
 “Notices” on page xi.




First Edition (January 2007)

This edition applies to Version 3, Release 1 of IBM Tivoli Systems Automation for z/OS (product
number 5698-A14).
© Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 2007. All rights reserved.
Note to U.S. Government Users Restricted Rights -- Use, duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP
Schedule Contract with IBM Corp.
Contents

                 Figures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii

                 Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix

                 Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi
                 Trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xii

                 Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii
                 The team that wrote this redbook. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii
                 Become a published author . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiv
                 Comments welcome. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv

                 Chapter 1. Overview of IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1 . . . . 1
                 1.1 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                 1.2 System Automation for z/OS V3.1 new functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    1.2.1 Integration with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    1.2.2 Enhanced GDPS integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
                    1.2.3 Integration with Tivoli System Automation for Multiplatforms . . . . . . . 8
                    1.2.4 Reduced implementation time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
                    1.2.5 Enhancements to System Automation for z/OS commands . . . . . . . 11
                    1.2.6 Cleanup of CICS and IMS message exit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
                    1.2.7 NMC enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
                 1.3 IBM Tivoli NetView for z/OS V5.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

                 Chapter 2. System Automation for z/OS V3R1 configuration . . . . . . . . . . 19
                 2.1 Overview of configuration tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
                 2.2 Preparation of System Automation for z/OS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
                 2.3 Creating System Automation for z/OS dialog screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
                 2.4 Preparing the z/OS system environment and library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
                    2.4.1 Modify the system parameter library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
                    2.4.2 Modify the system procedure library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
                 2.5 VTAM major node definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
                 2.6 Customize common automation DSIPARM library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
                 2.7 Defining policy database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
                 2.8 Automate starting the tasks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

                 Chapter 3. Working with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON classic interface . . . . . 33
                 3.1 IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
                 3.2 Setting up OMEGAMON integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37



© Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved.                                                                                       iii
3.2.1 Define the OMEGAMON network sessions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
                  3.2.2 Defining automated proxy operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
                  3.2.3 Define the TAF logical units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
               3.3 OMEGAMON related commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
                  3.3.1 The INGSESS command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
                  3.3.2 The INGOMX command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
                  3.3.3 Monitor command INGMTRAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
               3.4 Defining a monitored resource . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
                  3.4.1 Monitored resource policy definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
                  3.4.2 Reset recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
                  3.4.3 DISPMTR details example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
               3.5 Security consideration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
                  3.5.1 OMEGAMON security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
                  3.5.2 NetView security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
                  3.5.3 Password security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

               Chapter 4. System Automation for z/OS working with End-to-end
                           Automation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
               4.1 Distributed software installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
                  4.1.1 Install DB2 Universal Database V8.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
                  4.1.2 Install DB2 Fix Pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
                  4.1.3 Install WebSphere Application Server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
                  4.1.4 Install WebSphere Application Server patches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
                  4.1.5 Installing System Automation for Multiplatform End-to-end . . . . . . . 74
               4.2 Operation for the middleware processes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
                  4.2.1 DB2 Universal Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
                  4.2.2 WebSphere Application Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
                  4.2.3 IBM HTTP Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
                  4.2.4 System Automation for Multiplatform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
               4.3 Post-installation tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
               4.4 End-to-end Automation Adapter configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
                  4.4.1 Prerequisites and dependencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
                  4.4.2 Automated operator functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
                  4.4.3 Enabling the Event Automation Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
                  4.4.4 Customize the End-to-end Automation Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
                  4.4.5 Perform configuration for security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
                  4.4.6 Verify startup of the Automation Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
                  4.4.7 Solve timeout problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

               Chapter 5. Managing SYSPLEXes with the use of the Processor Operations
                          feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
               5.1 Processor Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
               5.2 Planning the hardware interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100



iv   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
5.3 Modifying automation policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
   5.3.1 Defining OCF-based processors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
   5.3.2 Connecting System to Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
   5.3.3 Enterprise Processor Operations information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
5.4 Preparing the hardware. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
   5.4.1 Preparing the support element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
   5.4.2 Enable the API and set the community name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
5.5 Processor Operations build facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
5.6 Starting and stopping Processor Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
   5.6.1 Manual operation of Processor Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
   5.6.2 Automating Processor Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
   5.6.3 Managing processors using Processor Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
5.7 Security with RACF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
   5.7.1 Allowing NetView to use the BCP internal interface . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
   5.7.2 Access to the processor and LPAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
   5.7.3 Defining the CPC access lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Chapter 6. Migrating to System Automation for z/OS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
6.1 Software Migration Project Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
   6.1.1 SMPO overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
   6.1.2 Migration services offerings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
6.2 A typical migration process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
   6.2.1 Product implementation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
   6.2.2 Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
   6.2.3 Production roll-out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
   6.2.4 Additional steps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
6.3 General migration tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
   6.3.1 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
   6.3.2 User interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
   6.3.3 Auto Discovery of Started Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
   6.3.4 Migration source code control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
6.4 Migration Unicenter CA-OPS/MVS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
   6.4.1 System State Manager (SSM) tables and rule migration . . . . . . . . 148
   6.4.2 Message rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
   6.4.3 Command rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
   6.4.4 Timer rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
   6.4.5 Screen scraping rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
   6.4.6 REXX migration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
6.5 Migrating BMC MAINVIEW AutoOPERATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
   6.5.1 IMFEXEC migration tool from the SMPO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
   6.5.2 Future enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Abbreviations and acronyms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157



                                                                                               Contents        v
Related publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
               IBM Redbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
               Other publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
               Online resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
               How to get IBM Redbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
               Help from IBM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

               Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163




vi   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
Figures

                 1-1 Monitor, control, and automation functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                 1-2 OMEGAMON exception processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
                 3-1 Single system environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
                 3-2 Multi systems environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
                 3-3 Entry type selection screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
                 3-4 NTW policy definition screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
                 3-5 OMEGAMON sessions definitions screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
                 3-6 OMEGAMON session attributes screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
                 3-7 Automated operator policy definition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
                 3-8 Automation operator definitions screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
                 3-9 OMEGAMON session list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
                 3-10 Detailed session information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
                 3-11 Session statistics screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
                 3-12 Session stopped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
                 3-13 CSAA command response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
                 3-14 SVOL command response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
                 3-15 TRAP command response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
                 3-16 Exceptions and Health Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
                 3-17 Define new monitored resource entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
                 3-18 Monitor Resource information screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
                 3-19 Message processing - defining exception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
                 3-20 Message type selection screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
                 3-21 Message processing - CMD screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
                 3-22 Message processing - user defined data screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
                 3-23 Message processing screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
                 3-24 Relationship selection list screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
                 3-25 DISPMTR resource list screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
                 3-26 DISPMTR detail screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
                 3-27 DISPMTR message history screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
                 3-28 OMEGAMON session attributes screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
                 3-29 Authentication definitions (GETPW) screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
                 4-1 Running ezdmn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
                 4-2 Log in page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
                 4-3 Welcome page for System Automation for Multiplatform . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
                 4-4 Selecting servers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
                 4-5 Loading topology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
                 4-6 End-to-end automation domain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
                 4-7 DISPAOPS result . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85



© Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved.                                                                                vii
4-8 Status of resources E2E_EAS and E2E_ADPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
                5-1 HMC configuration for ITSO environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
                5-2 Entry Type Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
                5-3 Entry Name Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
                5-4 Define New Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
                5-5 Policy Selection - Processor Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
                5-6 Processor Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
                5-7 Policy Selection - LPAR and SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
                5-8 LPAR Definition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
                5-9 System definition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
                5-10 Policy Selection - Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
                5-11 Select Target Hardware for System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
                5-12 MVS Target System Basic Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
                5-13 Policy Selection - Processor OPS Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
                5-14 Processor Operation Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
                5-15 SNMP definitions for the API. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
                5-16 SNMP definitions for the enable API. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
                5-17 Build Functions Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
                5-18 Processor Operations Control File Build . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
                5-19 Entry Name selection - Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
                5-20 Application Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
                5-21 Subsystem Startup Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
                5-22 Startup Command Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
                5-23 Processor Operations Target Status Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
                6-1 Main menu screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
                6-2 Auto Discovery of Started Tasks screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
                6-3 Auto Discovery of Started Tasks screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
                6-4 Migration Source Code Control Menu screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
                6-5 Migration Source Code Control - control dataset screen . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
                6-6 Migration Source Code Control Menu screen with control dataset . . . . . 142
                6-7 Migration Source Code Control - old dataset screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
                6-8 Migration Source Code Control - verified old dataset screen . . . . . . . . . 144
                6-9 Migration Source Code Control - old dataset screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
                6-10 Migration Source Code Control - empty dataset progress screen . . . . 146
                6-11 Migration Source Code Control - dataset progress screen report. . . . . 147




viii   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
Tables

                 4-1 IBM Tivoli System Automation for Multiplatforms End-to-end V2.1.1 . . . . 68
                 6-1 Product mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved.                                                                            ix
x   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
Notices

This information was developed for products and services offered in the U.S.A.

IBM may not offer the products, services, or features discussed in this document in other countries. Consult
your local IBM representative for information on the products and services currently available in your area.
Any reference to an IBM product, program, or service is not intended to state or imply that only that IBM
product, program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product, program, or service that
does not infringe any IBM intellectual property right may be used instead. However, it is the user's
responsibility to evaluate and verify the operation of any non-IBM product, program, or service.

IBM may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter described in this document.
The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to these patents. You can send license
inquiries, in writing, to:
IBM Director of Licensing, IBM Corporation, North Castle Drive, Armonk, NY 10504-1785 U.S.A.

The following paragraph does not apply to the United Kingdom or any other country where such
provisions are inconsistent with local law: INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION
PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT,
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer
of express or implied warranties in certain transactions, therefore, this statement may not apply to you.

This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Changes are periodically made
to the information herein; these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication. IBM may
make improvements and/or changes in the product(s) and/or the program(s) described in this publication at
any time without notice.

Any references in this information to non-IBM Web sites are provided for convenience only and do not in any
manner serve as an endorsement of those Web sites. The materials at those Web sites are not part of the
materials for this IBM product and use of those Web sites is at your own risk.

IBM may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without
incurring any obligation to you.

Information concerning non-IBM products was obtained from the suppliers of those products, their published
announcements or other publicly available sources. IBM has not tested those products and cannot confirm
the accuracy of performance, compatibility or any other claims related to non-IBM products. Questions on
the capabilities of non-IBM products should be addressed to the suppliers of those products.

This information contains examples of data and reports used in daily business operations. To illustrate them
as completely as possible, the examples include the names of individuals, companies, brands, and products.
All of these names are fictitious and any similarity to the names and addresses used by an actual business
enterprise is entirely coincidental.

COPYRIGHT LICENSE:

This information contains sample application programs in source language, which illustrate programming
techniques on various operating platforms. You may copy, modify, and distribute these sample programs in
any form without payment to IBM, for the purposes of developing, using, marketing or distributing application
programs conforming to the application programming interface for the operating platform for which the
sample programs are written. These examples have not been thoroughly tested under all conditions. IBM,
therefore, cannot guarantee or imply reliability, serviceability, or function of these programs.




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved.                                                           xi
Trademarks
The following terms are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States,
other countries, or both:

  AIX®                                  ibm.com®                              RACF®
  CICS®                                 IMS™                                  RMF™
  CICSPlex®                             MVS™                                  S/360™
  Database 2™                           NetView®                              System x™
  DB2 Universal Database™               OMEGAMON II®                          System z™
  DB2®                                  OMEGAMON®                             Tivoli Enterprise™
  ESCON®                                OS/2®                                 Tivoli Enterprise Console®
  FICON®                                OS/390®                               Tivoli®
  Geographically Dispersed              Parallel Sysplex®                     VTAM®
     Parallel Sysplex™                  Passport Advantage®                   WebSphere®
  GDPS®                                 Redbooks™                             z/OS®
  IBM®                                  Redbooks (logo)   ™                   z9™

The following terms are trademarks of other companies:

SAP, and SAP logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG in Germany and in several other
countries.

Java, JRE, PDB, and all Java-based trademarks are trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the United
States, other countries, or both.

Intel, Intel logo, Intel Inside logo, and Intel Centrino logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel
Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States, other countries, or both.

UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group in the United States and other countries.

Linux is a trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States, other countries, or both.

Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others.




xii    IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
Preface

                 This IBM® Redbook provides an overview of IBM Tivoli® System Automation for
                 z/OS® concepts and new features. We also discuss some considerations on
                 migrating non-IBM products to IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS.

                 The discussion is primarily aimed at technical professionals that are looking to
                 understand the IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS new features and find
                 migration options.

                 This IBM Redbook explains some important features of IBM Tivoli System
                 Automation for z/OS, including using the Processor Operations feature,
                 integration with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON® Classic, and integration with
                 End-to-end automation feature of the IBM System Automation for Multiplatform.

                 We will also discuss the available services from the Software Migration Project
                 Office that provide migration services for mainframe based products, including
                 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS, in this new implementation of IBM Tivoli
                 System Automation for z/OS. We also provide some overview of the migration
                 procedures from non-IBM products.



The team that wrote this redbook
                 This IBM Redbook was produced by a team of specialists from around the world
                 working at the International Technical Support Organization, Austin Center.

                 Budi Darmawan is a Consulting IT Specialist at the International Technical
                 Support Organization, Austin Center. He writes extensively and teaches IBM
                 classes worldwide on all areas of system management. Before joining the ITSO
                 seven years ago, Budi worked as lead implementer and solution architect for
                 system management solution in Integrated Technology Services of IBM
                 Indonesia. His current interests include end-to-end system management,
                 business availability management, and application management.

                 Adam Palmese is an IT Specialist in the Software Migration Project Office
                 (SMPO) of the System z™ Software Technical Sales group. He is based out of
                 Raleigh, North Carolina. Adam has worked for IBM for 10 years in various roles
                 in large MVS™ installations. He has extensive experience in Parallel Sysplex®
                 environments supporting SAP®. Adam holds a degree from Pace University and
                 is currently a member of the US Air Force Reserve.




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved.                                                xiii
Andrew McIntyre is a Consulting IT Specialist in the Software Migration Project
               Office (SMPO) of the System z Software Technical Sales group. He is based in
               Atlanta, Georgia. He has eight years of experience in working with NetView® and
               SA in his eight year career at IBM. He has over 30 years of experience in
               mainframe software and wrote his first S/360™ assembler program in 1972.

               Francisco Duarte is a IT Specialist Automation Systems in Brazil. He has over
               20 years of experience in System and Network Management in large MVS
               installations and over eight years of experience in NetView and System
               Automation implementation and operations. During the last three years, he has
               been developing, designing, and supporting the System Management area and
               preparing some clients to implement GDPS® and assisting them in system
               automation implementation. He holds a degree in Mathematics from
               Universidade Federal de Pernambuco.

               Mark Talstein from IBM United States.

               Thanks to the following people for their contributions to this project:

               Bob Haimowitz and Wade Wallace
               International Technical Support Organization

               Joachim Schmalzried, Wiltrud Rebmann
               IBM Germany

               Butch Rambish
               IBM Software Group, Tivoli System

               Sue Hamner
               IBM Software Migration Project Office



Become a published author
               Join us for a two- to six-week residency program! Help write an IBM Redbook
               dealing with specific products or solutions, while getting hands-on experience
               with leading-edge technologies. You'll have the opportunity to team with IBM
               technical professionals, Business Partners, and Clients.

               Your efforts will help increase product acceptance and client satisfaction. As a
               bonus, you'll develop a network of contacts in IBM development labs, and
               increase your productivity and marketability.




xiv   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
Find out more about the residency program, browse the residency index, and
       apply online at:
       ibm.com/redbooks/residencies.html



Comments welcome
       Your comments are important to us!

       We want our Redbooks™ to be as helpful as possible. Send us your comments
       about this or other Redbooks in one of the following ways:
          Use the online Contact us review redbook form found at:
          ibm.com/redbooks
          Send your comments in an e-mail to:
          redbooks@us.ibm.com
          Mail your comments to:
          IBM Corporation, International Technical Support Organization
          Dept. HYTD Mail Station P099
          2455 South Road
          Poughkeepsie, NY 12601-5400




                                                                          Preface   xv
xvi   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
1


    Chapter 1.   Overview of IBM Tivoli
                 System Automation for z/OS
                 V3.1
                 In this chapter, we describe the new features of IBM Tivoli System Automation for
                 z/OS V3.1. The discussion contains the following:
                     1.1, “IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS overview” on page 2
                     1.2, “System Automation for z/OS V3.1 new functions” on page 5
                     1.3, “IBM Tivoli NetView for z/OS V5.2” on page 16




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved.                                                 1
1.1 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS overview
               IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS is an IBM Tivoli NetView for z/OS base
               software product that provides a single point of control for a various range of
               systems management functionality. IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS plays
               a key role in supplying high end-to-end automation solutions.

               IBM delivers integrated cross-platform management functions. IBM Tivoli System
               Automation for z/OS functions include monitoring, control, and automation of a
               large range of system elements spanning both the hardware and software
               resources of your enterprise.

               IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS is a system management program with a
               single point of control. You see a single system image for a full range of essential
               systems management functions. IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS
               monitors, controls, and automates the following:
                   Monitors the following resources to respond before they affect users:
                   – Hardware components
                   – Software products and applications
                   – Automated processes
                   – Messages and alerts
                   Controls and takes action on resources based on conditions:
                   – Start and stop your entire enterprise system and initiate hardware and
                     software startup and shutdown sequences
                   – Manage both remote and local operations and support any IBM System z
                     and 390-CMOS processors within a Parallel Sysplex
                   – Manage several operating systems: z/OS, OS/390®, MVS, VM, and VSE
                   – Control a coupling facility as a target system with coupling links in a
                     Parallel Sysplex environment
                   – React to errors and unscheduled events
                   Automates many repetitive and complex tasks:
                   – Start/shutdown software resources
                   – Control channels and channel paths
                   – Control availability of I/O devices
                   – Control switching of I/O device ports
                   – Detect and respond to system messages
                   – Perform initial program load (IPL)


2   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
– Perform system power-on reset (POR)
   – Build an automation policy for your enterprise
   – Extend the built-in automation routines by writing your own automation
     policies

IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS is an IBM Tivoli NetView for z/OS-based
application. Its functions include monitoring, controlling, and automating a large
range of system elements, spanning both hardware and software resources of an
enterprise (see Figure 1-1).



                                   System Information:

                          Processors, Software, I/O Devices, XCF


                                   Operating Systems:

                     OS/390, MVS, VM, VSE, LINUX for zSeries, z/OS


                                   Software Resources:

                     RMF, ISPF, JES2, SDSF, TWS, CICS, TSO, IMS,
                     ACF/VTAM, RACF, DB2, LOGREC SYSLOG, JES
                     SPOOL, OMEGAMON, LINUX, E2E, GDPS, NMC,
                          PROCOPS, SAP, USS, WEBSPHERE

                               IBM Tivoli NetView for z/OS

                         IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS


                                 Automation Commands




Figure 1-1 Monitor, control, and automation functions

IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS performs the following major operations:
   System Operations
   Processor Operations
   I/O Operations




               Chapter 1. Overview of IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1   3
System Operations
               System Operations (SysOps) monitors and controls system operations
               applications and subsystems, such as IBM Tivoli NetView for z/OS, SDSF, JES,
               RMF™, TSO, RODM, ACF/VTAM®, DB2®, CICS®, IMS™, OMEGAMON, and
               Tivoli Workload Scheduler. With system operations, you can automate Parallel
               Sysplex applications. IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS can automate
               applications distributed over a sysplex by virtually removing system boundaries
               for automation through its automation manager/automation agent design. IBM
               Tivoli System Automation for z/OS reduces the complexity of managing a Parallel
               Sysplex through its goal driven automation and its concepts, such as grouping,
               and powerful dependency support, which enables you to model your
               configuration. Single systems are also fully supported; the automation scope is
               then just one system. IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS uses Enterprise
               monitoring to update the NetView Management Console (NMC) resource status
               information, which is stored in the Resource Object Data Manager (RODM). IBM
               Tivoli System Automation for z/OS provides controlled startup, controlled
               shutdown, and automated recovery of various software resources on your
               systems. System Operations (SysOps) provides the ability to monitor and control
               all subsystems in a sysplex from any system in the sysplex. In other words, if
               your Focal Point (FP) is down for whatever reason, you can view the status from
               any other system within a SysPlex.

               Processor Operations
               Processor Operations monitor and control processor hardware operations. It
               provides a connection from a focal point processor to a target processor. With
               IBM Tivoli NetView for z/OS on the focal point system, processor operations
               automate operator and system consoles for monitoring and recovering target
               processors.

               The Processor Operations facility (ProcOps), formerly known as Target System
               Control Facility (TSCF), provides connections from a Focal Point processor to
               target processors. In addition, ProcOps allow you to power multiple target
               processors on, off, and reset systems, perform IPLs, set time of day clocks,
               respond to messages, monitor status, and detect and recover wait states.

               I/O Operations
               I/O operations provide a single point of control for managing connectivity in your
               active I/O configurations. It takes an active role in detecting unusual I/O
               conditions and lets you view and change paths between a processor and an
               input/output device, which can involve using dynamic switching, such as the
               enterprise systems connection (ESCON®) or Fibre Channel connection
               (FICON®) switch. I/O operations changes paths by letting you control channels,
               ports, switches, control units, and input/output devices. You can do this through
               an operator console or API.


4   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
1.2 System Automation for z/OS V3.1 new functions
          IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1 can help increase z/OS application
          availability, and automate I/O, processor, and system operations. IBM Tivoli
          System Automation for z/OS V3.1 is easier to use than ever, providing:
             Integration with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON
             Enhanced Geographically Dispersed Parallel Sysplex™ (GDPS) integration
             Integration with IBM Tivoli System Automation for Multiplatforms
             Reduced automation implementation time and cost through self-configuration
             advances customization dialog enhancements and sample policies
             Enhancements to some System Automation for z/OS commands
             Improved CICS and IMS product automation
             NetView Management Console (NMC) enhancements


1.2.1 Integration with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON
          IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON interface for System Automation for z/OS lets you gather
          performance data on the system into the automation system. Data can be
          collected from the following performance monitoring products:
             OMEGAMON for MVS
             OMEGAMON for CICS
             OMEGAMON for IMS
             OMEGAMON II® for DB2

          The data is collected from the exception analysis feature. Exception analysis is
          an OMEGAMON feature that analyzes system metrics and compares them
          against predefined thresholds in the system. When a threshold is exceeded, an
          exception event is shown. This event is commonly called an exception.

          The exception analysis is an OMEGAMON 3270 interface feature. It displays the
          exception on the OMEGAMON application. System Automation for z/OS can
          establish direct VTAM communications with the four OMEGAMON subsystems.
          The interface is performed through the LU 2 interface to the OMEGAMON classic
          interface. These VTAM links enable System Automation for z/OS to directly
          receive OMEGAMON exceptions and to react to these exceptions accordingly by
          means of user-written responses. These responses can be running programs or
          issuing commands, including issuing commands back to the host OMEGAMON.

          You can use policy definitions to instruct System Automation for z/OS to query a
          particular OMEGAMON at regular intervals for an exception and then take an


                        Chapter 1. Overview of IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1    5
action when that exception occurs. For example, you could trap an OMEGAMON
               for CICS PAGE exception, which means the page-in rate is too high. When this
               exception is received, a user written reaction routine can respond to reduce the
               system load.

               The automation administrator can use the INGOMX interface to send
               OMEGAMON commands and receive their responses in System Automation for
               z/OS. For example, you might have trapped an exception that indicates that a job
               is in a wait condition. You can then use OMEGAMON commands to provide more
               informtion about the exception and the job, or take actions such as cancelling the
               job.

               The concept of the monitoring resource that was introduced in System
               Automation for z/OS V2.3 to provide health information about the resource has
               been extended to provide exception data from the corresponding OMEGAMON
               monitor. This is achieved by a new layer, referred to as the OMEGAMON API.
               The OMEGAMON API serves the following purposes:
                   It establishes sessions with the various OMEGAMONs using logon data that
                   is specified in the PolicyDB.
                   It monitors the sessions and re-establishes a session if necessary.
                   It acts as the bridge between the monitoring resource and the OMEGAMON
                   that the resource monitor is linked to. The communication is semidirectional.
                   It is always the monitoring resource that asks the appropriate OMEGAMON to
                   do something and then waits for the response from the command.

               The OMEGAMON exception processing is shown in Figure 1-2 on page 7. More
               discussion on setting up this interface is provided in Chapter 3, “Working with
               IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON classic interface” on page 33.




6   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
F ro m a n E xce p tio n to a H e a lth S ta te
                                                1 o r m ore
                                                e xc e p tio ns                            P o licy ru le s de fin e
                                                                                        H e a lth state fo r p a rtic u lar e xce ptio
                                                                                    R e c o ve ry a ction s for p a rtic u la r e xc e p

                                                   Exception
                                                     RC =DEFER
                                                                                                A u to m a tio n




                 OMEGAMON




                                     INGMTRAP
                                                                                                    P o licy
                                                   ING080I                          E
                            VTAM                                                E
                                                                            E                                A c tu a l
                                                                                                         H e a lth S tate
                                                                         IN G 08 0I               +
                                                                                           N e tV ie w A u to m ation T a b le
                                                    No
                                                e xc e p tio n                  H
                                                       R C =N O R M AL     IN G 08 1I

                                                                   ING081I Normal
          Figure 1-2 OMEGAMON exception processing


1.2.2 Enhanced GDPS integration
          When working with GDPS, a predefined GDPS environment and definitions will
          significantly reduce setup time for System Automation for z/OS and NetView for
          z/OS. This is achieved by:
             A sample NetView for System Automation for z/OS startup procedure that
             contains all System Automation for z/OS and GDPS specific elements.
             Inclusion of the GDPS-specific messages in the System Automation for z/OS
             provided message table INGMSG01, thus eliminating the need for you to
             customize the message table for use by GDPS.
             A sample policy that includes all definitions for a complete GDPS
             environment.
             Sample z/OS PARMLIB members necessary for GDPS.
             Automatic disabling of System Automation for z/OS provided automation
             functions that are inconsistent with GDPS when GDPS is installed. This
             eliminates the need for you to manually turn off the appropriate function in
             System Automation for z/OS, such as:
             – Automation when the system leaves the sysplex (IXC102A message)
             – CDS recovery




                             Chapter 1. Overview of IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1                                       7
1.2.3 Integration with Tivoli System Automation for Multiplatforms
               With Tivoli System Automation for Multiplatform, z/OS based applications
               automation can now be integrated with end-to-end automation of heterogeneous
               on demand applications. This allows you to:
                   Ease operations through a Web-based single point of control across z/OS,
                   Linux®, and AIX®
                   Increase application availability by resolving cross-platform dependencies
                   Self-configuration advances with plug and play automation modules
                   The plug and play automation modules include base and add-on policies. A
                   collection of twelve add-on policies, based on best practices, can help reduce
                   time and effort to create a new or update an existing policy. New plug and play
                   automation modules help you to:
                   – Increase WebSphere® Application Server for z/OS V5.1 availability and
                     ease operations
                   – Implement a Geographically Dispersed Parallel Sysplex

               Automation is performed on two levels. The first level automation domains have
               local automation technology of their own, such as System Automation for z/OS
               and System Automation for Multiplatform. These first-level automation domains
               are connected to the end-to-end automation manager through an automation
               adapter.

               The end-to-end automation manager is provided by IBM Tivoli System
               Automation for Multiplatforms. It provides the following:
                   Continuous availability for heterogeneous distributed IT business applications
                   Reduces the total cost of ownership

               The automation adapter acts as the link between the end-to-end automation
               manager and its first-level automation domain, such as System Automation for
               z/OS in a sysplex group. The purpose of the automation adapter is to:
                   Monitor resources within its first-level automation domain
                   Propagate resource attribute changes to the end-to-end automation manager
                   Start and stop resources within the first-level automation domain by request
                   of the end-to-end automation manager
                   Provide information about resources that are available within the first-level
                   automation domain in response to queries from operators




8   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
1.2.4 Reduced implementation time
          Reducing implementation time for System Automation for z/OS is achieved from
          several feature enhancements, such as:
             Enhancements to the customization dialog:
             – Adding, updating, or deleting large amounts of policy data.
             – As an alternative to entering or modifying policy data with the
               customization dialog, you can now create sequential data sets with policy
               data specifications in a newly designed text format. These sequential data
               sets allow you to see multiple policy items from multiple database entries
               at a glance, but in contrast to database reports, they can be edited and, as
               long as you do not violate the syntax designed for them, they can be
               imported into existing policy databases.
             – Two keywords in the sequential data set, new and update, control whether
               the import will add entries to the policy database or modify existing entries
               in it. Data sets for import into policy databases can be created either “from
               scratch” or by exporting parts of an existing policy database.
             – In addition to deleting single policy objects one by one, you can now delete
               any number of policy objects in one action. With this new feature, you can
               specify how often you want to be asked for confirmation:
                •   Confirmation for each policy object that is to be deleted.
                •   Confirmation only for those policy objects that are still connected to
                    other policy objects (using links, membership, class instantiation, and
                    so on).
                •   No confirmation at all.
                •   If you confirm the deletion of an object that is still connected to other
                    objects, any connections to it will also be removed.
             Policy database (PDB™) import
             The PDB Import function, provided in System Automation for z/OS V2.3,
             allows you to import one or multiple entries of a single entry type from another
             PDB into the current one, although the data imported does not contain any
             link information.
             This restriction has now been removed. When importing a policy entry, the
             associated policy objects that are referenced using an entry-type link or
             class/instance links are also copied. This allows you to import entire “logical”
             units in a single import operation. The entire application group and everything
             that “belongs” to it is copied in the target Policy database.




                         Chapter 1. Overview of IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1      9
The PDB Import function supports the inclusion of the “linked” objects for the
                  following entry types:
                  APG                      Application group with APLs, SVPs, and TRGs
                  APL                      Application instance with class APL, or class APL with
                                           its APL instances, both with linked SVPs, TRGs,
                                           CSAs, and ISAs
                  TRG                      Trigger with EVTs
                  Streamlining of policy definitions
                  The AUTOMATION INFO policy that is currently attached to the APL entry
                  type has been retired. The APPLICATION INFO policy has been updated to
                  contain all the input fields that were previously available on the AUTOMATION
                  INFO policy and a field for ‘startup parameters’.
                  The NETVIEW and AUTOMATION SETUP policies that are currently attached
                  to the SYS entry type have been retired. The SYSTEM INFO policy has been
                  updated to contain all the input fields previously available on the NETVIEW
                  and AUTOMATION SETUP policies.

               Additional policy enhancements include:
                  Concurrent multi-user access to system definitions.
                  Concurrent write access by multiple users is now also possible for policy
                  objects of type SYS.
                  Report member consolidation.
                  Currently there are several members created by the Customization Dialog in
                  the Policy Build Output data set either for special reports, for example, the
                  unlinked report, or as a log for special, long-running tasks, for example, the
                  control file build. The report members are now written to the newly introduced
                  report data set.
                  Supporting system symbols and AOCCLONES.
                  The OPC CONTROL policy has been enhanced to allow input of symbols in
                  the subsystem ID field.
                  Subtype for applications of type STANDARD.
                  The support of subtypes, previously available only for nonstandard
                  applications, is now extended to applications of all types, for example, to use it
                  as a filter for the INGLIST command output.
                  Sample policies – Best practices.
                   – Developing an automation policy requires knowledge of the automated
                     product (for example, WebSphere, SAP) as well as knowledge of the
                     automating product (System Automation for z/OS).



10   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
– Best practice policies are delivered with System Automation for z/OS V3.1
               where both aspects are combined: Using System Automation for z/OS
               concepts, best operating practices are stored as integrated sample
               policies. This enables you to get productive much faster, also in the case
               of migrating from competitive products (significantly reduced time to
               value).
             – Even if you have developed your own automation, you may use System
               Automation for z/OS best practice policies as a proof point.
             – If you start working with a new product, you may use System Automation
               for z/OS best practice automation policies as a valuable knowledge base
               of product topology and dependencies.
             – System Automation for z/OS best practice policies provide z/OS base
               automation as well as middleware or application add-on automation that
               can be tailored to your needs.
             – Best practice policies can be added on top of your existing automation,
               thus allowing for a stepwise enhancement.


1.2.5 Enhancements to System Automation for z/OS commands
          These commands has been modified and enhanced:
            INGMOVE
            A new command called INGMOVE has been introduced that makes moving
            sysplex application groups a lot easier. Rather than forcing the operator to
            manipulate the preference value of each member in the sysplex application
            group, the operator simply specifies where the group should be moved to. In a
            sysplex application group of type move, only one member is active at a time.
            By specifying the new location of the move group, the active member is
            terminated and the member associated with the new location is activated.
            INGSESS
            A new command called INGSESS has been introduced that displays the
            OMEGAMON session definitions, the session status, and statistical
            information about the session. With this command, the operator is able to see
            the session details, both policy definitions and run time details, as well as to
            start or stop an OMEGAMON session.
            INGSTR
             – A new command called INGSTR has been introduced that relocates
               structures to their desired location. It fills the leak left when a coupling
               facility has been drained for maintenance purposes and enabled again
               later or a new CFRM policy has been activated with different preference
               lists.



                       Chapter 1. Overview of IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1   11
– The INGSTR command is modeled on the INGCF STRUCTURE
                     command. The main difference to the existing INGCF command is that the
                     new INGSTR command also shows the current location (or locations) and
                     the preferred location (or locations) of each structure. In addition, the
                     indicator ’*’ prefixes the preferred location (or locations) if the structure
                     does not allow XCF to perform the reallocation.
                  INGGROUP
                   – The INGGROUP command has been enhanced to invoke user exit
                     AOFEXC13 to allow the installation to check whether the issuer of the
                     command is authorized to perform the action. This is similar to the other
                     command exits that where introduced in former releases of System
                     Automation for z/OS.
                   – A new option for the ACTION parameter has been introduced that shows
                     the policy settings, such as the group type list of systems excluded or to be
                     avoided for the specified resource groups. With the ACTION=POLICY
                     parameter you can see the current attributes that are assigned to the
                     resource group.
                  INGMON
                  The INGMON command is the main interface for telling System Automation
                  for z/OS the health status for a particular monitor resource. Its primary use is
                  from within the NetView automation table when trapping a message that can
                  be directly mapped into a health status.
                  The command has been enhanced so that it can be coded into the NetView
                  automation table to issue commands in response to an OMEGAMON
                  exception.
                  INGMTRAP
                  The INGMTRAP command facilitates the use of INGOMX for monitoring that
                  is related to Monitor Resources. It invokes the INGOMX command to trap a
                  list of exceptions that are monitored by the given OMEGAMON monitor.
                  lNGREQ
                  The INGREQ command has been enhanced to allow the operator to cancel a
                  previously made request. The operator no longer needs to use the INGVOTE
                  or INGSET command in order to remove a request. This is more logical
                  because the INGREQ command is also used to inject a start or stop request
                  for the resource. The source of the request to be cancelled is automatically
                  determined in the same way as it is done when firing off a start or stop
                  request.
                  INGLIST
                  A new parameter called MEMBERS has been added to the INGLIST
                  command. It causes the members of the specified application group to be


12   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
displayed. Previously, this was only possible when invoking the INGLIST
command in full screen mode and specifying action code G in front of the
application group.
INGINFO
– The INGINFO command has been enhanced to show the values assigned
  to user variables.
– User variables can be associated with a resource by means of the
  INGVARS command. This eliminates the need to use the INGVARS
  command in order to see the user variables associated with the resource.
INGTHRES
The maximum number of errors before the threshold is reached is now 50.
The limit was 10 in previous releases.
INGVTAM
Automation of the IMS Applid has been integrated into the base INGVTAM
service. There is no need to register the IMS subsystem using the INGVTAM
command because this is automatically done if a major node or nodes is or
are specified in the IMS Control Policy.
DISPINFO
– The DISPINFO command has been enhanced to display more information
  from CICS, IMS and VTAM:
   •   For CICS, the CICSPlex® information, UOW checking, last start type,
       and last abend code are displayed.
   •   For IMS, the IMSID, CQS, FDR, AVM, DC status, and last abend code
       are displayed.
   •   For VTAM, the current and desired status of VTAM Applids for
       subsystems that are registered to INGVTAM are displayed.
DISPSYS
The DISPSYS command has been enhanced to show the messages
captured for MVSESA.
ACF
– The ACF command has been enhanced to allow the operator to reload the
  Automation Tables (ATs) that are specified in the Policy DB, thereby
  disabling the sections in the automation tables that do not apply due to the
  active configuration.




          Chapter 1. Overview of IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1   13
– The ACF CHECK option has been introduced to allow the operator to
                     check the Automation Agent Configuration data for consistency. The
                     following checks are made:
                      •    Matching Configuration token
                      •    Automation Tables specified in the Policy DB for errors
                      •    Other configuration validation (correct format of ACF fragments)
                  AOCTRACE
                  The AOCTRACE command has been enhanced to gather message attributes
                  for a particular message without disturbing automation. This is done by
                  activating message tracing. Once message tracing is active for a particular
                  message and the message is passed to NetView (AT processing), all
                  attributes that are associated with the message are shown. Examples are job
                  name, job number, and MCS flags. This makes debugging a lot easier if the
                  coded message trap does not work.
                  ASF and ASFUSER
                   – The restriction of the ASF and ASFUSER commands not being PIPEable
                     has been removed. The ASFUSER command supports up to 40 user
                     fields.
                   – The structure of the Automation Status File (ASF) has been changed so
                     that it now supports up to 50 error timestamps.
                  ISQIPSWT
                   – A new command called ISQIPSWT has been introduced to allow you to
                     change the IP adapter address for the connection to the Support Element
                     (SE), thus using the alternate adapter’s IP address. Without this support,
                     you must terminate ProcOps, which will affect all ProcOps connections,
                     update the single changed IP address in the ProcOps policy, perform a
                     ProcOps build, and finally issue a ProcOps cold start.

                          Note: With APAR OA09982, the interesting ProcOps ISQVARS
                          variables SEADDR and HMCADDR have been modified as read/write.
                          This allows the adapter IP address to be changed manually:
                            Firstly, close all active ProcOps connections for all target systems for
                            the affected target hardware using the ISQXCLS command.
                            Update ISQVARS variable SEADDR with the new IP address.
                            Restart all previously closed connections using the ISQXIII
                            command.




14   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
– The loss of communication because of an SE adapter failure cannot be
               broadcast to ProcOps because there is not a second connection active
               that can be used for the purpose of internal integrated connection
               recovery. Therefore, the new command is offered as an optional recovery
               aid. The command is also applicable in situations when a Support
               Element’s IP address has to be changed because of a service action
               rather than an adapter failure.
             OPCAQRY
             The OPCAQRY command has been rewritten so that it provides the same
             look and feel as the other System Automation for z/OS commands.
             Furthermore, the command provides linemode output and is PIPEable.


1.2.6 Cleanup of CICS and IMS message exit
          The message policy definition within the System Automation for z/OS
          Customization Dialog has been enhanced to allow the automation administrator
          to define the messages to be exposed to automation from within CICS or IMS.

          The administrator has one place to customize the behavior of the CICS or IMS
          message exit function. When the CICS or IMS subsystem starts, the message
          policy from the configuration is loaded into the CICS or IMS subsystem
          respectively and the message exit is enabled. In previous releases, the
          administrator had to assemble the message exit definitions into a load module
          and make the load module accessible to the CICS / IMS subsystem at run time.

          A refresh of the configuration policy will force a refresh of the message exit
          definition in the appropriate CICS or IMS subsystem. Each CICS or IMS
          subsystem can have its own message exit definitions without affecting any other
          CICS or IMS subsystem.

          The current implementation does not allow the administrator to reload Message
          Exit policies without a restart of CICS or IMS. The new solution allows you to
          reload policies with the INGAMS refresh function. Furthermore, only CICS or
          IMS subsystems that have had policy changes will be reloaded.


1.2.7 NMC enhancements
          There are several enhancement for NetView Management Console in the area of
          profile distribution and performance enhancement.

          A profile residing on the NMC server is automatically distributed to all clients
          when starting the NMC client. This is done by NetView using the same process
          that delivers fixes from the NMC server to the NMC client.



                       Chapter 1. Overview of IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1   15
The System Automation for z/OS code has been modified to search both
               TDS/client/settings and TDS/client/lib directories for the profile. It searches the
               TDS/client/settings first. The advantage is that any update to the System
               Automation for z/OS profile within ingnmcpr.txt only needs to be applied to the
               NMC Server.

               The RODM data feed that is triggered when a configuration refresh INGAMS
               REFRESH command is processed so that only the configuration changes are
               forwarded to the NMC focal point causing updates in RODM. Previously, the
               entire configuration – all resources, their relationships and status – was sent to
               the NMC focal point. Often this is unnecessary because the change in the
               configuration may not be relevant to RODM.

               Sending just the relevant configuration data to the focal point and feeding RODM
               with the configuration changes results in better performance due to less system
               utilization. This approach avoids mass updates in RODM that can potentially
               disrupt NMC client users.



1.3 IBM Tivoli NetView for z/OS V5.2
               System Automation for z/OS is based on IBM Tivoli NetView for z/OS. The
               current version of IBM Tivoli NetView for z/OS is Version 5.2.

               Tivoli NetView for z/OS provides the key capabilities and advanced functions to
               help you maintain the highest degree of availability of your IBM System z
               networks. It offers an extensive set of tools for managing and maintaining
               complex, multivendor, multiplatform networks and systems from a single point of
               control. NetView for z/OS brings advanced automation, support for both TCP/IP
               and SNA networks, and a set of UIs to meet every user's need. It also provides
               management functions that work in cooperation with other products.

               The features and capabilities of NetView for z/OS V5.2 are:
                  Networking and Automation: IBM Tivoli NetView for z/OS V5.2 provides
                  strengthened TCP/IP management capabilities with support for IPv6,
                  automated response to intrusions, more in-depth IP connection management,
                  and support for network address translation, to name just a few. It also
                  provides an automated message attribute handling that extends NetView for
                  z/OS message automation to facilitate and simplify operator interactions
                  Enhanced integration with Tivoli Enterprise™ Portal, correlated with
                  performance data from OMEGAMON for Mainframe Networks. The NetView
                  Web application is significantly expanded. In addition to broad ease-of-use
                  enhancements, major new functions include management of TCP/IP
                  availability and performance data from a single console through extensive


16   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
integration and interoperability with OMEGAMON for Mainframe Networks,
allowing clients to easily manage their IP environment and the ability to easily
create base trouble tickets including with IBM Tivoli Information Management
for z/OS and others
Client time to value and ease of use
– Extensive enhancements in the NetView for z/OS Style Sheet capabilities
  help clients more easily manage the complete NetView platform. Included
  are enhancements that help to quickly identify and manage parameter
  values, tower settings, and other configuration information that are in
  effect, and to ease the migration to the latest release.
– Migration of command definitions, including client-defined commands, is
  greatly simplified.




          Chapter 1. Overview of IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1   17
18   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
2


    Chapter 2.   System Automation for z/OS
                 V3R1 configuration
                 This chapter discusses the basic configuration of IBM Tivoli System Automation
                 for z/OS in our environment. The discussion is divided into the following sections:
                     2.1, “Overview of configuration tasks” on page 20
                     2.2, “Preparation of System Automation for z/OS” on page 20
                     2.3, “Creating System Automation for z/OS dialog screens” on page 21
                     2.4, “Preparing the z/OS system environment and library” on page 22
                     2.5, “VTAM major node definition” on page 28
                     2.6, “Customize common automation DSIPARM library” on page 30
                     2.7, “Defining policy database” on page 31
                     2.8, “Automate starting the tasks” on page 31




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved.                                                 19
2.1 Overview of configuration tasks
               In this chapter, we lay out the important steps of the configuration that we
               perform on System Automation for z/OS in our environment. As System
               Automation for z/OS is an application based on IBM Tivoli NetView, we assume
               that NetView has already been installed and customized. The discussion in this
               chapter only relates to what must be done to customize System Automation for
               z/OS.

               For the purposes of this IBM Redbook, we assumed that most installations would
               be running two NetViews, one being network automation NetView and System
               Automation for z/OS NetView. Because of this, we define the System Automation
               for z/OS as a secondary NetView.

               We also use system cloning techniques. System cloning enables the use of
               variables or symbolics in procedures, data sets, VTAM major node definitions,
               and so forth. This allows for a single procedure defined in a common library to be
               executed on multiple systems.

                Note: If you are running two NetView programs on the same system, refer to
                Tivoli NetView for z/OS Installation: Configuring Additional Components,
                SC31-8874.

               We follow the configuration step describes in IBM Tivoli System Automation for
               z/OS V3.1 Planning and Installation, SC33-8261.



2.2 Preparation of System Automation for z/OS
               System Automation for z/OS V3R1 is supplied in a Custom-Built Product Delivery
               Offering (CBPDO) with product number 5751-CS3. It is a separate package from
               the base z/OS operating system. System Automation for z/OS installation is
               performed using System Modification Program/Extended (SMP/E).

               The typical System Automation for z/OS datasets high-level qualifier is ING.
               System Automation for z/OS provides a lot of sample definitions for your
               reference, including system parameters, startup procedures, and clists in the
               sample datasets.




20   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
Note: In the ITSO environment, the creation process of the common
          automation libraries involves working through the System Automation for z/OS
          install procedures and populating the common libraries with exploitation of
          system symbolics to avoid the need for local customization as far as possible
          in the user libraries ING.USER.* . With this approach, it was found that very
          little customization on the local domain specific: ING.USER.&domain and
          ING.USER.VSAM.&domain library level was required to establish the system
          automation environment.

         System Automation for z/OS preparation starts with allocating the necessary
         datasets. The allocation is performed using these customization jobs from the
         System Automation for z/OS library, ING.SINGSAMP. These jobs are:
         INGALLC0              Allocates system-unique data sets for System Operation
                               for NetView
         INGALLC1              Allocates system-unique data set for I/O Operation
         INGALLC2              Allocates system-unique data set for Automation Agent
         INGALLC3              Allocates system-unique data set for Automation
                               Managers
         INGALLC4              Allocates sysplex-wide data set for Automation Agent



2.3 Creating System Automation for z/OS dialog
screens
         The System Automation for z/OS policy database contains all automation
         policies and interfaces with the System Automation for z/OS engine. The policy
         database is managed by a set of ISPF-based dialog. These dialogs must be
         implemented before you define the System Automation for z/OS policy.

         The System Automation for z/OS dialog datasets are defined using the sample
         job INGEDLGA in SINGSAMP. This job allocates data sets required for the I/O
         operations and the customization dialog. These data sets are normally allocated
         only on the focal point system, where you use the customization dialog.

         You must include the data sets for z/OS system, processor, and I/O operations as
         follows:
            Systems operations:
            AOFTABL                ISPF customization table for customization dialog
            SOCNTL                 System operations control file



                             Chapter 2. System Automation for z/OS V3R1 configuration    21
Processor operations:
                  AOFTABL                  ISPF customization table for customization dialog
                  POCNTL                   Processor operations control file
                  POLOG                    Processor operations control file log
                  I/O operations:
                  IHVCONF                  I/O operations configuration file

               For further information about how to Install and customize the ISPF Dialog
               Panels, refer to the IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1 Planning and
               Installation, SC33-8261.



2.4 Preparing the z/OS system environment and library
               Now the z/OS system environment and the procedure library need to be modified
               for System Automation for z/OS. The modifications are:


2.4.1 Modify the system parameter library
               The modification for system parameter, typically in SYS1.PARMLIB, is as follows:
                  Modify PROGxx to include the following datasets as APF authorized libraries:
                   – ING.SINGMOD1
                   – ING.SINGMOD2
                   – ING.SINGMOD3
                  Modify PROGxx to include the following datasets as LNKLST libraries:
                   – ING.SINGMOD1
                   – ING.SINGMOD2
                  Modify LPALSTxx to include the following library:
                   – ING.SINGMOD3
                  Modify/Check IEFSSNxx to include the additional subsystem names. The
                  following subsystem strings were used for the automation environment within
                  the ITSO project:
                  AOFA




22   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
Note: If the IPL of the z/OS system is not possible for a longer time frame, all
            the above modified parameters can be made effective dynamically by using
            the following z/OS console commands:
            SETPROG APF,ADD,DSNAME=ING.SINGMOD1
            SETPROG APF,ADD,DSNAME=ING.SINGMOD2
            SETPROG APF,ADD,DSNAME=ING.SINGMOD3
            SETPROG LNK,DEFINE,NAME=LINKITSO,COPYFROM=CURRENT
            SETPROG LNK,ADD,DSNAME=ING.SINGMOD1,NAME=LINKITSO
            SETPROG LNK,ADD,DSNAME=ING.SINGMOD2,NAME=LINKITSO
            SETPROG LNK,ACTIVATE,NAME=LINKITSO
            SETPROG LPA,ADD,DSNAME=ING.SINGMOD3,MODNAME=(*),MASK(*)
            SETSSI ADD,SUBNAME=AOFA


2.4.2 Modify the system procedure library
           The system library, typically called SYS1.PROCLIB, contains the definitions of
           the started tasks. System Automation for z/OS uses the following started tasks
           that must be defined in the procedure library:
              Automation Manager
              Automation subsystem Interface
              Automation subsystem Agent

           The subsystem interface and subsystem agent are NetView address spaces that
           you may already have. You must change these members to add additional
           required datasets for System Automation for z/OS. If you have an existing
           member, we recommend that you back up the startup procedure members that
           you are going to change.

           We copied the following members from the SINGSAMP data set to members of
           our PROCLIB and followed the customization instructions that are contained
           within these members:
              INGPIXCU: Access to XCF Utilities
              INGPHOM: Access to HOM Interface
              INGPIPLC: Access to Spare Couple Data Sets, User-Defined Couple Data
              Sets and Spare Local Page Data Sets
              HSAPIPLC: Access to IPL Information

           Additional details can be found in the detail in IBM Tivoli System Automation for
           z/OS V3.1 Planning and Installation, SC33-8261.




                                Chapter 2. System Automation for z/OS V3R1 configuration   23
Automation manager procedure
               We copied a sample startup procedure called INGEAMSA from the data set
               SINGSAMP into our PROCLIB. All required data sets were allocated there.

               Example 2-1 shows the Automation Manager procedure of our case study
               scenario.

               Example 2-1 Our Automation Manager procedure (INGEAMSA)
               //INGEAMSA PROC TYPE=HOT,           Start type: HOT | WARM | COLD
               //             D=0,                 Default start delay is none
               //             M=00,                Default parmlib suffix is 00
               //             P=NO,                Default is NO prompting
               //             HLQINST='ING',       SMP/E installed target lib
               //             HLQ='ING.USER'       HLQ of shared and unique AM
               //*
               //AMSA     EXEC PGM=HSAPINIT,REGION=200M,TIME=1440,                 X
               //             PARM='MEMBER=&M,START=&TYPE,DELAY=&D,PROMPT=&P'
               //*
               //*---------------------------------------------------------------
               //* HSAMODLE - Non-APF Authorized library concatenation TASKLIB
               //*---------------------------------------------------------------
               //HSAMODLE DD DSN=&HLQINST..SINGMOD1,DISP=SHR         SA z/OS
               //*
               //*----------------------------------------------------------------
               //* HSAOVR - Required schedule override file (shared)
               //*----------------------------------------------------------------
               //HSAOVR DD DSN=&HLQ..VSAM.HSAAMOVR,DISP=SHR
               //*
               //*----------------------------------------------------------------
               //* HSACFGIN - Required file that saves AM warm start info (shared)
               //*            Note: This is NOT the Automation Control File
               //*----------------------------------------------------------------
               //HSACFGIN DD DSN=&HLQ..SHSACFGO,DISP=SHR
               //*
               //*----------------------------------------------------------------
               //* HSAPLIB - Parameter library containing HSAPRMxx member
               //*----------------------------------------------------------------
               //HSAPLIB DD DSN=&HLQ..PARMLIB,DISP=SHR
               //*
               //*----------------------------------------------------------------
               //* SYSOUT DATASET used by LE
               //*----------------------------------------------------------------
               //SYSOUT DD DUMMY
               //SYSPRINT DD DUMMY



24   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
//*
//*----------------------------------------------------------------
//* CEEDUMP - is used by the Language Environment Dump Services.
//*            CEEDUMP must be a sequential data set.
//*            See below for the recommended size of the data set.
//*----------------------------------------------------------------
//CEEDUMP DD DUMMY,SPACE=(TRK,(30,100)),
//             DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=133,BLKSIZE=13330)
//*
//*----------------------------------------------------------------
//* TRACE DATASETS. Uncomment in case of needed trace information
//*----------------------------------------------------------------
//*TRACET0 DD DSN=&HLQ..&SLQ..TRACET0,DISP=SHR
//*TRACET1 DD DSN=&HLQ..&SLQ..TRACET1,DISP=SHR


 Note: The Automation Manager must be started cold on the first startup. The
 cold start is performed by default, unless you specify the warm start option. Do
 not select the warm start option, because you might have policy data from
 earlier releases in your warm start cache.

Additional details can be found in the detail in IBM Tivoli System Automation for
z/OSfor z/OS V3.1 Planning and Installation, SC33-8261.

Automation subsystem interface
NetView provides a sample subsystem interface startup procedure in member
CNMSJ010. Copy this member from your CNMSAMP NetView library and adapt
it to your needs.




                     Chapter 2. System Automation for z/OS V3R1 configuration   25
Example 2-2 shows the Automation subsystem Interface procedure of our case
               study scenario.

               Example 2-2 Our System Automation for z/OS subsystem Interface
               //CNMPSSI PROC SQ1='NETVIEW', ** SYSTEM DSN HIGH LEVEL QUALIFIER
               //       PROG=CNMINIT,        ** PGM USED TO START NETVIEW SUBSYSTEM
               //       REG=1250,            ** REGION SIZE(IN K)
               //       MBUF=4000,           ** NUMBER OF MESSAGE BUFFERS TO USE
               //       CBUF=200,            ** NUMBER OF COMMAND BUFFERS TO USE
               //       DSIG='',             ** Subsystem command designator
               //       MSGIFAC='SYSTEM',    ** SSI/EXTENDED CONSOLE OVERRIDE SWITCH
               //       PPIOPT='PPI',         ** PPI OPTIONS SWITCH
               //       ARM='*NOARM',        ** AUTOMATIC RESTART (ARM) USAGE
               //       PFXREG='ONE',        ** Prefix Registration option.
               //       P256BUF=300,         ** Number of 256 byte PPI buffers to use
               //       P4000BUF=0           ** Number of 4000 byte PPI buffers to use
               //SAV3R1 EXEC PGM=&PROG,TIME=1440,REGION=&REG.K,
               //         PARM=(&MBUF,&CBUF,'&DSIG','&MSGIFAC','&PPIOPT','&ARM',
               //          '&PFXREG',&P256BUF,&P4000BUF),DPRTY=(13,13)
               //STEPLIB DD    DSN=&SQ1..CNMLINK,DISP=SHR

               Additional details can be found in the detail in IBM Tivoli System Automation for
               z/OS V3.1 Planning and Installation, SC33-8261.

               Automation subsystem agent
               You can use the sample provided in the INGENVSA member of the SINGSAMP
               data set. Copy it to a member of each system’s PROCLIB data set (the one of the
               focal point system as well as the ones of the target systems).

               Example 2-3 shows the Automation subsystem Agent procedure of our case
               study scenario.

               Example 2-3 Our automation subsystem agent
               //INGENVSA PROC DOMAIN=&SYSNAME.N, ** NETVIEW DOMAIN NAME
               //       DOMAIN=&SYSNAME.N, ** PGM FOR AUTOMATION NETVIEW
               //       PROG=DSIMNT,       ** PGM FOR AUTOMATION NETVIEW
               //*      PROG=BNJLINTX,     ** PGM FOR NETWORK OR COMBINED NETVIEW
               //       SQ1='ING',         ** SA Z/OS DSN HIGH LVL QUALIFIER
               //       SQ2='NETVIEW',     ** NETVIEW DSN HIGH LVL QUALIFIER
               //       Q2='ING.USER',     ** SAUSER DSN HIGH LEVEL QUALIFIER
               //       Q1='NETVUSER',     ** NETVIEW USER DSN HIGH LEVEL QUALIFIER
               //       SUBSYM='',         ** SYMBOLIC SUBSTITUTION SWITCH
               //       NV2I=''
               //*


26   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
//NETVIEW   EXEC PGM=&PROG,TIME=1440,
//          REGION=0M,
//          PARM=(24K,200,
//            '&DOMAIN','','','&SUBSYM','&NV2I'),
//          DPRTY=(15,15)
//*
//DSICLD    DD   DSN=&Q2..REXX,DISP=SHR                   NETVIEW TARGET
//          DD   DSN=&SQ1..SINGNREX,DISP=SHR              SA TARGET
//          DD   DSN=&SQ1..SINGSAMP,DISP=SHR              SA TARGET
//          DD   DSN=&SQ2..CNMSAMP,DISP=SHR               NETVIEW SAMPLIB
//          DD   DSN=&SQ2..CNMCLST,DISP=SHR               NETVIEW SAMPLIB
//*
//DSIOPEN   DD   DSN=&SQ2..SDSIOPEN,DISP=SHR
//*
//DSIPARM   DD   DSN=&Q2..DSIPARM,DISP=SHR                SA      TARGET
//          DD   DSN=&SQ1..SINGNPRM,DISP=SHR              SA SAMPLE
//          DD   DSN=&SQ2..DSIPARM,DISP=SHR               NETVIEW SAMPLE
//*
//DSILIST   DD   DSN=&Q2..&DOMAIN..DSILIST,DISP=SHR       USER TARGET
//DSIASRC   DD   DSN=&Q2..&DOMAIN..DSIASRC,DISP=SHR       USER TARGET
//DSIARPT   DD   DSN=&Q2..&DOMAIN..DSIARPT,DISP=SHR       USER TARGET
//*
//DSIVTAM   DD   DSN=SYS1.SANDBOX.VTAMLST,DISP=SHR
//*
//DSIPRF    DD   DSN=&SQ1..SINGNPRF,DISP=SHR              SA TARGET
//          DD   DSN=&SQ2..DSIPRF,DISP=SHR                NETVIEW TARGET
//*
//DSIMSG    DD   DSN=&SQ1..SINGNMSG,DISP=SHR              SA US
//          DD   DSN=&SQ2..SDSIMSG1,DISP=SHR              NETVIEW TARGET
//*
//BNJPNL1   DD   DSN=&SQ2..BNJPNL1,DISP=SHR
//*
//BNJPNL2   DD   DSN=&SQ2..BNJPNL2,DISP=SHR
//*
//CNMPNL1   DD   DSN=&SQ1..SINGNPNL,DISP=SHR              SA US
//          DD   DSN=&SQ2..CNMPNL1,DISP=SHR               NETVIEW US
//*
//AOFSTAT   DD   DSN=&Q2..VSAM.&DOMAIN..STATS,DISP=SHR
//*
//HSAIPL    DD   DSN=&Q2..VSAM.&DOMAIN..IPLDATA,DISP=SHR
//*
//DSILOGP   DD   DSN=&Q1..&DOMAIN..DSILOGP,
//          DISP=SHR,AMP='AMORG,BUFNI=20,BUFND=20'
//DSILOGS   DD   DSN=&Q1..&DOMAIN..DSILOGS,
//          DISP=SHR,AMP='AMORG,BUFNI=20,BUFND=20'


                   Chapter 2. System Automation for z/OS V3R1 configuration   27
//*
               //DSITRCP    DD    DSN=&Q1..&DOMAIN..DSITRCP,DISP=SHR,AMP=AMORG
               //DSITRCS    DD    DSN=&Q1..&DOMAIN..DSITRCS,DISP=SHR,AMP=AMORG
               //*
               //AAUVSPL    DD    DSN=&Q1..&DOMAIN..AAUVSPL,DISP=SHR,AMP=AMORG
               //AAUVSSL    DD    DSN=&Q1..&DOMAIN..AAUVSSL,DISP=SHR,AMP=AMORG
               //*
               //BNJLGPR    DD    DSN=&Q1..&DOMAIN..BNJLGPR,DISP=SHR,AMP=AMORG
               //BNJLGSE    DD    DSN=&Q1..&DOMAIN..BNJLGSE,DISP=SHR,AMP=AMORG
               //*
               //DSISVRT    DD   DSN=&Q1..&DOMAIN..DSISVRT,
               //           DISP=SHR,AMP=AMORG
               //INGDUMP    DD   DSN=&Q2..VSAM.&DOMAIN..INGDUMP,DISP=SHR
               //*
               //SYSPRINT   DD    DUMMY
               //*

               Additional details can be found in the detail in IBM Tivoli System Automation for
               z/OS V3.1 Planning and Installation, SC33-8261.



2.5 VTAM major node definition
               NetView for z/OS is a 3270 based application that is connected through VTAM.
               As such, it must use VTAM definition for its operation. In Example 2-4 on
               page 29, the VTAM definition for the PPT needs to change from PPO to SPO
               (this is the second NetView running on the system). We use system symbols in
               the major node definition. This allows for a single major node definition to be
               used for all systems in the sysplex.

               For details about VTAM major node names and definitions, refer to Appendix B,
               “NetView Samples Overview”, in Tivoli NetView for z/OS V5R2 Installation:
               Getting Started, SC31-8872.




28   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
Example 2-4 VTAM major node definition member
VBUILD TYPE=APPL
*******************************************************************
* NETVIEW MAIN TASK                                               *
*******************************************************************
*
&SYSNAME.A    APPL AUTH=(VPACE,ACQ,PASS),                                      X
               MODETAB=AMODETAB,DLOGMOD=DSIL6MOD,                              X
               APPC=YES,PARSESS=YES,                                           X
               DMINWNL=4,DMINWNR=4,DSESLIM=8,VPACING=10,                       X
               AUTOSES=2
*              STATOPT='NETVIEW'
*******************************************************************
* NETVIEW PRIMARY POI - (PROGRAM OPERATOR INTERFACE)              *
*******************************************************************
&SYSNAME.APPT APPL AUTH=(NVPACE,SPO),EAS=1,                                    X
               MODETAB=AMODETAB,DLOGMOD=DSILGMOD
*              STATOPT='NETVIEW PPT'
*******************************************************************
* NETVIEW SUBTASKS                                                *
*******************************************************************
&SYSNAME.A* APPL AUTH=(NVPACE,SPO,ACQ,PASS),EAS=4,                             X
               MODETAB=AMODETAB,DLOGMOD=DSILGMOD
*              STATOPT='NETVIEW 000'
*******************************************************************
* APPL DEFINITION STATEMENTS FOR TERMINAL ACCESS FACILITY         *
*******************************************************************
SCT&SYSCLONE.OPT APPL MODETAB=AMODETAB,EAS=9,                                  X
               DLOGMOD=M3767
SCT&SYSCLONE.O* APPL MODETAB=AMODETAB,EAS=9,                                   X
               DLOGMOD=M3767




                    Chapter 2. System Automation for z/OS V3R1 configuration   29
2.6 Customize common automation DSIPARM library
               The modified members in the common automation DSIPARM library are:
                  CxxSTGEN: This member overrides certain STYLE definitions from the
                  CxxSTYLE member. You should modify this member instead of the original
                  STYLE parameter so that updates to the STYLE will not override your
                  customization. Our sample CxxSTGEN is shown in Example 2-5.

               Example 2-5 Modified CxxSTGEN
               SECOPTS.OPERSEC = SAFPW
               SECOPTS.CMDAUTH = TABLE.CNMSBAK1
               function.autotask.idleoff = *NONE*
               TOWER = SA *AON *MSM *GRAPHICS MVSCMDMGT NPDA NLDM TCPIPCOLLECT
                 *AMI *TARA
               TOWER.SA = SYSOPS PROCOPS
               (MSM)AUTOTASK.?MSMdefault.InitCmd =
               COMMON.AOFSENDALERT = NO
               COMMON.AOFINITREPLY = 00:00:10
               TASK.DSIWTOMT.INIT=N
               RMTINIT.IP = Y
               *RMTSYN.NET1.AOX14 = tvt1114.tivlab.raleigh.ibm.com
               *RMTSYN.NET1.AOX15 = tvt1115.tivlab.raleigh.ibm.com
               *%INCLUDE SA&DOMAIN.

                  INGXINIT: This member is the initialization parameter for System Automation
                  for z/OS. The content for our environment is shown in Example 2-6.

               Example 2-6 Content of INGXINIT
               *GRPID=XY
               *MQM=SSSS
               *LOGSTREAM=NO
               PPI=YES
               PPIBQL=5000
               *DIAGDUPMSG=50

               IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3R1 Planning and Installation,
               SC33-8261 provides instructions about what you need to change in the above
               members. For our case study environment, we followed the referenced manual
               with no problems.




30   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
2.7 Defining policy database
         Before you can start using automation, you need to define your automation policy
         using the customization dialog. This involves the following actions:
            If applicable, migrate/merge existing policy information; you can use the
            sample job INGEBMIG in the SINGSAMP sample library.
            Add further policy definitions.
            Build a new policy database.

         Distribute the policy definitions (the policy database) where required. If you start
         from scratch, use the IBM samples delivered with the product and create your
         new policy database. In such a case, read the information in the section
         “Creating a New Policy Database”, in IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS
         Defining Automation Policy, SC33-8262, which provides informtion about using
         the customization dialog for the required definitions.

         IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1 provides a sample job named
         INGEBBLD in the SINGSAMP sample library to perform the build in batch mode.
         This job is configured according to your installation requirements. In our case
         study scenario, we used the ISPF Customization dialog.

         The BUILD command is available from various screens of the customization
         dialog. For more informtion about how to perform this step, refer to IBM Tivoli
         System Automation for z/OS V3.1 Defining Automation Policy, SC33-8262.

          Attention: Do not change the system operations control files manually. You
          must use the customization dialog to manipulate the policy objects.



2.8 Automate starting the tasks
         IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3R1 initialization becomes automated
         and begins with starting System Operations. You accomplish this by making
         changes to the SYS1.PARMLIB data set member COMMNDxx.

         Make sure that the procedure names you choose match those specified in the
         PROCLIB data set. Compare the contents of the COMMNDxx member with the
         INGECOM member, which resides in the SINGSAMP sample library.




                               Chapter 2. System Automation for z/OS V3R1 configuration    31
Example 2-7 shows the COMMNDxx member of our scenario.

               Example 2-7 COMMND63 Member
               COM='SET MPF=00'
               COM='MN JOBNAMES,T'
               COM='K M,AMRF=Y'
               COM='K S,DEL=RD,SEG=20,CON=N,RNUM=20,RTME=001,MFORM=M,L=01'
               COM='S AOFASSI,SUB=MSTR'
               COM='S AOFAPPL,SUB=MSTR'
               COM='S INGEAMSA,SUB=MSTR'




32   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
3


    Chapter 3.   Working with IBM Tivoli
                 OMEGAMON classic
                 interface
                 This chapter discusses the OMEGAMON classic interface of IBM Tivoli System
                 Automation for z/OS in our environment. The discussion is divided into the
                 following sections:
                     3.1, “IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON integration” on page 34
                     3.2, “Setting up OMEGAMON integration” on page 37
                     3.3, “OMEGAMON related commands” on page 42
                     3.4, “Defining a monitored resource” on page 50
                     3.5, “Security consideration” on page 59




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved.                                         33
3.1 IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON integration
             The OMEGAMON real-time monitor components alert you to application
             degradation and overall system problems through color-coded status bars or
             through user-defined status words. This includes a wide range of detailed
             analysis and exception reporting for every aspect of your enterprise. The
             valuable information that IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON suite of products convey to
             operations and support staff quickly becomes relied upon for the day to day
             running of a data center, making the availability of the Tivoli monitors themselves
             almost as important as the applications they monitor. The best way to achieve
             this is to entrust their availability to System Automation for z/OS and its excellent
             recovery, scheduling, and automation features.

             A programmer-less integration with Monitor Resources is achieved by providing
             an interface tailored specifically for exception monitoring. The automation
             administrator uses this interface as a monitor command and specifies the
             exceptions of interest. In addition to the monitor command, the administrator also
             specifies the health state associated with the exception and commands that
             System Automation for z/OS should issue to recover from the exception. There
             are facilities that allow the administrator to escalate commands in case a
             previously scheduled recovery action was unsuccessful or to insulate from
             subsequent exceptions for a certain time while a recovery action is in progress.

             Integrating OMEGAMON products into System Automation for z/OS gives the
             benefits of System Automation for z/OS's resource management and scheduling
             facilities:
                OMEGAMON error conditions and restart/recovery processing are handled
                by System Automation for z/OS, thus minimizing your application downtime.
                Having your OMEGAMONs integrated into System Automation for z/OS
                allows you to include the monitors in a fully-automated initial program load
                (IPL) for maximum efficiency.

             A combination of System Automation for z/OS high availability functionality and
             the ability of IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON to move its Tivoli Enterprise Monitoring
             Server hub ensures the highest possible levels of application availability. For
             more discussion on moveable Tivoli Enterprise Monitoring Server hub, see IBM
             Tivoli OMEGAMON XE V3.1.0 Deep Dive on z/OS, SG24-7155.

             Exception analysis is an OMEGAMON feature that monitors predefined
             thresholds in a system. Each time exception analysis is invoked, an exception is
             displayed on the OMEGAMON console if a threshold is exceeded. Using System
             Automation for z/OS, you can then act on these exception alerts by running
             programs or issuing commands back to the OMEGAMON system that has the
             problem. This feature is called Monitor Resources.


34   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
You can set up Monitor Resources to:
   Monitor sets of exceptions that may be of interest
   Set an application’s health state based on the existence of such exceptions
   React to and resolve conditions that cause those exceptions

This chapter shows you how to define the sessions and the monitor resource
definitions to set the System Automation for z/OS health status.

Various topologies are possible for System Automation for z/OS integration with
IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON:
   There can be one or more systems.
   There can be one or more OMEGAMON monitors per system.
   Connectivity is through VTAM and the NetView Terminal Access Facility
   (TAF).

System Automation for z/OS can act as a focal point either:
   Globally, monitoring data from OMEGAMON monitors running on different
   systems
   Locally, monitoring data from OMEGAMON monitors running on the local
   system

The following assumptions are made about the topologies that we implement in
this chapter. For background informtion about IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON
implementation, refer to IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON XE V3.1.0 Deep Dive on z/OS,
SG24-7155.
   IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON product is installed on each system.
   IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON classic monitors are installed and configured already
   to support multiple VTAM-based connections to it. For interoperability with
   System Automation for z/OS, support for 3270 model 2 (screen size 24x80) is
   required.
   IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON monitors are set up to interact with an external
   security product, such as RACF®, to validate access.
   IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON exceptions are reported when the threshold that is
   defined in OMEGAMON is exceeded. That threshold must be agreed within
   an installation because it must cater for the least severe condition that there
   might be an alert for.




               Chapter 3. Working with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON classic interface     35
Figure 3-1 shows a sample configuration involving a single system environment.
               In this configuration, each System Automation for z/OS acts as a focal point.


                                        Sys1                                Sys2

                                  System Automation                  System Automation
                                       for z/OS                           for z/OS




                              OMEGAMON for MVS                    OMEGAMON for MVS

                               OMEGAMON for CICS                    OMEGAMON for CICS

                                   OMEGAMON for IMS                   OMEGAMON for IMS

                                     OMEGAMON for DB2                     OMEGAMON for DB2




               Figure 3-1 Single system environment

               Figure 3-2 shows a sample structure for a multi system environment. Here you
               have a single System Automation for z/OS acting as the focal point for all
               systems.


                           Sys1
                                                           Sys3
                    OMEGAMON for MVS

                                                      System Automation
                    OMEGAMON for IMS                       for z/OS                      Sys4
                                                                                   OMEGAMON for MVS


                                                                                   OMEGAMON for CICS
                                                 OMEGAMON for DB2
                           Sys2
                                                       OMEGAMON for MVS
                    OMEGAMON for MVS




               Figure 3-2 Multi systems environment




36   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
3.2 Setting up OMEGAMON integration
          To set up the integration of System Automation for z/OS to IBM Tivoli
          OMEGAMON, we must define the OMEGAMON session and activate Terminal
          Access Facility (TAF).


3.2.1 Define the OMEGAMON network sessions
          This section describes how to define the Network (NTW) policy definitions for a
          session between System Automation for z/OS and OMEGAMON classic monitor.
          From the entry type selection dialog shown in Figure 3-3, select option 39 for the
          NTW.




          Figure 3-3 Entry type selection screen




                          Chapter 3. Working with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON classic interface   37
For the network session, we define a new entry called OMEGAMON_SESSION.
               Figure 3-4 shows the policy list for the OMEGAMON_SESSION.




               Figure 3-4 NTW policy definition screen

               Select OMEGAMON SESSIONS policy. Figure 3-5 on page 39 shows the
               OMEGAMON sessions definition. This policy is used to define the attributes used
               to establish and run a communication session with OMEGAMON based on the
               NetView Terminal Access Facility (TAF).




38   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
Figure 3-5 OMEGAMON sessions definitions screen

We define the OMIISC66 session definition that relates to connecting to IBM
Tivoli OMEGAMON for z/OS on SC66. Figure 3-6 shows the definition of the
OMIISC66 session.




Figure 3-6 OMEGAMON session attributes screen



               Chapter 3. Working with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON classic interface   39
Our setup uses the VTAM applid of C66M2RC to connect to OMEGAMON for
               z/OS classic monitor.

                Note: The user ID and password usage to access IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON will
                be discussed in 3.5, “Security consideration” on page 59.


3.2.2 Defining automated proxy operator
               We show the definition of the automated operator for the proxy operator. You
               define the automated operator using option 37 from the Entry Type selection
               dialog in Figure 3-3 on page 37. The automated operator policy definition is
               shown in Figure 3-7.




               Figure 3-7 Automated operator policy definition

               When you select SESS_AUTOOPS definition, Figure 3-8 on page 41 show the
               content.




40   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
Figure 3-8 Automation operator definitions screen


3.2.3 Define the TAF logical units
           The connection between System Automation for z/OS and IBM Tivoli
           OMEGAMON is a Terminal Access Facility (TAF) full screen session. TAF source
           LUs are defined in VTAMLST. Use model APPL statements similar to
           Example 3-1.

           Example 3-1 TAF SRCLU definition
           * ---------------------OMEGAMON TAF TERMINAL -----------------*
           TFaa#*   APPL MODETAB=AMODETAB,EAS=9,                         X
                          DLOGMOD=M2SDLCNQ
           *              STATOPT='SCTUSER OMEGAMON'

           In Example 3-1, the letter aa represent the last two characters of your NetView
           domain ID. This model APPL statements save you time since you do not need to
           define every SRCLU individually.

           If you encounter problems connecting to the OMEGAMON monitor, you can try to
           issue a NetView BGNSESS command. For connecting to our SC66M2RC
           OMEGAMON session, issue the BGNSESS FLSCN,APPLID=C66M2RC
           command.




                           Chapter 3. Working with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON classic interface   41
If the session fails when System Automation for z/OS initializes, but starts when
               you enter a BGNSESS command, then you have an error in your System
               Automation for z/OS policy definitions.



3.3 OMEGAMON related commands
               In relation to the new integration with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON, System
               Automation for z/OS V3.1 provides several new commands:
                  The INGSESS command
                  This command manages a session with OMEGAMON monitors. It also
                  displays additional session attributes, such as logon data, timeout, and
                  statistics.
                  The INGOMX command
                  This command issues OMEGAMON major, minor, and immediate commands.
                  It also allows you to retrieve OMEGAMON exceptions.
                  The INGMTRAP command
                  This command provides a customized interface to process OMEGAMON
                  exceptions.

               For a detailed and complete description of System Automation for z/OS V3.1
               commands, refer to IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Operator’s
               Commands, SC33-8265 and IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS
               Programmer’s Reference, SC33-8266.


3.3.1 The INGSESS command
               The INGSESS command displays OMEGAMON session definitions, the session
               status, and statistical information about the session.




42   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
Issuing the command INGSESS REQ=DISPLAY brings up the session list shown
in Figure 3-9.




Figure 3-9 OMEGAMON session list




              Chapter 3. Working with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON classic interface   43
From the session list in Figure 3-9 on page 43, you can display the session detail
               using the line command D and pressing Enter. Figure 3-10 shows the detailed
               session information.




               Figure 3-10 Detailed session information

               In Figure 3-10, OMEGAMON security is not enabled; therefore, the User ID is not
               defined. You can see more session attributes, such as the session statistics,
               using the PF8 key. Figure 3-11 on page 45 shows the additional information.




44   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
Figure 3-11 Session statistics screen

The total number of commands indicated are the commands that are issued
using the INGOMX command interface.




                Chapter 3. Working with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON classic interface   45
You can stop a session using the C line command. The session status goes into
               maintenance, as shown in Figure 3-12.




               Figure 3-12 Session stopped

               From a stopped session, select line command B to restart the session.


3.3.2 The INGOMX command
               The INGOMX command is an interface that provides interaction capabilities with
               IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON. It allows a program or command list to invoke
               OMEGAMON exception analysis in order to trap one or more exceptions of
               interest or to issue one or more OMEGAMON commands. The response
               generated by OMEGAMON on behalf of a request is written to the console but
               not exposed to automation.

               In this section, we demonstrate issuing the OMEGAMON commands from
               NetView.
                  Requesting OMEGAMON for z/OS common storage usage is achieved using
                  the OMEGAMON command CSAA. The NetView command that we invoke is
                  INGOMX EXECUTE,NAME=OMIISC66,CMD=CSAA. Figure 3-13 on
                  page 47 shows the resulting display.




46   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
Figure 3-13 CSAA command response

  Some OMEGAMON commands require additional parameters. This is
  achieved using the PARM keyword of the INGOMX command. An example is
  the SVOL command that retrieves the DASD volume statistic. The command
  that we issue is INGOMX EXECUTE,NAME=OMIISC66,CMD=
  SVOL,PARM=Z17DL1. Figure 3-14 shows the command result.




Figure 3-14 SVOL command response



              Chapter 3. Working with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON classic interface   47
The INGOMX TRAP command allows you to retrieve exceptions, such as the
                  OMEGAMON for z/OS exception for outstanding replies, XREP. The
                  exception retrieval is typically invoked under a NetView PIPE command to be
                  able to analyze and process the returned result from OMEGAMON, as the
                  exception are returned asynchronously, INGOMX does not issue any
                  confirmation messages, and the output is only written to the console when
                  INGOMX returned with code 0. The command that we use is PIPE NETV
                  INGOMX TRAP,XTYPE=XREP,NAME=OMIISC66 | CORR | COLL |
                  CONSOLE. Figure 3-15 shows the command result.




               Figure 3-15 TRAP command response


3.3.3 Monitor command INGMTRAP
               The INGMTRAP command provides a customized interface to INGOMX. It
               provides filtering capabilities for exceptions of interest as reported by
               OMEGAMON exception analysis and triggering of automation on behalf of such
               exceptions. The processing of INGMTRAP is shown in Figure 3-16 on page 49.




48   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
Figure 3-16 Exceptions and Health Status

INGMTRAP issues the INGOMX TRAP command regularly:
   For each exception that matches the XTYPE filter that is provided by the
   caller, INGMTRAP issues message ING080I, which is exposed to NetView
   automation. An example of ING080I is:
   ING080I SC66XREP/MTR/SC66 OMIISC66 OMIIMVS XREP Number of
   Outstanding Replies = 2
   If no exception matches the XTYPE filter that is provided by the caller,
   INGMTRAP creates a ING081I message that is not exposed to NetView but
   written to the Monitor Resource history log to document that no exception has
   been found. An example of ING081I is:
   ING081I SC66XREP/MTR/SC66 OMIISC66 OMIIMVS NO EXCEPTION FOUND

INGMTRAP can only be used as a monitor command. This means that it has to
be specified directly as a monitor command in the definition of a Monitor
Resource, or it has to be called on behalf of such a monitor command.

An example of the monitor resource command for trapping outstanding operator
replies (XREP exception) that are reported by IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON for z/OS
session OMIISC66 is INGMTRAP NAME=OMIISC66,XTYPE=(XREP).


               Chapter 3. Working with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON classic interface   49
Be careful when specifying a list of exceptions, each exception may cause an
               ING080I message to be issued. Because each occurrence of an ING080I
               message will trigger health state processing of the Monitor Resource, make sure
               you understand the impact that this may have on the Monitor Resource’s final
               health state.

               For more details about INGMTRAP, refer to IBM Tivoli System Automation for
               z/OS Programmer’s Reference, SC33-8266. For more details about defining
               Monitor Resources, refer to IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Defining
               Automation Policy, SC33-8262.



3.4 Defining a monitored resource
               This section discusses the definition and use of the IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON
               interface for monitoring the health status of a resource.


3.4.1 Monitored resource policy definitions
               Define a monitored resource using option 11 from the entry type selection dialog
               in Figure 3-3 on page 37. Create a new monitor resource. In Figure 3-17, we
               define a new resource called SC66XREP.




               Figure 3-17 Define new monitored resource entry




50   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
This resource is the resource where we will use INGMTRAP as the monitor
routine to identify the XREP exceptions to retrieve. If you code your own monitor
routine, you can use INGOMX to retrieve OMEGAMON exceptions.

Press PF3 to exit and save. In the policy selection menu, select MONITOR INFO
policy. Figure 3-18 shows the Monitor Resource Information definition. Here we
define the monitor command for the resource.




Figure 3-18 Monitor Resource information screen

As shown in Figure 3-18, INGMTRAP is defined to retrieve OMEGAMON XREP
exceptions. Press PF3 to exit and save this policy.

In this MTR policy, you can add Messages or User Data policy to support this
OMEGAMON exception:
   Map exceptions to Health Status
   Issue commands using PASSes or CODEs
   Issue commands based on health state processing
   Define your own set of automation routines to be called
   Disable exception handling while recovery is being done




               Chapter 3. Working with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON classic interface   51
Select MESSAGES/USER DATA policy defination. Figure 3-19 shows the
               message processing screen.




               Figure 3-19 Message processing - defining exception

               Use the Message ID field to define a six character message ID. All exceptions
               must be identified with a + as the first character and must followed by a blank.
               The + is used by System Automation for z/OS to identify the message as an
               exception ID instead of an actual message ID. For the XREP exception, we use
               the message ID of + XREP.




52   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
An action of AUTO displays (Figure 3-20). This shows the health status selection
dialog. In this example, every time an XREP exception is detected the Health
Status is set to Warning.




Figure 3-20 Message type selection screen




               Chapter 3. Working with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON classic interface   53
Figure 3-20 on page 53 shows that the selected status is WARNING for the
               exception +XREP. Press PF3 to exit and save this definition. In the Message
               Type definition in Figure 3-19 on page 52, use the line command CMD to get to
               the command definition screen. Figure 3-21 shows this command definition
               screen.




               Figure 3-21 Message processing - CMD screen

               In Figure 3-21, the XREP exception from OMEGAMON will trigger a MSG ALL
               command and set the health status to WARNING. Press PF3 to exit and save
               this definition back to the message type selection dialog.

               Using the USER line command, define an additional user processing keyword.
               Figure 3-22 on page 55 shows the user processing definition.




54   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
Figure 3-22 Message processing - user defined data screen

The keyword DISABLETIME is used to define a period of time to suspend
automation from running further actions.

 Warning: If you define DISABLETIME for an OMEGAMON exception that
 generates more than one ING080I message, the first ING080I message will
 be processed and automation for the subsequent messages will be
 suspended due to the DISABLETIME definition.




                Chapter 3. Working with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON classic interface   55
Press PF3 to exit and save until you return to the AOFGMSGX screen shown in
               Figure 3-23.




               Figure 3-23 Message processing screen

               Figure 3-23 indicates that the XREP exception has a command, user defined
               keyword, and automation defined. You can press PF3 until the policy selection
               dialog appears. Here, you can add a relationship. A relationship is needed to
               ensure that the monitor is started and stopped when the OMEGAMON monitor
               session starts and stops.

               Figure 3-24 on page 57 shows the RELATIONSHIP policy where we link
               SC66XREP to the C66M2RC started task.




56   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
Figure 3-24 Relationship selection list screen

           As shown in Figure 3-24, the relationship that we define makes SC66XREP
           available and unavailable according to the application status of C66M2RC in
           SC66.


3.4.2 Reset recovery
           User data in the MESSAGES/USER DATA policy (see Figure 3-22 on page 55)
           can be used to disable additional recovery processing while another recovery is
           already in progress. In combination with the predefined keyword DISABLETIME,
           the recovery disable time can be specified in the formats hh:mm:ss, mm:ss, :ss,
           or mm. While recovery is disabled, no commands are processed on behalf of this
           Monitor Resource for messages and exceptions that are specified in the
           MESSAGES/USER DATA policy.

           Recovery is automatically enabled after the recovery disable time has expired.
           Recovery can also be enabled prematurely by calling the generic routine
           INGMON with the option CLEARING=YES, for example, INGMON SC66XREP
           MSGTYPE=XREP CLEARING=YES.




                            Chapter 3. Working with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON classic interface   57
3.4.3 DISPMTR details example
               Monitor resources are managed with the DISPMTR command. DISPMTR can be
               invoked directly from a NetView command line, but will most likely be called by
               INGLIST because of a bad health state for a resource. Figure 3-25 shows the
               result of the DISPMTR command. It lists all MTR resources.




               Figure 3-25 DISPMTR resource list screen

               Suppose you want to see the details, including the last twenty messages
               captured. Use the line command D (Details) and you will get a screen similar to
               Figure 3-26.




               Figure 3-26 DISPMTR detail screen



58   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
Pressing PF8 displays the messages that were saved for this resource, based on
         the captured messages limit defined in the MTR policy. See Figure 3-27.




         Figure 3-27 DISPMTR message history screen



3.5 Security consideration
         Regarding the integration between System Automation for z/OS and IBM Tivoli
         OMEGAMON, security is a major aspect. The advanced ability of IBM Tivoli
         OMEGAMON to get into the system must be properly protected.


3.5.1 OMEGAMON security
         Your installation may require security, such as who can log on to the
         OMEGAMON and which OMEGAMON commands they can issue. Passwords for
         the sessions between the System Automation for z/OS automation agent and
         each OMEGAMON monitor can also be secured. The security can be defined
         within OMEGAMON or NetView or both.

         OMEGAMON supports security with Security Access Facility (SAF) products,
         such as RACF or an internal security table within OMEGAMON. Items that can
         be secured are commands, and command parameters based on user ID and
         password authentication.

         For the System Automation for z/OS interface, we recommend defining a user ID
         to OMEGAMON, which can be defined internally in the OMEGAMON security
         table or externally to a SAF product. The user ID must be able to access an


                        Chapter 3. Working with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON classic interface   59
INITIALn profile to connect and issue commands; it should be granted the
               highest level of security defined for the installation. Then use NetView security to
               control which NetView operators (including automation tasks) have access to the
               sessions and commands. OMEGAMON security implementation is outside the
               scope of this IBM Redbook.


3.5.2 NetView security
               Using the NetView Command Authorization Table (CAT), you can define security
               to control access to the INGSESS and INGOMX commands and their
               parameters. These two commands control who can start or stop a session and
               which commands they can issue. For example, a subset of operators should be
               granted access to INGSESS to start or stop the sessions between System
               Automation for z/OS and IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON. You should also use the CAT
               table to control access to INGOMX, as some of the OMEGAMON commands can
               have a widespread effect, such as altering common storage (CSAA) or stopping
               a thread (KILL).

               To properly define command security, you will need to familiarize yourself with the
               syntax of the INGOMX and INGSESS commands and their parameters. The
               complete command syntax is not discussed in this IBM Redbook. You can use
               the NetView HELP command to display the syntax and description of the
               INGOMX and INGSESS commands.

               In general, you will need to define CAT table entries to:
                  Restrict access to the INGOMX and INGSESS commands and their
                  parameters.
                  Define operators (including automation tasks) to one or more groups.
                  Grant group access to the INGOMX and INGSESS commands and their
                  parameters.

               Defining INGOMX and INGSESS in CAT
               This section deals with restricting access to the commands and their parameters.
               The two System Automation for z/OS commands you will need to code CAT table
               statements for are:
                  INGOMX: Use the command list name of INGROMX0 in the CAT table.
                  INGSESS: Use the command list name of INGRYSS0 in the CAT table.

               The following are some sample definitions that you can use
                  Restrict INGOMX access to all sessions:
                  PROTECT *.*.INGROMX0.NAME.*



60   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
Restrict INGOMX access to a session called OMIIMVSA:
   PROTECT *.*.INGROMX0.NAME.OMIISC66
   Restrict INGOMX access to all OMEGAMON commands:
   PROTECT *.*.INGROMX0.CMD.*
   Restrict INGOMX access to the KILL command:
   PROTECT *.*.INGROMX0.CMD.KILL
   Restrict access to the INGSESS command for all sessions:
   PROTECT *.*.INGRYSS0.NAME.*
   Restrict access to INGSESS for starting and stopping session
   INGSESS,REQ=START and REQ=STOP:
   PROTECT *.*.INGRYSS0.REQ.START
   PROTECT *.*.INGRYSS0.REQ.STOP

 Note: Protecting INGSESS with the last 2 bullets above will permit all users to
 issue INGSESS REQ=DISPLAY to display all sessions and INGSESS
 REQ=DETAIL to display session details for a specific session if the user has
 been granted access to the session itself from the NAME.


Define operator groups
Define at least two groups of operators. The first group will be strictly operators
and they will not be given access to start or stop sessions, for example. The
second group will be administrators who will be given access to the same
functions as the operators plus functions, such as the start or stop of sessions.
The following statements defines OMOPERS and OMADMIN groups:
GROUP OMOPERS OPER1,OPER2,TIVO01,TIVO02
GROUP OMADMIN TIVO01,TIVO02,AUTRPC,AUTWRK01,AUTWRK02

 Note: You should define all System Automation for z/OS work autotasks
 (AUTWRKxx) and the AUTRPC autotask in the OMADMIN group. Optionally,
 you may choose to define a third group of operators for the autotasks.


Grant access for groups to INGOMX and INGSESS
Define several PERMIT statements for each group of operators to grant access
to INGOMX, INGSESS, and their respective command parameters. The following
are some sample statements:
   Define a PERMIT statement to allow operators in the OMOPERS group
   access to the OMIISC66 session when using the INGOMX command
   (INGOMX NAME=OMIISC66):
   PERMIT OMOPERS *.*.INGROMX0.NAME.OMIISC66


                Chapter 3. Working with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON classic interface     61
Define a PERMIT statement to allow the operators in the OMADMIN group
                  access to the OMEGAMON KILL command (INGOMX EX NAME=OMIISC66
                  CMD=KILL):
                  PERMIT OMADMIN *.*.INGROMX0.CMD.KILL

                Note: All command definitions that are provided in the PERMIT statement
                must be defined in the corresponding PROTECT statement.

               In general, protect the session with the NAME parameter and the command with
               the CMD parameter. Then permit the operators or groups with access to a
               combination of these resources.

               For more informtion about System Automation for z/OS security, see IBM Tivoli
               System Automation for z/OS: Planning and Installation, SC33-8261. For more
               informtion about NetView command security, see IBM Tivoli NetView for z/OS
               Security Reference, SC31-8870.

               Authorizing INGOMX TRAP commands
               Retrieving exceptions from an OMEGAMON requires that autotasks get access
               to the INGOMX TRAP command. This command executes OMEGAMON
               command EXSY.

                Note: The EXSY command is used by the IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON for z/OS,
                DB2, and CICS. IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON for IMS uses a different command,
                XIMS. You can secure the XIMS command the same as the EXSY command.

               As the command EXSY will be issued when an INGOMX TRAP command is
               issued, you must define a protect statement as follows:
               PROTECT *.*.INGROMX0.CMD.EXSY

               Add the corresponding PERMIT statements as necessary to allow the tasks
               access to the EXSY command:
               PERMIT OMADMIN *.*.INGROMX0.CMD.EXSY

               You will need to allow these tasks to use EXSY:
                  System Automation for z/OS work autotasks (AUTWRKxx).
                  AUTRPC autotask.
                  Any NetView operators that need to retrieve exceptions.

               Example 3-2 on page 63 shows an unauthorized access using INGOMX TRAP,
               XTYPE=XREP, NAME=OMIISC66.



62   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
Example 3-2 NetView log
           BNH236E 'TIVO02' IS NOT AUTHORIZED TO USE THE KEYWORD 'CMD' AND VALUE
           'EXSY' COMBINATION
           BNH237E THE KEYWORD 'CMD' AND VALUE 'EXSY' ARE PROTECTED BY COMMAND
           IDENTIFIER '*.*.INGROMX0.CMD.EXSY' IN 'TBLNAME=OMSEC66'


           Handling special commands
           Some OMEGAMON commands contain characters that require special handling
           in the CAT table definitions. The .RMF command is an example. When you define
           a PROTECT or PERMIT statement for .RMF, you need to replace the period with
           an at sign (@) such as:
           PROTECT *.*.INGROMX0.CMD.@RMF
           PERMIT OMADMIN *.*.INGROMX0.CMD.@RMF


3.5.3 Password security
           You can define the session password in two ways:
              As part of the OMEGAMON SESSIONS policy item when you define the
              session between System Automation for z/OS and an OMEGAMON monitor.
              Figure 3-6 on page 39 shows this definition.

               Note: Using the OMEGAMON SESSIONS policy item may not be secure
               enough for your environment since the password can be seen by anyone
               who has access to the System Automation for z/OS customization dialog.




                         Chapter 3. Working with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON classic interface   63
Alternatively, you can define the password field in the OMEGAMON
                  SESSIONS policy item as SAFPW. SAFPW forces System Automation for
                  z/OS to use encrypted passwords in the NetView password data set,
                  EZLPSWD. The update definition is shown in Figure 3-28.




               Figure 3-28 OMEGAMON session attributes screen

               In Figure 3-28, the Password field is set to SAFPW, meaning that for this session,
               OMIISC66, System Automation for z/OS uses the NetView password data set,
               EZLPSWD, and the GETPW command to retrieve the passwords.

               If you specify SAFPW for the session password, you must define the
               AUTHENTICATION policy item for the Network entry, as shown in Figure 3-29 on
               page 65.




64   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
Figure 3-29 Authentication definitions (GETPW) screen

This defines an owner of SC66N and a share list of C66M2RC, where:
   Owner: Specifies the name used as domain name parameter for the NetView
   GETPW command. In this example, the domain parameter will be SC66N.
   Share: A list of all the APPL IDs that use the owner to access the appropriate
   entry in the NetView password data set. The APPL IDs may delimited by
   blank or comma.

One advantage of using GETPW and encrypted passwords is that the password
values are automatically updated every 30 days by the GETPW command. You
must use the GETPW command to define the password values initially. For
example, to define the password for OM66USER with a password of NEW2DAY,
issue:
GETPW OM66USER SC66N,INIT=NEW2DAY,MASK=%A%A%A%N%A%A%A

The password mask indicates the password pattern that would be used to
change the password.

All users (operators and autotasks) of a session between System Automation for
z/OS and IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON must be authorized to use the GETPW
command from the CAT table.




                Chapter 3. Working with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON classic interface   65
For additional installation and customization of the NetView password data set,
               see IBM Tivoli NetView Installation: Configuring Additional Components,
               SC31-8874.




66   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
4


    Chapter 4.   System Automation for z/OS
                 working with End-to-end
                 Automation
                 This chapter details the setup of the System Automation for z/OS End-to-end
                 Automation feature. It consists of the following sections:
                     4.1, “Distributed software installation” on page 68
                     4.2, “Operation for the middleware processes” on page 80
                     4.3, “Post-installation tasks” on page 81
                     4.4, “End-to-end Automation Adapter configuration” on page 82




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved.                                               67
4.1 Distributed software installation
                 We use an Intel®-based Linux machine running SUSE Linux Enterprise Server
                 (SLES) 9. We are using the installation image from an IBM download site, which
                 can be accessed from the Passport Advantage® Web site at:
                 http://www.ibm.com/software/passportadvantage

                 The installation images that we used is under the eAssembly package called IBM
                 Tivoli System Automation for Multiplatforms End-to-End V2.1.1 eAssembly,
                 Multiplatforms, Multilingual (CR2TFML). The files in that assembly are listed in
                 Table 4-1.

Table 4-1 IBM Tivoli System Automation for Multiplatforms End-to-end V2.1.1
                      Description                              Date           File name    Directory

 IBM Tivoli System Automation for Multiplatforms V2.1.1 -   03-Apr-2006   C892XML.tar      e2e211
 End-to-End component, Linux for IBM System x™,
 Multilingual

 IBM Tivoli System Automation for Multiplatforms V2.1.1     03-Apr-2006   C899KML.tar      sam211
 Base component, Linux, Multilingual

 WebSphere Application Server V6.0 Application Server,      25-Nov-2004   C588FML.tar.gz   was6
 IBM HTTP Server, Web server plug ins, Application
 Clients for Linux (German, International English,
 Spanish, French, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Brazilian
 Portuguese, Simplified Chinese, and Traditional
 Chinese)

 WebSphere Application Server V6.0 Application Server       23-Nov-2004   C5897ML.tar.gz   was6tk
 Toolkit for Linux (German, International English,
 Spanish, French, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Brazilian
 Portuguese, Simplified Chinese, and Traditional
 Chinese)

 IBM Tivoli System Automation for Multiplatforms V2.1.1 -   03-Apr-2006   C8933ML.tar      was6upg
 WebSphere Application Server V6.0 Upgrade, Linux for
 IBM System x, Multilingual

 DB2 UDB Enterprise Server Edition V8.2 for Linux (2.6      29-Apr-2005   C829GML.tar      db28226
 kernel) on 32-bit Intel and AMD Systems (X86) (English,
 French, German, Spanish, Italian, Brazilian Portuguese,
 Russian, Polish, Czech, Japan, Korean, Simplified and
 Traditional Chinese)

                 The list in Table 4-1 are files that we use with a Intel-based Linux server. The tar
                 files are expanded using the tar -xvf command, while tar.gz files are expanded



68    IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
using the tar -xzvf command. We lists the target directory in the table to show
           the command that we will use on the installation process later.

           The product comes assembled with all the necessary components. If you order
           the product from IBM, the same installation images come on CD-ROMs.

           The installation that we perform follows the System Automation for z/OS
           manuals. They are available at:
           http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/tividd/td/IBMTivoliSystemAutomationforMul
           tiplatforms2.1.1.1.html

           We use the following documents:
              IBM Tivoli System Automation for Multiplatforms V2.1.1 Release Notes,
              SC33-8214
              IBM Tivoli System Automation for Multiplatforms V2.1.1 End-to-End
              Automation Management User's Guide and Reference, SC33-8211

           Some of the installation processes require you to have access to graphical
           interface tools, such as XServer or VNC. We are using the VNC interface.

           An overview of the installation steps follows:
              4.1.1, “Install DB2 Universal Database V8.2” on page 69
              4.1.2, “Install DB2 Fix Pack” on page 70
              4.1.3, “Install WebSphere Application Server” on page 71
              4.1.4, “Install WebSphere Application Server patches” on page 73
              4.1.5, “Installing System Automation for Multiplatform End-to-end” on page 74
              4.2, “Operation for the middleware processes” on page 80


4.1.1 Install DB2 Universal Database V8.2
           Here we install DB2 Universal Database™ V8.2.2, also known as DB2 8.1 Fix
           Pack 9.
           1. We use the DB2 installation wizard from the image directory. Run
              db28226/334_ESE_LNX26_32_NLV/db2setup to start the DB2 Setup Wizard.
              a. Select Install Products on the left side of the display.
              b. Choose DB2 UDB Enterprise Server Edition and click Next. For each
                 step, you must click the Next button.
              c. Accept the License Agreement.
              d. Choose the Typical installation method.



                Chapter 4. System Automation for z/OS working with End-to-end Automation   69
e. Make sure the check box is selected to install DB2 UDB Enterprise Server
                     Edition on this computer.
                  f. Make sure New user is selected for the DB2 Administration Server
                     window and type in the password twice. Also remember user ID dasusr1
                     and group dasadm1 for later use.
                  g. Make sure Create a DB2 instance is selected.
                  h. Make sure Single-partition instance is selected.
                  i. Make sure New user is selected for the DB2 instance owner window and
                     key in a password twice. Also remember user ID db2inst1 and group
                     db2grp1 for later use.
                  j. Make sure New user is selected for the fenced user and key in a password
                     twice. Also remember user ID db2fenc1 and group db2fgrp1 for later use.
                  k. We select Use a local database for the tools catalog.
                  l. Accept the defaults of instance db2inst1 and a New Database of
                     TOOLSDB and a New Schema of SYSTOOLS.
                  m. You can skip defining contact list and ignore the SMTP warning. Close the
                     warning dialog boxes by pressing OK.
                  n. You now should see the Start copying files window. Look it over and make
                     sure everything is correct and select Finish when you are ready to start
                     the copying. You will see the progress bars for a few minutes while
                     everything is installed.
                  o. You will eventually see the Setup is complete window. Examine it for any
                     errors and correct as required. Click Finish when done.
               2. Set up the DB2 environment for all user IDs you want to run DB2. You must
                  source the environment for the db2profile. Add the following line to /etc/profile
                  to change all users:
                  source /home/db2inst1/sqllib/db2profile
               3. You can verify DB2 installation using the db2fs command. This is
                  recommended after installing DB2; however, this is not required for the
                  operation of the System Automation for z/OS End-to-end operation.


4.1.2 Install DB2 Fix Pack
               Install the DB2 Fix Pack 8.2.3, also known as 8.1 Fix Pack 10. This is the
               required DB2 level that is needed by System Automation for z/OS End-to-end
               operation. The Fix Pack can be found at:
               http://www-306.ibm.com/software/data/db2/udb/support/




70   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
The Fix Pack is also available through ftp at:
           ftp://ftp.software.ibm.com/ps/products/db2/fixes2/english-us/db2linux26
           32/fixpak/FP10_MI00142/FP10_MI00142.tar
           1. We create a directory called db28226_fp10 and place the FP10_MI00142.tar
              file there and then untar it with the tar -xvf command. We also download the
              FixPackReadme.txt readme file to the same directory. The readme has
              detailed instructions on how to install the Fix Pack, so make sure you read
              them closely.
              a. We shut down all the running DB2 processes. Run the ps -ef | grep db2
                 command to check that there are no more running DB2 processes.
              b. We then install the Fix Pack by accessing the db28226_fp10 directory and
                 issuing the ./installFixPak -y command.
              c. Some of the DB2 processes are started back up by the previous step,
                 specifically the db2fmd related processes, as well as db2dasrrm, so we
                 shut them back down.
              d. Update the instance with the db2iupdt db2inst1 command. If you get the
                 message: DBI1250E Applications are still using instance db2inst1,
                 you have to do the following steps as root:
                 i. Enter ln -s /opt/IBM/db2/V8.1/lib/libdb2gcf.so
                    /usr/lib/libdb2gcf.so.
                 ii. Enter db2gcf -i db2inst1 -s -t 10, which should return:
                     Instance : db2inst1
                     DB2 State : Operable
                 iii. You should now be able to run the db2iupdt command again and it
                      should return successfully.
              e. We then update the DB2 Administrative server with the dasupdt dasusr1
                 command, which starts the Administrative server as well.
              f. Since we only had a single database in our system (toolsdb), we run the
                 db2updv8 -d toolsdb command, which updates the database.
              g. Now we restart everything as the db2inst1 user ID by running db2start.
           2. Verify DB2 with the db2fs command again.


4.1.3 Install WebSphere Application Server
           The WebSphere Application Server installation is performed using the base
           version 6.0 as follows:
           1. Start the installation wizard for WebSphere Application Server. You can use
              either the launchpad.sh or the was6/WAS/install executable.



                Chapter 4. System Automation for z/OS working with End-to-end Automation   71
Note: We had trouble getting launchpad.sh to work with Firefox so we just
                    started Firefox and then used File → Open to load the
                    readme_base_en.html file. It has good information about various setup
                    scenarios. We then opened the top level launchpad_base_en.html file that
                    was in the launchpad directory. This page has all the links needed to
                    complete the install.

                  We recommend installing WebSphere using a custom installation and do not
                  install the sample applications. The sample applications would add
                  unnecessary processing load to WebSphere. This will create the server1
                  instance of the application server.
               2. From the launchpad Web page, we install IBM HTTP Server. You can also
                  install this using the installer in was6/IBMHTTPServer/install. You can use all
                  the default options. The Plugins wizard starts and we skip the Installation
                  roadmap box. We select the IBM HTTP Server V6 plug-in check box and
                  select the WebSphere Application Server machine (local) check box since
                  both the WebSphere Application Server and HTTP servers are on the same
                  machine in our setup. As we use the default paths, we can leave the default
                  installation directories for both the Plugins and AppServer. We do need to
                  specify the configuration file at /opt/IBMIHS/conf/httpd.conf. The Create
                  default Web server name is set to webserver1. Use the default for most of the
                  values.
               3. Verify your setup.
                  a. Verify that WebSphere is started by using ps -ef | grep server1. If it is
                     not started, run /opt/IBM/WebSphere/AppServer/bin/startServer.sh
                     server1.
                  b. Start the IBM HTTP Server by running /opt/IBMIHS/bin/apachectl
                     start. You can verify that it is running using the ps -ef | grep http
                     command, it should show some processes.
                  c. We then checked to make sure WebSphere is running using the snoop
                     servlet. As our server name is peoria.itsc.austin.ibm.com, we open the
                     URL http://peoria.itsc.austin.ibm.com:9080/snoop.
                  d. Next, we verify that the HTTP server is running and has a correct plug-in
                     using the URL http://peoria.itsc.austin.ibm.com/snoop. This should
                     return the same page.
                  e. We also check out the WebSphere Application Server Administrative
                     Console in the URL
                     http://peoria.itsc.austin.ibm.com:9060/ibm/console/.




72   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
4.1.4 Install WebSphere Application Server patches
           IBM Tivoli System Automation for Multiplatform V2.1.1 requires WebSphere
           Application Server V6.0.2 with interim fix 1 and interim fix 2.

           Refresh Pack and interim fixes
           1. Install WebSphere Application Server Refresh Pack 2. This brings just the
              WebSphere Application Server server component to the 6.0.2 level.
              a. We log in as root and stop the HTTP server using the
                 /opt/IBMIHS/bin/apachectl stop command and stop WebSphere
                 Application Server using the
                 /opt/IBM/WebSphere/AppServer/bin/stopServer.sh server1 command
                 and then verify they are both down with the ps -ef command.
              b. Change the WebSphere installation directory
                 /opt/IBM/WebSphere/AppServer and expand the refresh pack by running
                 tar -xvf
                 /was6upg/WAS6020i386/Upgrade/6.0-WS-WAS-LinuxX32-RP0000002.tar,
                 which creates various files in the updateinstaller directory below the
                 AppServer directory.
              c. Activate the WebSphere command environment using the source
                 /opt/IBM/WebSphere/AppServer/bin/setupCmdLine.sh command.
              d. Run the update installer wizard using the
                 /opt/IBM/WebSphere/AppServer/updateinstaller/update command.
              e. The wizard will initially refresh the Java™ environment and you are
                 required to restart the wizard to use a temporary Java environment so it
                 can update the WebSphere Java environment.
              f. From the wizard, select Install maintenance package check box. It will
                 discover Refresh Pack 2. The installation takes a while, after it completes
                 successfully, click Finish.
           2. Using the same procedure, we install the interim fixes. The fixes are installed
              using the same update wizard from
              /opt/IBM/WebSphere/AppServer/updateinstaller/update. There are two
              interim fixes that must be installed for IBM Tivoli System Automation for
              Multiplatforms. To install the interim fix, use the Install maintenance check
              box. The first fix resides in /was6upg/WAS6020i386/Fixes/01_PK07351;
              follow the wizard to install 01_PK07351.
           3. When installation is complete, you can click Relaunch to start the wizard
              again. This time use the fix in /was6upg/WAS6020i386/Fixes/02_PK09347.
              After the installation is successfully performed, click Finish.
           4. Restart the application server using the
              /opt/IBM/WebSphere/AppServer/bin/startServer.sh server1 commands


                Chapter 4. System Automation for z/OS working with End-to-end Automation   73
and then start the HTTP server using the /opt/IBMIHS/bin/apachectl start
                  command.
                  Use the snoop application to check that WebSphere and the HTTP Server are
                  running properly.


4.1.5 Installing System Automation for Multiplatform End-to-end
               The System Automation for Multiplatform End-to-end component is installed
               using the image that we unpack to the /e2e211 directory.
               1. If you have not sourced the db2profile, you must source it before running the
                  installation. We recommend putting it in /etc/profile to be executed by
                  everyone that using the system.
               2. Run the installation wizard using /e2e211/EEZ2110E2EI386/i386/setup
                  command.
                  a. Click Next, accept the License Agreement, and then leave the
                     End-to-End System Automation Management component check box
                     checked, and then accept the default directory for the product.
                  b. After it checks for a previous operations console installation, accept the
                     default Tivoli Common directory name, leave the IBM DB2 UDB on same
                     system (local) check box checked, and then accept the default
                     Automation Manager database name.
                  c. On the next screen, accept the default location of the DB2 product and key
                     in the db2inst1 password from the DB2 install. We accept the default host
                     name and port on the next screen. Note that you can check DB2 port from
                     /etc/services by finding db2c_db2inst1. It then tries to verify connection to
                     the database.
                  d. Accept the default WebSphere Application Server directory location and
                     the default WebSphere Application Server profile called default, and the
                     WebSphere Application Server server name of server1. You can stop the
                     WebSphere Application Server server and accept the default for other
                     WebSphere Application Server related screens.
                  e. Check for a previous installation of the operations console. Accept the
                     default operations console database name, and leave the default Enable
                     security with a DB2 database user registry check box checked. Accept
                     the default directory for the operations console and key in a password
                     twice for the console user ID.
                  f. Check the operations console port numbers from /etc/services; we accept
                     all the defaults. Remember the first one, 8421; this is used to access the
                     console (unless you regenerate the plug-in, then you can access the
                     console using port 80). Accept the default Console help server port.



74   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
g. We accept the default to register the ISC as a system service as well as
      the default Console Service ID. We then check the input values for the
      operations console.
   h. We do not check the Enable TEC server connection check box.
   i. We accept the default Automation domain name.
   j. In the summary information screen, click Install.

    Note: If you get the installation error:
    ISC Install RC = 1 For details see:
    /opt/IBM/tsamp/eez/install/logs/ISCInstall.log

    the file does not get created; the log file is in /tmp/ISCRuntimeInstall.log.

3. To verify the installation, we perform the following actions:
   a. Run DB2 Control Center using the db2cc command. Verify that the
      database EAUTODB existed and tables are created.
   b. Get to the admin console of WebSphere Application Server using the user
      ID of iscadmin. The administration console can be accessed from the
      URL:
      http://peoria/ibm/console
   c. You should also be able to log in as iscadmin ro manage System
      Automation for Multiplatform End-to-end. This is accessed at:
      http://peoria/




     Chapter 4. System Automation for z/OS working with End-to-end Automation       75
4. From /opt/IBM/tsamp/eez/bin, issue ./eezdmn.sh -?, which returned the
                  output in Figure 4-1.


                IBM Tivoli System Automation end-to-end automation engine
                Version: 2.1.1.061202, NO_APAR

                Usage:
                eezdmn [option]

                   -START               Starts the automation engine
                   -SHUTDOWN | -SHUTD   Stops the automation engine
                   -MONITOR | -M        Displays the current state
                   -RECONFIG | -R       Re-configures the automation engine
                   -CO                  Starts only the EIF2JMS conversion thread
                   -XD ("*" | "<RES_NAME>[,<RES_NAME>]") <DUMPFILE>
                                        Dumps (all | specific) resources to a file

                When no option is specified, START is used
               Figure 4-1 Running ezdmn

               5. Log in to the management server at:
                  http://peoria.itsc.austin.ibm.com:8421/ibm/console, where we see the
                  screen shown in Figure 4-2.




               Figure 4-2 Log in page



76   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
d. Log in with the iscadmin user ID and password. You should see the screen
                       in Figure 4-3.




Figure 4-3 Welcome page for System Automation for Multiplatform




                      Chapter 4. System Automation for z/OS working with End-to-end Automation   77
e. Click on the + sign beside Tivoli System Automation for Multiplatforms (on
                       the left) item and select the SA operations console link. You should see
                       the screen in Figure 4-4.




Figure 4-4 Selecting servers

                    f. We keep the defaults and click OK, and then see the window in Figure 4-5
                       on page 79.




78    IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
Figure 4-5 Loading topology

                    g. As this is a new system, there are no policies yet other than the provided
                       sample.xml.
                    h. We select the Log out link on the upper right.
                6. Generate the plug in for the Web server so that we can use the default port 80
                   to access the Integrated Solution Console for System Automation for
                   Multiplatform.




                      Chapter 4. System Automation for z/OS working with End-to-end Automation   79
4.2 Operation for the middleware processes
               As there are multiple components in the solution, we must understand the
               operational consideration for starting and stopping each one of them.


4.2.1 DB2 Universal Database
               Operating DB2 must be performed by the instance owner db2inst1. You can start
               the command as db2inst1 using the su command with the -c option.
                  To stop DB2 instance, you can perform the following sequence:
                  a. Check whether there is still an application accessing DB2 using the db2
                     list application command.
                  b. You can wait until all transaction terminates or issue the db2 force
                     applications all command.
                  c. Stop the instance using db2stop; you can also forcing termination using
                     the db2stop -force command.
                  You can also stop the administration server as dasusr1. Stop the DB2
                  administration using the su -dasusr1 -c db2admin stop command.
                  To start DB2, use the db2start command as the db2inst1 user.
                  To start the DB2 administration instance, use the dasusr1 user and issue the
                  command db2admin start.


4.2.2 WebSphere Application Server
               The WebSphere Application Server hosts the System Automation for
               Multiplatform component with security turned on. You need a valid user ID and
               password to stop it. Assuming $WAS_HOME points to
               /opt/IBM/WebSphere/AppServer and you have the default profile as the default,
               you can:
                  Stop the administration instance server1:
                  $WAS_HOME/bin/stopServer.sh server1 -username iscadmin -password
                  password
                  Stop the ISC_Portal server instance:
                  $WAS_HOME/bin/stopServer.sh ISC_Portal -username iscadmin -password
                  password
                  Start the administration instance server1:
                  $WAS_HOME/bin/startServer.sh server1
                  Start the ISC_Portal instance:
                  $WAS_HOME/bin/startServer.sh ISC_Portal


80   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
4.2.3 IBM HTTP Server
           IBM HTTP Server allows mapping of a standard Web address to a WebSphere
           Application Server request on the back end.
              Stopping IBM HTTP Server: /opt/IBMIHS/bin/apachectl stop
              Starting IBM HTTP Server: /opt/IBMIHS/bin/apachectl start


4.2.4 System Automation for Multiplatform
           The command to manage System Automation for Multiplatform is eezdmn. See
           Figure 4-1 on page 76.



4.3 Post-installation tasks
           Follow Chapter 12, “Post-installation tasks”, of IBM Tivoli System Automation for
           Multiplatforms V2.1.1 End-to-End Automation Management User's Guide and
           Reference, SC33-8211 to perform the post-installation tasks. We only perform
           the minimum required steps here.

            Note: In the manual, there are references to EEZ_INST_ROOT or
            EEZ_INSTALL_ROOT for the location of all the components of the product.
            This refers to /etc/opt/IBM/tsamp/eez. This is explained in the Release Notes.

           1. We do not set up any additional user IDs at this time, since we plan on using
              the iscadmin for everything.
           2. We start the System Automation for Multiplatform automation engine by
              logging on as root and running /opt/IBM/tsamp/eez/bin/eezdmn.sh.
           3. Log on to the System Automation for Multiplatform console using the iscadmin
              user:
              http://peoria.itsc.austin.ibm.com:8421/ibm/console
           4. We activate the sample policy by selecting General → Policy and clicking the
              Activate new policy... button. Now you see the sample policy. We then click
              Activate to activate it so we could explore the console. After the processing,
              some resource names show up with their compound states displayed.
           5. Now we need to create our own policy. The policy is an XML file; however, we
              decide to use the basic KDE provided Kate editor. We examine both the
              template.xml and the sample.xml policies located in
              $EEZ_INST_ROOT/policyPool. We create our policy called redbook.xml in
              this same directory.



                Chapter 4. System Automation for z/OS working with End-to-end Automation   81
4.4 End-to-end Automation Adapter configuration
               End-to-end automation can be used to automate the operation of resources
               within heterogeneous environments (called first-level automation domains) that
               each have a local automation technology of their own. Each first-level automation
               domain is connected to the end-to-end automation manager by an automation
               adapter.

               There can be only one End-to-end Automation Adapter per first-level automation
               domain. In the context of IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1, that
               means only one End-to-end Automation Adapter per IBM Tivoli System
               Automation for z/OS V3.1 z/OS sysplex group.

               Although there can be more than one IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS
               V3.1 domain in a sysplex, there can be only one End-to-end Automation Adapter
               per z/OS sysplex group. In addition, the End-to-end Automation Adapter must
               run on the same system as the focal point IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS
               V3.1 agent.

               When the End-to-end Automation Adapter runs on a z/OS system, the System
               Automation for z/OS V3.1 Agent on that z/OS system is the primary automation
               agent.

               The End-to-end Automation Adapter registers with the primary automation agent
               at startup time. The End-to-end Automation Adapter also subscribes with the
               primary automation agent to enable communication channels. The primary
               automation agent then enables the End-to-end Automation Adapter to
               communicate with the primary IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1
               Automation Manager.

               After a system failure, event subscriptions are lost and the End-to-end
               Automation Adapter has to re-subscribe to the primary automation agent. In our
               case study scenario environment, we have two single z/OS systems. In this case,
               each End-to-end Automation Adapter primary automation agent and the primary
               IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1 Automation Manager are all running
               on the same z/OS system. See Figure 4-6 on page 83.




82   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
SC63N         SC66N
         System Automation                                                                       System Automation
              for z/OS                                                                                for z/OS

       Automation Manager                                                                      Automation Manager




         System Automation                                                                       System Automation
              for z/OS                                                                                for z/OS

         Automation Agent                                                                        Automation Agent




          NetView for z/OS                                                                        NetView for z/OS

       Program-to-program                                                                      Program-to-program
            Interface                                                                               Interface
                                            End-to-end                          End-to-end
                                            Automation                          Automation
                                             Adapter                             Adapter

          NetView for z/OS                                                                        NetView for z/OS

     Event Automation Service                                                                Event Automation Service

     IBM Tivoli NetView for z/OS                                                             IBM Tivoli NetView for z/OS



                                   peoria




                                                    End-to-end Automation Manager




Figure 4-6 End-to-end automation domain

Using IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1 End-to-end Automation
Adapter, SC33-8271 as a reference, setting up the System Automation for z/OS
V3.1 End-to-end Automation Adapter in our environment requires the following
configuration steps:
   4.4.1, “Prerequisites and dependencies” on page 84
   4.4.2, “Automated operator functions” on page 84
   4.4.3, “Enabling the Event Automation Service” on page 85
   4.4.4, “Customize the End-to-end Automation Adapter” on page 89
   4.4.5, “Perform configuration for security” on page 95
   4.4.6, “Verify startup of the Automation Adapter” on page 96
   4.4.7, “Solve timeout problems” on page 97




     Chapter 4. System Automation for z/OS working with End-to-end Automation                                              83
4.4.1 Prerequisites and dependencies
               In order to implement the End-to-end Automation Adapter on System Automation
               for z/OS V3.1, you must have the following prerequisites and dependencies:
                  IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1
                  IBM Tivoli NetView V5.1
                  z/OS V1.3 or higher
                  TCP/IP communication
                  Java Runtime Environment (JRE™) 1.4.2
                  Java Software Development Kit (SDK) for creating sample keys

               Additionally, the following must be prepared and configured:
                  Full z/OS UNIX® System Services (USS) with a hierarchical file system; the
                  functionality is required by the Java subsystem, event automation service,
                  and various other components.
                  Event Automation Service (EAS) and Message Adapter Service components
                  of NetView; this allow communication to the distributed system from NetView
                  for z/OS.
                  Subsystem interface (SSI) address space with Program-to-Program Interface
                  (PPI) function of NetView; without this, the automation manager and
                  automation agent subsystem cannot communicate with NetView as the
                  automation engine.
                  Configured NetView and IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS.

               The System Automation for z/OS V3.1 communication task INGPXDST has an
               initialization member INGXINIT in DSIPARM that we use to specify End-to-end
               Automation Adapter specific parameters. In our environment, we add the
               following parameters to this member:
                  PPI=YES
                  This parameter is used for the End-to-end Automation Adapter.
                  PPIBQL=1500
                  This parameter controls the buffer queue length for input communication.


4.4.2 Automated operator functions
               The End-to-end Automation Adapter uses dedicated automated operator
               functions in the primary agent to execute requests and to forward events. The
               automated operator functions E2EOPER, and E2EOPR01 through E2EOPRnn,
               are optional for the End-to-end Automation Adapter configuration. If defined, they
               are used to execute requests from the End-to-end Automation Adapter.




84   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
You must define the automated operator function EVTOPER. It is used to forward
           events to the End-to-end Automation Adapter. If not defined, the initialization of
           the End-to-end Automation Adapter fails.

           We use the customization dialogs to define the automated operator functions for
           the End-to-end Automation Adapter in entry type Auto Operators of the System
           Automation for z/OS V3.1 policy database.

           Note that the names of the Automation Operators must match those defined in
           the DSIPARM data set. The following operator group had to be selected to our
           z/OS systems SC63 and SC66:
              EVT_PUBLISHER: Event publisher
              E2E_AUTOOPS: Automated functions for End-to-end Automation Adapter

           Figure 4-7 shows the output of the DISPAOPS command from system SC63N
           showing the defined automated operator functions.


            AOFK2SO                    SA z/OS - Command Dialogs         Line 27    of 51
            Domain ID   = SC63N      ---------- DISPAOPS ----------      Date = 10/05/06
            Operator ID = TIVO03                                         Time = 15:09:55

                        Automated
             System     Function        Primary    Status      Secondary    Status
             --------   ----------      -------    ------      ---------    ------
             SC63       EVTOPER         AUTEVT1     ACTIV      AUTEVT2      ACTIV
             SC63       E2EOPER         AUTE2E      ACTIV
             SC63       E2EOPR01        AUTE2E01    ACTIV
             SC63       E2EOPR02        AUTE2E02    ACTIV
             SC63       E2EOPR03        AUTE2E03    ACTIV

           Figure 4-7 DISPAOPS result


4.4.3 Enabling the Event Automation Service
           The Event Automation Service (EAS) can be started either with a job from an
           MVS system console, or from a UNIX System Service command shell. In our
           case study scenario, we automate the EAS start on our IBM Tivoli System
           Automation for z/OS V3.1. Our EAS resource name is called E2E_EAS and the
           MVS job name is called AOFAEVNT.

           You can find a sample for starting EAS as a job located in SCNMUXMS as the
           member IHSAEVNT. The initialization files are assumed to be located in a data
           set allocated to DD name IHSSMP3. We follow the description within the
           member for configuration.




                Chapter 4. System Automation for z/OS working with End-to-end Automation    85
Perform the following updates to the sample IHSAEVNT for our AOFAEVNT
               started task:
                  If you do not hardcode the default name IHSAINIT for the global initialization
                  file, pass the name of your file using the parameter INITFILE.
                  If you do not hardcode the default name IHSAMCFG for the message adapter
                  configuration file, pass the name of your file using the parameter MSGCFG.
                  Modify the DD statements to specify the data set names in your installation.

               The startup parameters have to be provided in the form of initialization files, and
               we discuss configuration in the following sections:
                  “Configure the Global Initialization File” on page 86
                  “Configure the NetView message adapter service” on page 87

               Configure the Global Initialization File
               The default member name for the global initialization file is IHSAINIT. This is
               found in the IBM-supplied dataset SCNMUXMS. This member was copied into
               our user data set name NETVUSER.SCNMUXMS using System Automation for
               z/OS V3.1 job AOFAEVNT. We follow the description within the member for
               configuration.
                  Make sure that the NetView message adapter service is also started when
                  starting EAS. This is done by commenting out the following statement:
                  * NOSTART TASK=MESSAGEA
                  Specify the Program to Program Interface (PPI) called INGEV2E2 for the
                  receiver:
                  PPI=INGEVE2E

               We change the IHSAINIT initialization file so that only the necessary tasks for our
               environment are started at initialization time. Example 4-1 shows the
               configuration in the NETVUSER.SCNMUXCL(IHSAINIT) member. We show here
               only the lines that are relevant to our scenario. All the other lines are commented
               out.

               Example 4-1 Message adapter task
               # PPI Receiver ID
               PPI=INGEVE2E
               # Tasks not started at initialization
               NOSTART TASK=ALERTA
               #NOSTART TASK=MESSAGEA
               NOSTART TASK=EVENTRCV
               NOSTART TASK=ALRTTRAP



86   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
NOSTART TASK=TRAPALRT


Configure the NetView message adapter service
The default member name for the message adapter service is IHSAMCFG in
SCNMUXMS. We copy this member into our data set name
NETVUSER.SCNMUXMS. We change this IHSAMCFG for the following:
   We specify the address 127.0.0.1 as the server host name.
   We keep the port number on which the End-to-end Automation Adapter
   listens as the default of 5529.

    Note: Port 5529 is typically used for the Tivoli Enterprise Console®
    incoming event port, which is the port that the Event Automation server
    uses.

   Set the connection mode in connection_oriented. This allows the connection
   to be established at initialization time and closed at End-to-end Automation
   Adapter termination time.
   We keep the default value of 4096 for the maximum event size.
   We specify the name of the NetView message adapter format file as
   INGMFMTE. The version of the file that is to be used by end-to-end
   automation is delivered in ING.SINGSAMP(INGMFMTE). No configuration is
   required.

The resulting IHSAMCFG in our environment is shown in Example 4-2.

Example 4-2 Sample IHSAMCFG
ServerLocation=127.0.0.1
ServerPort=5529
ConnectionMode=connection_oriented
BufferEvents=yes
BufferEventsLimit=0
BufferFlushRate=0
BufEvtPath=/etc/Tivoli/tec/cache_nv390msg
BufEvtMaxSize=64
BufEvtShrinkSize=8
BufEvtRdBlkLen=64
EventMaxSize=4096
AdapterFmtFile=INGMFMTE
FilterMode=out




     Chapter 4. System Automation for z/OS working with End-to-end Automation   87
An excerpt of the AOFAEVNT that we use is shown in Example 4-3.

               Example 4-3 Excerpt of AOFAEVNT startup procedure
               //EASGO PROC PROG=IHSAC000, ** EVENT/AUTOMATION SERVICE
               // REG=32M, ** REGION SIZE IN K FOR MAIN TASK
               //* TCPDATA='', ** SET FOR TCPIP.DATA EXPLICIT ALLOC
               // MSGCFG=, ** MESSAGE ADAPTER CONFIG FILE
               // ALRTCFG=, ** ALERT ADAPTER CONFIG FILE
               // ERCVCFG=, ** EVENT RECEIVER CONFIG FILE
               // TALRTCFG=, ** TRAP TO ALERT CONV. CONFIG FILE
               // ALRTTCFG=, ** ALERT TO TRAP CONV. CONFIG FILE
               // PPI=INGEVE2E, ** PPI RECEIVER ID
               // INITFILE=, ** EVENT AUTOAMTION SVC INIT FILE
               // OUTSIZE=, ** TRACE/ERROR WRAP SIZE IN KBYTES
               // OELINE= ** SPECIFY OE-STYLE PARAMETERS
               //*
               //*********************************************************************
               //*
               //STEP1 EXEC PGM=&PROG,TIME=1440,REGION=&REG,
               // PARM=('/MSGCFG=&MSGCFG ALRTCFG=&ALRTCFG ERCVCFG=&ERCVCFG*
               // TALRTCFG=&TALRTCFG ALRTTCFG=&ALRTTCFG PPI=&PPI *
               // INITFILE=&INITFILE OUTSIZE=&OUTSIZE &OELINE')
               //*
               //STEPLIB DD DSN=NETVIEW.SCNMUXLK,DISP=SHR
               //IHSSMP3 DD DSN=NETVUSER.SCNMUXCL,DISP=SHR
               // DD DSN=NETVIEW.SCNMUXCL,DISP=SHR
               //IHSMSG1 DD DSN=NETVIEW.SCNMUXMS,DISP=SHR
               //* EAS OUTPUT DATASETS
               //IHSC DD SYSOUT=A
               //IHSM DD SYSOUT=A
               //IHSA DD SYSOUT=A
               //IHSE DD SYSOUT=A
               //IHST DD SYSOUT=A
               //IHSL DD SYSOUT=A
               //IHSCS DD SYSOUT=A
               //IHSMS DD SYSOUT=A
               //IHSAS DD SYSOUT=A
               //IHSES DD SYSOUT=A
               //IHSTS DD SYSOUT=A
               //IHSLS DD SYSOUT=A
               //IHSCSTD DD SYSOUT=A
               //IHSASTD DD SYSOUT=A
               //IHSMSTD DD SYSOUT=A
               //IHSESTD DD SYSOUT=A



88   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
//IHSTSTD DD SYSOUT=A
          //IHSLSTD DD SYSOUT=A
          //SYSTERM DD SYSOUT=A


4.4.4 Customize the End-to-end Automation Adapter
          We are now ready to configure the End-to-end Automation Adapter.

          The End-to-end Automation Adapter SMP/E installation creates a default
          directory structure for the various files that are associated with the End-to-end
          Automation Adapter, as follows:
          /usr/lpp/ing/adapter This contains the executable files, for example, the
                               End-to-end Automation Adapter start and stop scripts.
          /usr/lpp/ing/adapter/config
                                This contains configuration files, for example, the master
                                configuration file.
          /usr/lpp/ing/adapter/data
                                Working files, for example, the cache and log files. This
                                directory is initially empty.
          /usr/lpp/ing/adapter/lib
                                 This contains JAR files and DLLs for the End-to-end
                                 Automation Adapter.
          /usr/lpp/ing/adapter/ssl
                                Security certificates. This directory is initially empty.

          The files and structures created by our SMP/E installation were read only. A
          separate structure and files were created to copy SMP/E files that need to be
          updated by the installation or during the execution of the automation adapter.
          That file structure was created as follows:
          /var/ing/               The user defined structure containing the End-to-end
                                  Automation Adapter start and stop scripts.
          /var/ing/config         The user defined structure containing the configuration
                                  files.
          /var/ing/data           The user defined structure containing the working files.
          /var/ing/ssl            The user defined structure for security certificates as
                                  needed.

          To customize the End-to-end Automation Adapter, we perform configurations on
          the following elements:
             “RACF authorization for z/OS UNIX privileges” on page 90



               Chapter 4. System Automation for z/OS working with End-to-end Automation       89
“The End-to-end Automation Adapter shell script” on page 90
                  “The link list” on page 92
                  “The End-to-end Automation Adapter master configuration file” on page 92
                  “The End-to-end Automation Adapter plug-in configuration file” on page 93
                  “The JAAS configuration file” on page 94

               RACF authorization for z/OS UNIX privileges
               You can define profiles in the UNIXPRIV class to grant RACF authorization for
               certain z/OS UNIX privileges. These privileges are automatically granted to all
               users with z/OS UNIX superuser authority. By defining profiles in the UNIXPRIV
               class, you may specifically grant certain superuser privileges with a high degree
               of granularity to users who do not have superuser authority. This allows you to
               minimize the number of assignments of superuser authority at your installation
               and reduces your security risk.

               Since our case study scenario is in a controlled environment, we decide to grant
               our RACF user ID with superuser authority.

               Refer to Security Configuration in a TCP/IP Sysplex Environment, SG24-6527 for
               instructions on how to manipulate security privileges for your environment.

               The End-to-end Automation Adapter shell script
               If you want to use your own hierarchical file system (HFS) or a shared HFS, you
               have to modify the End-to-end Automation Adapter start script and its
               configuration files.

               In our case scenario, we copy the ingadapter.sh USS shell script from
               /usr/lpp/ing/adapter/ingadapter to /var/ing/ingadapter for editing. We also copy
               the following configuration files from /usr/lpp/ing/adapter/config to var/ing/config.
                  ing.adapter.jaas.properties
                  ing.adapter.jlog.properties
                  ing.adapter.jlogdir.properties
                  ing.adapter.plugin.properties
                  ing.adapter.properties
                  ing.adapter.ssl.properties

               We changed the following parameters in the ingadapter.sh script for our case
               study scenario. Entries that are not mentioned in the following list are not
               modified and are left with their default values.
                  We defined the file structure to use for configuration files as follows:
                  CONFIG_DIR=/var/ing
                  We updated the ingadapter shell script to use the configuration file structure.




90   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
We comment out the SSL_PASSWD parameter because we are not using the
   GenerateSampleKeys function.
   We set the file names and create the empty files for the standard output and
   error streams using the REDIRSTDOUT and REDIRSTDERR entries in the
   ingadapter.sh script to match the End-to-end Automation Adapter start up
   procedure script on z/OS (AOFAADPT). The entries in the AOFAADPT are as
   follows.
   //STDOUT DD PATH='/var/ing/data/stdout.log',
   //STDERR DD PATH='/var/ing/data/stderr.log',
   We specify the path to JAVA runtime in our installation.

Example 4-4 shows the customization section of ingadapter.sh. Changed
attributes are marked in bold.

Example 4-4 Customized ingadapter.sh
#----------------------------------------------------------------------
# Customization section begins here
#----------------------------------------------------------------------
INSTALL_DIR=/usr/lpp/ing/adapter
CONFIG_DIR=/var/ing
#export STEPLIB="HLQ.SINGMOD1":$STEPLIB
#SSL_PASSW=passphrase

REDIRSTDOUT=/var/ing/data/stdout.txt
REDIRSTDERR=/var/ing/data/stderr.txt

export INGXDBUG=0,2,1

JAVA=/usr/lpp/java/J1.4/bin/java
JAVA_KEYTOOL=keytool
DATA_DIR=$CONFIG_DIR/data
SSL_DIR=$CONFIG_DIR/ssl
CONFIG_DIR=$CONFIG_DIR/config

ADAPTER_CONFIG=$CONFIG_DIR/ing.adapter${SUFFIX}.properties
JLOG_FILENAME_LOGPATH=ing.adapter.jlogdir.properties
JLOG_FILENAME=ing.adapter.jlog.properties
JLOG_CONFIG_DIR=$CONFIG_DIR
JAAS_CONFIG=$CONFIG_DIR/ing.adapter.jaas.properties
SSL_CONFIG=$CONFIG_DIR/ing.adapter.ssl.properties
#----------------------------------------------------------------------
# Customization section ends here.
#----------------------------------------------------------------------



     Chapter 4. System Automation for z/OS working with End-to-end Automation   91
The link list
               We add the following libraries to the link list in our case study environment:
                    SYS1.SCLBDLL2
                    SYS1.SCEERUN
                    SYS1.SCEERUN2
                    SYS1.SCLBDLL

               You can check that these libraries have been linked using the D PROG,LNKLST
               command.

               The End-to-end Automation Adapter master configuration file
               The master configuration file for the End-to-end Automation Adapter is specified
               in the ingadapter.sh script as $CONFIG_DIR/ing.adapter${SUFFIX}.properties.
               As we do not use a suffix in our environment, we have to configure the file
               /var/ing/config/ing.adapter.properties.

               We change the following parameters in the End-to-end Automation Adapter
               master configuration file for our case study scenario. Entries that we do not
               mention here in the following list were not modified and were left with their default
               values.
                  The IP address of our z/OS system on which the End-to-end Automation
                  Adapter receives requests from the End-to-end Automation Management
                  Component. This is specified in the eez-remote-contact-hostname entry.
                  We set eez-operator-authentication to false because we are using the
                  default IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1 JAAS login modules for
                  authentication.
                  We specify the fully qualified host name of the server on which the End-to-end
                  Automation Management Component runs in our environment using the
                  eif-send-to-hostname entry.

               Example 4-5 shows our End-to-end Automation Adapter master configuration
               file. Changed attributes are marked in bold.

               Example 4-5 End-to-end automation adapter master configuration file
               # --- Adapter Configuration -----

               eez-remote-contact-hostname         =   9.3.5.104
               eez-remote-contact-port             =   2001
               eez-remote-contact-over-ssl         =   false
               eez-operator-authentication         =   false
               eez-initial-contact                 =   true
               eez-max-connections                 =   3
               eez-data-directory                  =   ./data


92   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
# --- EIF Configuration ---------

eif-cache                        =   true
eif-cache-size                   =   500
eif-retry-interval-seconds       =   30
eif-send-to-hostname             =   peoria.itsc.austin.ibm.com
eif-send-to-port                 =   2002
eif-receive-from-hostname        =   127.0.0.1
eif-receive-from-port            =   5529


# --- Plugin Configuration ------

plugin-configfile-sa4zos = ./config/ing.adapter.plugin.properties


The End-to-end Automation Adapter plug-in configuration file
The master configuration file contains the location of the End-to-end Automation
Adapter plug-in configuration file, as shown in the last line of Example 4-5 on
page 92. The plug-in configuration file is located in
$EEZ_INST_HOME/ing.adapter.plugin.properties.

We change the following parameters in the End-to-end Automation Adapter
plug-in configuration file. Entries that are not mentioned in the following list were
not modified and were left with their default values. We change the number of
elements in the PPI queue using the PPIBQL entry.
   Since our z/OS system resides in a remote data center, we change the value
   of the TIMEOUT entry.
   We decided to change the plugin-domain-name entry to SC63N (and SC66N)
   similar to our NetView domain names. Here you can decide your own naming
   strategy; System Automation for z/OS V3.1 uses the XCF sysplex group
   name.




      Chapter 4. System Automation for z/OS working with End-to-end Automation    93
Example 4-6 shows the End-to-end Automation Adapter plug-in configuration file
               for our case study scenario. Changed attributes are marked in bold.

               Example 4-6 Content of the plugin configuration file
               # --- Specific settings for the SA/Netview communication ---
               # --- Modify these parameters to your needs ---
               #GRPID = XX
               PPIBQL = 3000
               AUTOPFN = E2EOPER
               TIMEOUT = 4447
               CODEPAGE= Cp1047
               # --- Domain name may be modified or omitted ---
               plugin-domain-name = SC63N
               # --- Do not modify these plugin settings ---
               plugin-impl-class = com.ibm.ing.sam.INGXPlugin
               plugin-impl-class-singleton = true
               plugin-event-classes = SystemAutomation_Resource_Status_Change
               SystemAutomation_Domain_Status_Change SystemAutomation_Resource_Conf
               iguration_Change SystemAutomation_Request_Configuration_Change
               SystemAutomation_Relationship_Configuration_Change
               plugin-auto-start = true


               The JAAS configuration file
               The Java Authorization Authentication Services (JAAS) configuration file for the
               End-to-end Automation Adapter is specified in the ingadapter.sh script as follows:
               JAAS_CONFIG=$CONFIG_DIR/ing.adapter.jaas.properties

               This file specifies two entries for a login module that is required, because in our
               environment all incoming requests to the End-to-end Automation Adapter will be
               authenticated using JAAS. We have not changed this file and used all default
               values. See Example 4-7.

               Example 4-7 Content of JAAS configuration
               EEZAdapterDefaultLogin {
               com.ibm.eez.adapter.EEZAdapterDefaultLoginModule required ;
               };
               EEZAdapterLogin {
               com.ibm.security.auth.module.OS390LoginModule required;
               };




94   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
4.4.5 Perform configuration for security
           When the End-to-end Automation Management Component issues a request to
           the End-to-end Automation Adapter, there is always a user ID and password
           associated with the request. You need to consider both authentication and
           authorization aspects.
              Authentication
              In our environment, the End-to-end Automation Adapter performs
              authentication checks using RACF through the login modules specified in the
              JAAS configuration file. This decision is made at End-to-end Automation
              Adapter startup time in the master configuration file.
              Authorization
              In case the user ID authentication succeeds, the End-to-end Automation
              Adapter performs an authorization check for each of the commands in the
              request that are to be executed.
              The authorization check is done by an authorization user exit, which is an
              external REXX program that must be named AOFEXE2E. If no authorization
              user exit exists, the user ID associated with the request is considered to be
              authorized for each request.

           We use the sample security exit that is provided by System Automation for z/OS
           V3.1 as the member AOFEXE2E in the sample data set SINGSAMP.




                Chapter 4. System Automation for z/OS working with End-to-end Automation   95
4.4.6 Verify startup of the Automation Adapter
               Once we complete all the customization, we are ready to start the End-to-end
               Automation Adapter for z/OS.

               Figure 4-8 displays the status of E2E_EAS and E2E_ADPT resources on
               NetView. The status of these resources are in CTLDOWN. We need to change
               the status of these resources to RESTART, starting with the E2E_ADPT first and
               then E2E_EAS second. This will start both resources in the proper order.


                AOFKSTA5                 SA z/OS - Command Dialogs      Line 37 of 65
                Domain ID = SC63N       -------- DISPSTAT ----------    Date = 10/05/06
                Operator ID = TIVO03                                    Time = 20:05:49
                 A ingauto B setstate C ingreq-stop D thresholds E explain F info G tree
                 H trigger I service J all children K children L all parents M parents
                CMD RESOURCE      STATUS    SYSTEM JOB NAME A I S R D RS TYPE        Activity
                --- ----------- -------- -------- -------- - ----------- -------- ---------
                   E2E_ADPT     CTLDOWN SC63     E2E#ADPT Y Y Y Y Y Y MVS        --none--
                   E2E_EAST     CTLDOWN SC63      AOFAEVNT Y Y Y Y Y Y MVS      --none--


               Figure 4-8 Status of resources E2E_EAS and E2E_ADPT

               The sample console output on this start up is shown in Example 4-8.

               Example 4-8 Starting end to end automation
               $HASP100 AOFAADPT ON STCINRDR
               IEF695I START AOFAADPT WITH JOBNAME AOFAADPT IS ASSIGNED TO USER
               STC,GROUP SYS1
               $HASP373 AOFAADPT STARTED
               CNM493I INGMSG02 : 00000029 : AOCFILT AOFAADPT ACTIVMSG
               JOBNAME=AOFAADPT
               IEF403I AOFAADPT - STARTED - TIME=13.41.04 - ASID=0080 - SC63
               INGX9704I Preparing the environment to start the automation adapter.
               EEZA0100I The adapter has been started*
               Initial contact was enabled and the connection to the management server
               has been established*
               EEZA0101I The adapter is active*
               EEZA0111I The plug-in is starting: class com.ibm.ing.sam.INGXPlugin *
               INGX9802I INGX9802I INGXLogger has successfully been initialized using
               configuration file ing.adapter.jlog.properties from path /var/ing
               /config.*
               INGX9902I INGXPluginLogger has successfully been initialized using con
               figuration file ing.adapter.jlog.properties from path
               /var/ing/adapter/config.*


96   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
CNM493I INGMSG02 : 00003489 : ACTIVMSG UP=YES
           EEZA0112I The plug-in has been started: class
           com.ibm.ing.sam.INGXPlugin *
           EEZA0102I The adapter is ready*


4.4.7 Solve timeout problems
           Since we have relatively small z/OS systems, during the development of this IBM
           Redbook, we experienced timeout problems on the End-to-end Automation
           Management Component operations console when displaying IBM Tivoli System
           Automation for z/OS resource data from our automation domains.

           The End-to-end Automation Adapter receives the requests from the End-to-end
           Automation Management Component operations console. These requests are
           then mapped to IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS commands that query
           the requested data from the End-to-end Automation Management Component
           automation manager. Before sending the query commands to the End-to-end
           Automation Management Component automation manager, the primary
           automation agent in z/OS checks the expiration time given to the requests. If the
           expiration time that remains is too short, the requested command will be
           rejected, resulting in error message ING249E that indicates that a task execution
           request timed out.

           IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1 End-to-end Automation Adapter,
           SC33-8271 provides a mapping of end-to-end automation requests to System
           Automation for z/OS commands. Most of these commands contain a WAIT
           parameter. The value of the WAIT parameter is calculated as the difference
           between the time when the IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS command
           was issued within the NetView environment and the expiration time given to the
           end-to-end automation request.

           The expiration time of an end-to-end automation request is determined by both:
              The time when the corresponding end-to-end automation request was issued
              from the End-to-end Automation Management Component operations
              console or the End-to-end Automation Management Component automation
              manager.
              The timeout in seconds defined by a environment variable defined in the IBM
              WebSphere Application Server on which the End-to-end Automation
              Management Component automation manager runs. The environment
              variable must be named com.ibm.eez.aab.invocation-timeout-seconds and
              must be set to a value in seconds. In our environment, we set the
              com.ibm.eez.aab.invocation-timeout-seconds to 2500 seconds.




                Chapter 4. System Automation for z/OS working with End-to-end Automation   97
98   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
5


    Chapter 5.   Managing SYSPLEXes with
                 the use of the Processor
                 Operations feature
                 The chapter discusses the implementation of Processor Operations in our ITSO
                 environment.
                     5.1, “Processor Operations” on page 100
                     5.2, “Planning the hardware interfaces” on page 100
                     5.3, “Modifying automation policies” on page 101
                     5.4, “Preparing the hardware” on page 113
                     5.5, “Processor Operations build facility” on page 116
                     5.6, “Starting and stopping Processor Operations” on page 118
                     5.7, “Security with RACF” on page 123




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved.                                           99
5.1 Processor Operations
               The Processor Operations function of System Automation for z/OS helps
               operators manage more systems with greater efficiency. One operator, in one
               location, can initialize, configure, monitor, shut down, and recover multiple
               systems on both local and remote sites and respond to a variety of detected
               conditions. The operator, using one standard interface, can do all that across
               multiple types of systems. Automated routines for frequently used functions
               speed up the work of skilled operators and assist less experienced operators to
               become more productive.

               Processor Operations supports the z9™, IBM System z, and S/390-CMOS
               processors. Other CMOS processors supporting Operations Command Facility
               (OCF) that are not part of the above processor families are supported with limited
               functionality. The target operating system for these processor can be any
               supported operating system, including z/OS, OS/390, MVS, VM, VSE, and Linux
               for IBM System z.

               Remote IBM System z systems can now be controlled using Simple Network
               Management Protocol (SNMP) without any additional interface or networking
               other than an existing processor LAN.

                Note: If you plan to use a z9 Hardware Management Console (HMC) in your
                Processor Operations configuration in order to monitor and control an IBM
                System z or S/390-CMOS processor (machine number 9672), the microcode
                of this HMC must be on the mandatory z9 level before it can be used with
                Processor Operations.



5.2 Planning the hardware interfaces
               There are two different possibilities to gain access to a Central Processor
               Complex (CPC):
                  Processor Operations (ProcOps)
                  Processor Operations uses basic IP communication to access the CPC.
                  System Automation for z/OS allows the possibility to use SNMP protocol as
                  well as the already available SNA protocol.
                  z/OS Base Control Program (BCP) internal interface
                  The z/OS BCP internal interface is used by Extended Parallel Sysplex
                  Automation, Geographical Diverse Parallel Sysplex (GDPS), and z/OS MSYS
                  for Operations. It does not use a networking infrastructure; instead, it talks
                  directly using API to the CPC. This interface is not a published interface.


100   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
The environment that we are working to implement is shown in Figure 5-1.




           Figure 5-1 HMC configuration for ITSO environment

           The assumption for the following sections are that System Automation for z/OS is
           already running and has an active automation profile.



5.3 Modifying automation policies
           To enable Processor Operations, you must modify several automation policies:
              5.3.1, “Defining OCF-based processors” on page 101
              5.3.2, “Connecting System to Processor” on page 108
              5.3.3, “Enterprise Processor Operations information” on page 112


5.3.1 Defining OCF-based processors
           This section describes how to define OCF-based processors to Processor
           Operations. In System Automation for z/OS, every connection to a CPC or an
           external coupling facility is described by a Processor entry. You can have more



         Chapter 5. Managing SYSPLEXes with the use of the Processor Operations feature   101
than one entry for the same processor, depending on the connection type;
               however, these entries must be defined with different entry names. The
               processor entry let you reach every LPAR or Coupling Facility.

               The processor entry describes a connection mechanism, using internal or
               external interface, to a Support Element or HMC. The Support Element or HMC
               allows access for management of every operating system image running on
               these CPCs.

               Figure 5-2 shows the automation policy entry type selection to define and modify
               automation policy entry.




               Figure 5-2 Entry Type Selection




102   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
To work with processor entry, select option 10. The result is shown in Figure 5-3.




  Figure 5-3 Entry Name Selection




Chapter 5. Managing SYSPLEXes with the use of the Processor Operations feature   103
In the screen shown in Figure 5-3 on page 103, enter NEW to add a new processor
               definition. Figure 5-4 shows an example of the processor entry definition.




               Figure 5-4 Define New Entry




104   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
We recommend using the hardware configuration definition (HCD) names of your
  processors as your processor names in System Automation. Press PF3 to exit
  and save. This brings you to the policy selection dialog shown in Figure 5-5.




  Figure 5-5 Policy Selection - Processor Info




Chapter 5. Managing SYSPLEXes with the use of the Processor Operations feature   105
In Figure 5-5 on page 105, select the PROCESSOR INFO policy and define your
                 processor information, as shown in Figure 5-6.




   CPC details on HMC                                                     Connection mechanism:
   SNA network name is                                                    INTERNAL, NVC or
   required even for SNMP                                                 SNMP
                                         Secondary IP address,
           TCP/IP primary interface      can be second SE             From support element
           address                       address or its HMC           setting in HMC
                                         address


Figure 5-6 Processor Information




106     IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
Save the definition in Figure 5-6 on page 106. Back in the policy selection dialog,
  select the LPARS AND SYSTEMS policy, as shown in Figure 5-7.




  Figure 5-7 Policy Selection - LPAR and SYSTEMS




Chapter 5. Managing SYSPLEXes with the use of the Processor Operations feature   107
The policy definition for LPARs and Systems is shown in Figure 5-8.




      LPAR names as defined                                              The z/OS system name.
      in HCD. You can find this                                          Similar to &SYMNAME
                                      System type:                       variable.
      in HMC.                         370/ESA/CF/LINUX for LPAR
                                      370/ESA/LINUX for VM guest


Figure 5-8 LPAR Definition

                   You can now save the new processor definition. Press F3 to save and exit the
                   processor definition.


5.3.2 Connecting System to Processor
                   This section shows the system definition that is connected to the processor entry.
                   All Processor Operations target systems, including coupling facilities, must be
                   defined using Automation Policy as a System object using the Dialog option 4
                   (SYS). In the dialog 4 from the Entry type Selection dialog shown in Figure 5-2
                   on page 102, the system definition can be created by issuing the NEW command
                   from the entry name selection dialog. The new system entry dialog is shown in
                   Figure 5-9 on page 109.




108      IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
Figure 5-9 System definition

  As shown in Figure 5-9, a system may has several name identifiers that may or
  may not be the same, such as:
     System Automation for z/OS entry name
     Actual z/OS system name
     Processor Operations name

  To avoid confusion, all these names should be defined consistently. If possible,
  use the same name for all these entries. Press PF3 to save this.




Chapter 5. Managing SYSPLEXes with the use of the Processor Operations feature   109
After having specified target system names and operating system type, select
               PROCESSOR policy to choose a previously defined processor for your system,
               as shown in Figure 5-10.




               Figure 5-10 Policy Selection - Processor

               You will find that your system has already selected a processor, if the dialog finds
               that a processor has your system name in its LPAR and system name list
               (Figure 5-7 on page 107). If that is not the case, you must select a processor
               from the list in Figure 5-11 on page 111.




110   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
Figure 5-11 Select Target Hardware for System

  Select the TARGET SYSTEM INFO policy from the Policy Selection dialog,
  similar to Figure 5-10 on page 110.




  Figure 5-12 MVS Target System Basic Characteristics




Chapter 5. Managing SYSPLEXes with the use of the Processor Operations feature   111
Decide here if you want Processor Operations to automatically start its
               connection to this system when it is started. If the Processor Operations FP
               system runs in the same time zone as the target system, select it or otherwise
               define the time difference. If you want to predefine operators to receive
               messages from this system, fill in the interested operator lists.

                Note: Processor Operations has the ISQXDST command, which lets you
                manage this list more dynamically. This command is invoked from the NetView
                session.


5.3.3 Enterprise Processor Operations information
               From the Enterprise definition in your automation policy (selection 1 from the
               Entry Type Selection dialog), you must define the Processor Operation
               information policy, as shown in Figure 5-13.




               Figure 5-13 Policy Selection - Processor OPS Info

               In the Processor Operations information policy in Figure 5-14 on page 113,
               define the System Automation for z/OS domain names of your System
               Automation for z/OS that you use as the primary and backup focal points.




112   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
Figure 5-14 Processor Operation Information

           The control file and control file log datasets (ISQCNTL and ISQLOG) are used
           during the System Automation for z/OS Processor Operations build. You can use
           the data sets ING.USER.POCNTL and ING.USER.POLOG that you create in
           2.3, “Creating System Automation for z/OS dialog screens” on page 21.



5.4 Preparing the hardware
           For each CPC support element, verify that the System Automation for z/OS
           Processor Operations hardware requirements, such as microcode level is met.
           Refer to IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1 Planning and Installation,
           SC33-8261.


5.4.1 Preparing the support element
           For each support element or HMC machine, perform the required customization
           task to activate the SNMP communication and the z900 API required for this
           communication, as described in Chapter 9, “Installing SA z/OS on Host
           Systems“, of the IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1 Planning and
           Installation, SC33-8261.

           During customization, you must specify the SNMP community names; these
           names are used for the System Automation for z/OS dialog processor definitions.


         Chapter 5. Managing SYSPLEXes with the use of the Processor Operations feature   113
Community names have to be specified in order to use the BCP internal interface
                 transport, the TCP/IP SNMP transport for Processor Operations, or both. For this
                 task, you need to be logged on in Access Administrator mode on your CPC’s
                 Support Element. If the Support Element has multiple network adapters, the
                 SNMP API must be defined to use adapter 0 (primary network adapter), even if
                 that adapter is not being used for network connection.

                 We use two community names, as suggested by the installation manual, one for
                 API access with a read only access and the other with a write access for
                 Processor Operations. The PROCOPTS community definition is shown in
                 Figure 5-15.




Figure 5-15 SNMP definitions for the API

                 For additional SNMP and API configuration information, refer to Chapter 6,
                 “Configuring the Data Exchange APIs”, in zSeries 900 Application Programming
                 Interface, SB10-7030.




114     IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
5.4.2 Enable the API and set the community name
                 In order to use the BCP internal interface or the SNMP interface, the Support
                 Element API function needs to be enabled. This is achieved using the API tab of
                 the Support Element Settings notebook window, as shown in Figure 5-16. Be
                 sure to use the appropriate SNMP community name.

                  Note: This is only valid for an OS/2® based Support Element. The settings
                  must be left blank for the new Linux-based HMCs.




Figure 5-16 SNMP definitions for the enable API




               Chapter 5. Managing SYSPLEXes with the use of the Processor Operations feature   115
5.5 Processor Operations build facility
               This section describes how to build the Processor Operations definitions. The
               System Automation for z/OS processor control file contains information specific
               to your System Automation for z/OS configuration and is used to start Processor
               Operations. The control file is built from informtion about the Enterprise, Groups,
               SubGroups, Systems, Processors, and Communication Tasks already entered in
               the Policy database. Any change to these definitions requires the control file to
               be rebuilt.

               From the Policy database selection screen, enter BUILD next to the PolicyDB.
               Figure 5-17 appears, which allows you to build the Proc-Ops control file.




               Figure 5-17 Build Functions Menu

               From the Build Functions Menu, select option 2. Figure 5-18 on page 117 shows
               an example of the screen ISQDPG01 that is displayed. If the control file and
               control file log were previously specified, they will automatically appear here;
               otherwise, they will need to be entered.




116   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
Figure 5-18 Processor Operations Control File Build

  Select option 1 to generate the control file. If any errors are detected, they will be
  recorded in the control file log.

  Select option 2 to build a sample NetView operator definitions file. The file can be
  used as an include for the NetView DSIOPF member. The operators defined in
  this member would be various System Automation for z/OS automated task user
  IDs. The number of target control task operators (ISQCMxxx) should match the
  number of current processors that are defined with a connection protocol other
  than INTERNAL. The number of message monitor task operators (ISQBTxxx)
  should also match the number of target control tasks.

  Option 3 will enable you to browse this data set to determine what errors, if any,
  have occurred. Press PF3 to exit and save.

   Important: The following applies:
      Proc-Ops Build will only select entries with connection protocol NVC and
      SNMP.
      Sys-Ops Build will only select entries with connection type INTERNAL.




Chapter 5. Managing SYSPLEXes with the use of the Processor Operations feature      117
5.6 Starting and stopping Processor Operations
               Processor Operations can either be started manually using operator commands
               in System Automation for z/OS, or automatically through definitions in the
               automation policy.


5.6.1 Manual operation of Processor Operations

                Important: Even though it is possible to have Processor Operations started
                on multiple systems at any one time, only the focal point system will be
                communicating to the Support Elements in the enterprise.

               The ISQSTART <controldsn> command starts Processor Operations. It
               establishes the processor operations environment with System Automation for
               z/OS. When this command is entered on the NetView Control Command Facility
               (NCCF) screen, you must specify, as a parameter, the control file where you built
               the Processor Operations definitions. See Figure 5-18 on page 117.

               You can use the ISQSTOP command to stop Processor Operations from NCCF.


5.6.2 Automating Processor Operations
               You can automate the start of Processor Operations using System Automation
               for z/OS policy to start when System Automation for z/OS is started. A sample
               Processor Operations application is provided. You can add the *PROCOPS
               sample database into your policy database. This provides a new application
               definition under option 6 from the Entry Name Selection dialog.




118   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
Figure 5-19 shows the PROCOPS applications that have already been defined.




  Figure 5-19 Entry Name selection - Application




Chapter 5. Managing SYSPLEXes with the use of the Processor Operations feature   119
When you select this application and then select AUTOMATION INFO policy, you
               will get the screen shown in Figure 5-20. Enter YES for Start on IPL and Start on
               Recycle.




               Figure 5-20 Application Information




120   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
Press PF3 to exit and save. Now select the STARTUP policy in the policy
  selection screen. Figure 5-21 shows the startup policy.




  Figure 5-21 Subsystem Startup Processing




Chapter 5. Managing SYSPLEXes with the use of the Processor Operations feature   121
When you select STARTUP command, Figure 5-22 shows the start command.




               Figure 5-22 Startup Command Processing

               When you do a BUILD for your Automation Control File (ACF), you will notice the
               message in the BUILD Report member $BLDRPT is similar to Example 5-1.

               Example 5-1 Message for Processor Operations automation
               Processor Control File "ING.USER.POCNTL" will be used for automated
               startup of the PROCESSOR_OPERATIONS application

               Later, when System Automation for z/OS is recycled or the Automation Control
               File (ACF) is reloaded, Processor Operations will be automatically started,
               monitored, and stopped, much the same as any other application defined to
               System Automation for z/OS.


5.6.3 Managing processors using Processor Operations
               Once Processor Operations is started, enter the ISQXDST command on the
               NCCF screen to view the status of the Processor Operations managed systems.
               Figure 5-23 on page 123 shows the managed system status dialog.




122   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
Figure 5-23 Processor Operations Target Status Summary

         If Processor Operations has not yet established communications with the target
         systems using the ISQXIII command, the status will be set to UNKNOWN, not
         INITIALIZED. Ensure that the indication for updates is set to Dynamic in the upper
         right corner of the dialog, which will allow the Status column to change
         dynamically. Pressing the Enter key will toggle between static and dynamic
         updates.

         For a detailed list of all Processor Operations commands, see IBM Tivoli System
         Automation for z/OS V3.1 Operator’s Commands, SC33-8265.



5.7 Security with RACF
         This section discusses additional RACF security that can be implemented to
         ensure authorized access to the processor hardware layer. For processor
         operations SNMP connections and for the Parallel Sysplex enhancements
         functions that use the BCP internal interface, a security product such as RACF
         must be used to define the required resources and grant access to these
         resources for the authorized NetView users and autotasks.




       Chapter 5. Managing SYSPLEXes with the use of the Processor Operations feature   123
5.7.1 Allowing NetView to use the BCP internal interface
               Before you can use the enhanced sysplex functions of System Automation for
               z/OS for processor automation, access to the hardware resource must be
               authorized by the Security Access Facility (SAF). The resource is defined as a
               FACILITY class resource, hence the FACILITY class must be active. We also
               recommend that the FACILITY class to be RACLISTed to ensure checking
               performance. RACLISTed classes are cached in memory.

               To enable the RACF’s FACILITY class, you can run the command shown in
               Example 5-2.

               Example 5-2 Command for enabling RACF’s FACILITY class
               SETROPTS CLASSACT(FACILITY)
               SETROPTS RACLIST(FACILITY)

               To define the HSAET32 hardware resource, run the RDEFINE FACILITY
               HSA.ET32OAN.HSAET32 UACC(NONE) command. The default access is
               NONE, so specific access must be given to the user that starts the System
               Automation for z/OS started task. The command to do that is PERMIT
               HSA.ET32OAN.HSAET32 CLASS(FACILITY) ID(stcuser) ACC(READ),
               assuming STCUSER is the user ID associated with your System Automation for
               z/OS started task.

                Note: The FACILITY class profile names are predefined in System Automation
                for z/OS.


5.7.2 Access to the processor and LPAR
               Each processor (CPC) defined in your System Automation for z/OS policy data
               base must have a corresponding resource profile defined with your SAF product.
               The format of the CPC resources are:
                  HSA.ET32TGT.netid.nau
                  The netid.nau part of the resource name corresponds with the netid.nau
                  definition of the CPC entry specified in the customization dialog (see
                  Figure 5-6 on page 106). The period between netid and nau is part of the
                  resource name.
                  HSA.ET32TGT.netid.nau.lpar
                  For LPAR protection, define a resource with the netid.nau.lpar specification.
                  The LPAR names are shown in Figure 5-8 on page 108.




124   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
To define a CPC resource in RACF, issue the RDEFINE FACILITY
            HSA.ET32TGT.USIBMSC.SCZP901 UACC(NONE) command.

            The CPC with netid USIBMSC and nau SCZP901 is defined as a resource in the
            RACF class facility with a universal access attribute of NONE. You can use a
            wildcard character to specify that the resource be more generic if that is suitable
            for your environment.

            Different users requires different access level to these resources. The following
            lists the access levels and their meaning for the CPC and LPAR resources:
               READ: Retrieve, get configuration information from the CPC
               WRITE: Update, set configuration information of the CPC
               CONTROL: Issue operations management commands of the CPC


5.7.3 Defining the CPC access lists
            Several System Automation for z/OS autotasks need to be authorized to access
            the CPCs that are defined in the customization dialog. The following System
            Automation for z/OS w autotasks need to be authorized with access level
            CONTROL for all defined CPCs and all its LPARs:
               The XCF autotasks.
               The autotasks defined with SYN %AOFOPXCFOPER% in automation table member
               AOFMSGSY.
               The HW interface autotasks AUTHWxxx.
               The AUTXCFxx autotasks plus the additional ones from
               %AOFOPXCFOPER% are used internally once INGCF drain or INGCF
               enable is invoked by an authorized user. IXC102A message automation is
               also performed by these autotasks.
               The autotasks used for the HW interface initialization and communication also
               need to be authorized. Use access level CONTROL for the AUTHWxxx
               autotasks in your environment.

            To permit access to a CPC resource in RACF, issue the PERMIT
            HSA.ET32TGT.USIBMSC.SCZP901 CLASS(FACILITY) ID(AUTXCF)
            ACC(CONTROL) command. The XCF autotask AUTXCF gets access level
            CONTROL for the CPC resource USIBMSC.SCZP901.

            Similarly for a generic LPAR resource access, issue the PERMIT
            HSA.ET32TGT.USIBMSC.SCZP901.* CLASS(FACILITY) ID(AUTXCF)
            ACC(CONTROL) command. The XCF autotask AUTXCF gets access level
            CONTROL for all the logical partitions under the SCZP901.



          Chapter 5. Managing SYSPLEXes with the use of the Processor Operations feature   125
126   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
6


    Chapter 6.   Migrating to System
                 Automation for z/OS
                 This chapter discusses migration to System Automation for z/OS. The topics
                 discussed are:
                     6.1, “Software Migration Project Office” on page 128
                     6.3, “General migration tool” on page 134
                     6.4, “Migration Unicenter CA-OPS/MVS” on page 147
                     6.5, “Migrating BMC MAINVIEW AutoOPERATOR” on page 152




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved.                                              127
6.1 Software Migration Project Office
               This section introduces the Software Migration Project Office (SMPO) group.
               SMPO is a group of IBM specialists who are experienced in converting ISV
               products to IBM solutions. We also provide an overview of all the current SMPO
               offerings. In this section, the following topics are described:
                  6.1.1, “SMPO overview” on page 128
                  6.1.2, “Migration services offerings” on page 129


6.1.1 SMPO overview
               New implementation of IBM and Tivoli products from other software vendors are
               primarily based on the following important considerations:
                  Integrated software solutions that are reliable, robust and scalable.
                  Software solutions that are affordable and have terms and conditions that are
                  flexible and predictable.

               These new implementations often involved the IBM Software Migration Project
               Office (SMPO) for migration assistance. Since 1993, the SMPO has been
               helping new software implementation projects migrate into some of the industry's
               leading database, z/OS, and systems management from IBM and Tivoli.

               SMPO migration services offerings are backed up with a dedicated team of more
               than 90 migration specialists. This helps to ensure that your migration is
               performed professionally and successfully. To date, SMPO has performed more
               than 3,500 migrations and have a client satisfaction rating of 95 percent!

               The SMPO provides expertise in migration solutions for z/OS based systems
               management, DB2, CICS tools, and security, including assistance with software
               portfolio management and cost containment.

               The SMPO is a team of specialists with many years of practical experience
               migrating clients from other products. They utilize a proven methodology to
               ensure success gained from years of experience. The team focuses on the
               needs as expressed by the client.




128   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
6.1.2 Migration services offerings
           The SMPO's migration service offerings have a flexible, modular structure that
           can be customized to meet a client's specific requirements. Our migration
           services offerings include:
              Migration Assessment
              Helps identify the migration issues unique to a specific environment. A
              migration assessment estimates the resources, time, and cost needed for a
              migration project.
              Migration Planning Service
              A migration specialist leads a joint client and IBM team that develops a
              migration plan detailing the tasks, target dates, and people assignments.
              Conversion Tools Services
              For products with large amounts of operational data, conversion tools may be
              used to automate the translation from one format to another, thereby reducing
              the time and errors involved in the conversion.
              Migration Consulting Services
              Migration specialists can provide guidance throughout the migration project.
              Typically, consulting services are provided during the technical analysis,
              testing and cut over phases of the project. Services can be provided onsite,
              through phone or remote dial-up.
              Migration Implementation Services
              Assistance is provided in the actual implementation of migration services
              includes:
              Product installation and customization
              Implementation of new function
              Exit design and coding
              Testing, test planning and validation
              Operations skills transfer
              Project management

           To learn more about the products the SMPO migrates, please go to:
           http://www.ibm.com/software/solutions/softwaremigration




                                       Chapter 6. Migrating to System Automation for z/OS   129
6.2 A typical migration process
               A typical automation migration process consists of several phases:
                  6.2.1, “Product implementation” on page 130
                  6.2.2, “Conversion” on page 132
                  6.2.3, “Production roll-out” on page 133
                  6.2.4, “Additional steps” on page 134


6.2.1 Product implementation
               The implementation of System Automation for z/OS can be summarized in the
               following steps. Some consideration is also provided in Chapter 2, “System
               Automation for z/OS V3R1 configuration” on page 19.
                  Software installation.
                  The first step in the migration process is to install IBM Tivoli NetView for z/OS
                  and System Automation for z/OS using SMP/E. You can find detailed
                  informtion about this process from the IBM Tivoli NetView and System
                  Automation for z/OS program directories.
                  It is important to check for the latest APARs to ensure known issues with
                  solutions are not propagated into your environment. You can select these
                  APARs from the Preventive Service Planning (PSP) bucket information library.
                  You can search the PSP bucket at
                  https://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/390.psp390
                  Allocate datasets.
                  Custom datasets must be allocated outside of SMP/E processing. Ensure the
                  USS directories and files are created and defined as well. Additional
                  customization dialog datasets must also be defined.
                  Customize PARMLIB members.
                  – Update SCHEDxx
                  – Update MPFLSTxx
                  – Update LPALSTxx
                  – Update LNKLSTxx
                  – Update IEFSSNxx
                  Customize PROCLIB members.
                  It is useful for operations and general efficiency of the PROCLIB dataset to
                  have a common procedure library across systems. You can do this using
                  system symbolics when allocating datasets. When allocating datasets for



130   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
System Automation for z/OS and NetView, keep this in mind when
establishing naming standards.
Customize IBM Tivoli NetView for z/OS.
– Customize NetView Alert information.
– Customize DSIPARM data; It can be advantageous in a sysplex
  environment to establish a plexwide DSIPARM dataset as well as a system
  specific DSIPARM. Doing so can promotes standardization while still
  having the flexibility for necessary system differences.
– Modifying NetView DSIPARM.
   •   Definition for an Automation Network (Optional).
   •   AOFOPFGW Modifications.
   •   Update DSIOPFU with local operator definitions.
   •   Update security table if using NetView security.
   •   Customize NetView Style Sheet.
– Customize NetView CNM1NETV - Main Menu screen.
Customizing the Automation Manager
– Customizing HSAPRMxx: If using multiple logical sysplexes within a
  physical sysplex, update the GRPID field accordingly. Remember to also
  update the INGXINIT member of the SA agent as well within DSIPARM.
– ARM instrumentation of the Automation Manager.
– Security considerations.
– Customizing the component trace.
– Customizing the system logger.
Install ISPF dialog screens.
– Allocate libraries for the dialogs.
– Invoking the ISPF dialogs.
– Verify the ISPF dialog planning and installation.
– Verify the number of available REXX environments.
Defining automation policy.
– Create policy definitions; You can initially create a limited Policy with only a
  few tasks defined for verification purposes.
– Build the control files.
– Distribute system operations control files.




                        Chapter 6. Migrating to System Automation for z/OS    131
Define Host-to-Host communications.
                  – Customize the SYS1.VTAMLST data set.
                  – Perform VTAM definitions.
                  – Add additional VTAM statements.
                  Define security, for both IBM Tivoli NetView for z/OS and System Automation
                  for z/OS.
                  Customize the Status Display Facility (SDF); This is an optional step. This
                  provides a simple 3270-based layout of your automated applications. In
                  conjunction with SDF, the NetView Web Application and the NetView
                  Management Console can also be configured for a graphical based interface
                  view of your environment.
                  Automate System Operations startup. After the scheduled IPL of the system,
                  start Automation NetView on all images and verify cross system
                  communications.
                  Provide operator training.


6.2.2 Conversion
               After the System Automation for z/OS has been installed and running, conversion
               may start. The conversion consists of:
                  Classify current automation by type.
                  Identify and eliminate obsolete automation.
                  Convert message automation.
                  – Convert message suppression automation to MPF or NetView Message
                    Revision Table entries.
                  – Convert message automation to System Automation for z/OS policy or
                    NetView Message Automation Table (MAT) with REXX processing as
                    needed.
                  Convert REXX programs as needed; some tasks include:
                  – Implement e-mail notification by implementing SMTP.
                  – Automation programs that cannot be defined by a simple System
                    Automation for z/OS policy must be converted to REXX program.
                  Test message automation.
                  – Construct test scenarios.
                  – Test message automation.
                  – Sign-off message automation test results.



132   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
Convert command based automation.
              – Classify commands, if it is a custom operator command or z/OS
                command.
              – Custom commands automation can be converted to REXX.
              – Install and activate NetView MVS Command Exit.
              Convert Timer automation.
              – Add Timers to Automation Policy.
              – Test Timer automation REXX programs.
              Finalize automation conversion.
              – Review automation conversion.
              – Sign-off on automation conversion.
              Formal product training.


6.2.3 Production roll-out
           When all the conversion has been implemented and tested, we are ready for the
           production roll-out:
              Establish infrastructure for System Automation for z/OS implementation.
              – Define all necessary shared NetView datasets.
              – Define Automation Policy for production LPARs.
              – Create Server Group for Automation Managers.
              – Determine need for NetView graphics.
              Implement System Automation for z/OS in production.
              – Propagate PARMLIB changes to images.
              – Propagate PROCLIB changes to images.
              – Propagate product libraries.
              – Disable current automation product.
              – IPL images.
              – Start Automation Manager.
              – Start System Automation for z/OS agents.
              – Verify System Automation for z/OS is operational.
              – System Automation for z/OS automation and operation verification.




                                     Chapter 6. Migrating to System Automation for z/OS   133
6.2.4 Additional steps
               There are some additional steps that must also be performed, such as:
                  Update systems operation procedures
                  Convert automation security to RACF or other local SAF product
                  Production roll-out wrap-up



6.3 General migration tool
               The original idea for these general migration tools came about during 2005 when
               the SMPO was asked to provide some ideas on helping reduce the total hours
               that are required when we perform migrations from non-IBM automation products
               to System Automation for z/OS. The System Automation for z/OS development
               lab chose not to participate in the tool development, so we were given the go
               ahead to code them.

               The tools are written in REXX, making extensive use of both NetView PIPEs as
               well as NetView 3270 VIEW screens. They do not require an System Automation
               for z/OS NetView to run them, so they could be run in either a standard NetView
               or an System Automation for z/OS NetView, whichever is available. However, the
               minimum NetView required is V5R1, since the code uses the new EXTEND
               function of VIEW that was introduced in that release with APAR OA06590 (PTF
               UA09844 available on April 27, 2004).

                Note: This new function is only documented in that APAR and the new
                NetView V5R2 manuals but was never described in the V5R1 library.

               These tools are the first release of what is intended to be a growing amount of
               software that will help you with your migrations from non-IBM automation
               software to System Automation for z/OS. Feel free to e-mail
               mailto:andrew.mcintyre@us.ibm.com with any enhancement requests you might
               like to see and they can be considered for the next release.

               The discussion includes:
                  6.3.1, “Installation” on page 135
                  6.3.2, “User interface” on page 135
                  6.3.3, “Auto Discovery of Started Tasks” on page 137
                  6.3.4, “Migration source code control” on page 139




134   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
6.3.1 Installation
            The tools consists of the following members:
            SAMSYSC                Compiled REXX program
            SAMSYSP                Screens member

            Both members should be put into your local REXX library. This is usually the first
            one in your DSICLD concatenation in the NetView Started Task Procedure.

             Note: The screens member does not need to be installed in your CNMPNL1
             concatenation because it is loaded dynamically by the REXX code when you
             run it.

            The program code allocates various files, including both existing and new
            datasets. All new datasets DCB parameters are always modeled after the first
            dataset in your DSICLD concatenation. You will need to ensure that your security
            software allows NetView to create these new datasets.


6.3.2 User interface
            The migration tools use the standard NetView 3270 interface, including complete
            use of both the PF6 ROLL as well as the PF12 RETRIEVE functions. All of the
            usable PF keys are shown at the bottom of each screen.




                                       Chapter 6. Migrating to System Automation for z/OS   135
Once the two members are put in the DSICLD concatenation, log on to NetView
               and issue SAMSYSC and press Enter to display the screen shown in Figure 6-1.




               Figure 6-1 Main menu screen

               All the standard screen items are similar to a typical NetView application, such as
               the NetView domain, operator ID, date, and time. This migration tool consists of
               the following functions:
                  Auto Discovery of Started Tasks.
                  Started task discovery in a large SYSPLEX environment can be a very
                  tedious process. The tool allows automatic collection of running tasks for all
                  members of the SYSPLEX. We discuss this in 6.3.3, “Auto Discovery of
                  Started Tasks” on page 137.
                  Migration Source Code Control.
                  In a large migration project with a sizeable amount of automation code, it is
                  sometimes hard to pinpoint exactly the progress of the conversion. This tool
                  allows you to manage this progress using a control file that stores the
                  progress status of the migration effort. We discuss this in 6.3.4, “Migration
                  source code control” on page 139.




136   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
6.3.3 Auto Discovery of Started Tasks
           In handling started task management, you have to key in all of the job names of
           the various started tasks running on each system in the SYSPLEX for the initial
           System Automation for z/OS policy setup phase. This is one of the most time
           consuming steps in setting up System Automation for z/OS and this tool
           automates the entire process. The tool will also set up the connection in System
           Automation for z/OS policy between the job names and the systems they were
           found running on. You will still have to key in relationships and shut down
           commands but the time consuming and error prone work of keying in hundreds
           (sometimes thousands) of job names is now taken care of.

           To start the process, select 1 from the initial menu (or you could issue SAMDIS
           from the command line). You will then see the screen in Figure 6-2, with the
           system names from your SYSPLEX automatically filled in.




           Figure 6-2 Auto Discovery of Started Tasks screen

           At this point, you can alter the system list however you wish. For example, you
           could delete one or more of the systems if you did not want to discover their
           started tasks at this time. One reason you might want to do this is that you may
           have different peak times from system to system when there are the most started




                                      Chapter 6. Migrating to System Automation for z/OS   137
tasks to discover. So you could discover some of the systems now and some
               later, whenever you wanted to do them.

               Once you are satisfied with the list, press Enter for the automatic discovery to
               start. The text on the screen describes how the discovery process actually works.
               You will then see progress messages for each system flash by and when all the
               systems have been processed, you will see a screen like Figure 6-3.




               Figure 6-3 Auto Discovery of Started Tasks screen

               Take note of the dataset name where the results of the discovery have been
               stored. This dataset name is based on the first dataset in your DSICLD
               concatenation with the added tokens of the date and time of the discovery as
               Dyymmdd and Thhmmss. Each system discovered has its own member in this
               dataset where the member name is the name of the system.

               The generated member can then be imported into a System Automation for z/OS
               policy. Use the following process:
               1. Log on to TSO/ISPF and get into the System Automation for z/OS policy
                  screens.
               2. Start with an empty policy created from the EMPTY policy sample.




138   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
Note: If you do not start with the EMPTY sample, any existing entries of the
            same types with the same names of what was discovered will be overlaid with
            nulls (including any relationships, shutdown commands, and other fields), so
            be careful and always start with an empty policy.

           3. Go to option 5.9 (Migrate) and specify one system name at a time and migrate
              the corresponding member name for that system into System Automation for
              z/OS policy. The System Automation for z/OS policy types that will be created
              are GRP, SYS, APG, and APL.
           4. The Migrate option in the 5.9 menu only allows you to migrate one system at a
              time. When you are finished, you will have the job names of all the started
              tasks that were running on all the systems you discovered stored in your
              System Automation for z/OS policy.
           5. Now you can add relationships, shutdown commands, and do any other policy
              work you need to do.


6.3.4 Migration source code control
           This tool is for those larger migrations where either the client's project
           management, or sometimes the IBM project manager, wants to know exactly
           how far along the REXX migration has proceeded. This tool will avoid the
           necessity to keep up with the REXX migration progress manually, usually with a
           large, hard to maintain spreadsheet or project plan. Instead, it automates the
           analysis of what status the entire set of REXX migrations are in so that everyone
           can tell at a glance how far along the project has progressed.




                                     Chapter 6. Migrating to System Automation for z/OS   139
To start the process, key in 2 from the initial menu or you could issue SAMSCC
               from the command line. You will then see the sub menu screen in Figure 6-4.




               Figure 6-4 Migration Source Code Control Menu screen

               This source code control tool is somewhat larger in scope than the auto
               discovery tool and that is the reason it has a sub menu available. You can also
               bypass this menu and go directly to any of the sub functions by using the
               commands shown on the screen, such as SAMSCCC, SAMSCCO, and
               SAMSCCS. These sub menus also represent the sequence of tasks that you
               need to perform for the source code control.
               1. To specify the control dataset, just key in 1 on the sub menu screen (or use
                  the SAMSCCC command) to specify the control dataset name. You get the
                  screen in Figure 6-5 on page 141 with a proposed dataset name already filled
                  in, that you can change however you wish.




140   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
Figure 6-5 Migration Source Code Control - control dataset screen

2. Press Enter and follow the prompts and you end up either allocating a new
   control dataset or using an already existing one. The messages that you see
   are self explanatory as to what is taking place.




                            Chapter 6. Migrating to System Automation for z/OS   141
Be aware that you can specify and switch between any number of control
                  datasets. The tool stores this dataset name in a global variable in the NetView
                  save/restore database. When you have successfully created a control
                  dataset, the initial sub menu for this tool will show the dataset name currently
                  being used, as in the screen shown in Figure 6-6.




               Figure 6-6 Migration Source Code Control Menu screen with control dataset

               3. The initial control dataset contains two members: #README and
                  MIGREYEC. You can use TSO/ISPF to take a look at these two members.
                  There are comments in both members with explanations as to their use.
               4. Edit the MIGREYEC member if you want to use your own categories of
                  REXXs. These category names are the key to this tool and allow you to keep
                  track of your various REXX members in up to six different groups. The tool
                  uses the first four characters of the names as headings on a later screen (that
                  is why “copyed” is intentionally misspelled).
                  Once you have settled on your category names in MIGREYEC, either using
                  the suggestions or editing the member and changing them to whatever you
                  want, you are ready to proceed with the next step.




142   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
5. Back on the sub menu screen in Figure 6-6 on page 142, key in 2 or use the
   SAMSCCO command to specify the old source datasets that contain your
   various REXX members. You will see the screen shown in Figure 6-7.




Figure 6-7 Migration Source Code Control - old dataset screen

6. You can key in up to ten dataset names that contain your original REXX
   source code. These datasets will not be changed in any way. They will simply
   have all of their members copied into new datasets that use the same name
   but with “.SA” appended to the end.
   If you have more than ten datasets, then you must specify additional control
   datasets and key in the old datasets in groups of ten each. This should not be
   a problem for most migrations.




                            Chapter 6. Migrating to System Automation for z/OS   143
7. Once you have keyed in your old dataset names and had the tool validate
                  them, you will then see a screen similar to Figure 6-8 (the dataset names are
                  just examples).




               Figure 6-8 Migration Source Code Control - verified old dataset screen

               8. In Figure 6-8, it shows the total number of members found in each dataset.
                  Now you can press Enter one final time to start the actual copy process.
                  During this process, the first line of the MIGREYEC member that you
                  validated earlier will be placed at the top of each source member. Depending
                  on the number of datasets and the total number of members, this process
                  may take a few minutes. A progress count is provided as the copy is taking
                  place so you can see that everything is working successfully.
                  After the copy process has completed, you will see a screen like Figure 6-9 on
                  page 145 showing that the copy processing was successful. If there were any
                  errors, you will see them as well on the same line as the dataset name.




144   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
Figure 6-9 Migration Source Code Control - old dataset screen

   At this point, you have created a complete copy of your existing REXX
   libraries, but with “.SA” appended to the dataset name and each member now
   having a new comment line inserted at the top.
9. You can now proceed with the actual migration, that is, editing and testing the
   various REXXs. You must edit the datasets residing in the new datasets with
   the suffix SA. As you perform this work, uncomment (take the * off) the word
   that corresponds to the status you want this REXX to have. For instance, the
   line below indicates that this member is in a copyed status:
   /* SA migration ---> copyed *testing *finished *obsolete <--- */
   However, once you have started testing the REXX, you should edit the
   member to read:
   /* SA migration ---> copyed        testing *finished *obsolete <--- */

    Note: The rightmost, uncommented word is the status that is used during
    the analysis stage. In other words, there is no reason to comment (put an *
    back on) the earlier word as it leaves that particular status.




                            Chapter 6. Migrating to System Automation for z/OS   145
10.To get the overall progress of the migration, at any time just key in 3 on the
                  sub menu screen or use the SAMSCCS command to analyze the new source
                  datasets that contain your various REXX members. You will see Figure 6-10.




               Figure 6-10 Migration Source Code Control - empty dataset progress screen

                  Notice that the new dataset names have been filled in for you and the
                  category names you originally specified have been used as headings on this
                  screen. We are only showing four categories, but there is enough space for
                  six.
               11.Press Enter for the tool to analyze all of your new source datasets. You can
                  see the progress of the analysis as it reads each member. You will eventually
                  see the screen shown in Figure 6-11 on page 147.




146   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
Figure 6-11 Migration Source Code Control - dataset progress screen report

        Anytime you go back into the SAMSCCS part of the tool, it redisplays the
        information from the last analysis. Then when you run it again, it overlays this
        data with the latest results.

        The Pcts line is the completion percentages that you can provide to your project
        management anytime they want it. Now you do not have to manually keep up
        with the status of all those REXXs anymore! The tool does it for you!



6.4 Migration Unicenter CA-OPS/MVS
        The Unicenter CA-OPS/MVS Web page can be viewed at:
        http://www3.ca.com/solutions/Product.aspx?ID=3102

        As an automation product, Unicenter CA-OPS/MVS provides event management
        and automation management for z/OS. It uses a mechanism called System State
        Manager (SSM) to achieve resource status. It integrates with other Unicenter
        products for graphical analyzer and UNIX System Services automation. It also
        provides an screen based automation definition called EasyRule.



                                    Chapter 6. Migrating to System Automation for z/OS   147
The migration to System Automation for z/OS from CA-OPS/MVS should be
               done in phases. The first phase should include adding all system and application
               information into the policy database. This will provide the policy base for the
               remaining automation processes.

               The migration process should take full advantage of the features and functions of
               System Automation for z/OS whenever possible. Of course, the amount of time
               available to complete the migration and the knowledge and experience in System
               Automation for z/OS will be factors in how the migration process is done.

               In this section, we discuss the common methodologies used when migrating from
               CA-OPS/MVS to System Automation for z/OS. We will describe the methods for
               migrating the following features:
                  6.4.1, “System State Manager (SSM) tables and rule migration” on page 148
                  6.4.2, “Message rules” on page 148
                  6.4.3, “Command rules” on page 149
                  6.4.4, “Timer rules” on page 149
                  6.4.5, “Screen scraping rules” on page 150
                  6.4.6, “REXX migration” on page 151


6.4.1 System State Manager (SSM) tables and rule migration
               System State Manager (SSM) application entries can be added to System
               Automation for z/OS policy during the initial phase of the migration project. This
               will allow the task management portion of System Automation for z/OS to run in
               monitor mode.

               In monitor mode, System Automation for z/OS monitors and updates the status’s
               for all objects defined to policy. With the Automation flags set to NO, status
               information and actions defined in policy can be monitored and verified against
               SSM actions without initiating duplicate automation.

               An examination of the current message and REXX libraries should occur prior to
               the migration of the rules. All obsolete automation should be identified and
               excluded from the migration process.


6.4.2 Message rules
               Message rules are entered into the System Automation for z/OS policy database.
               This is manifested in MESSAGE/USER DATA policy section for application or for
               MVS components. In the Message Processing screen, you specify how System
               Automation for z/OS should react if the specified message appears. The
               appropriate response should be documented in the Action column. Depending




148   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
on the action, System Automation for z/OS displays a follow-on screen where you
           further specify the automated reaction to the message.

           For each of the automated responses, an entry in the NetView automation table
           is required that specifies which routine System Automation for z/OS should be
           used to process your specified action. System Automation for z/OS is able to
           automatically build the NetView automation table entries for all CMD, REPLY,
           AUTO, and OVR actions as well as for certain USER and CODE actions.

           The following actions are available:
              CMD: Issues commands as a response to a message.
              REP: Issues replies as a response to a WTOR issued by the application.
              CODE: Checks for certain codes within the message. If the codes are
              contained in the message, you can enter a value that is returned to the calling
              REXX.
              USER: Defines user-specified actions if the current message requires more
              specific automation than provided by the generic routines.
              AUTO: You can use the associated screen to specify messages that indicate
              the status of a resource. Once messages have been defined, they are
              automatically added to the NetView automation table.
              OVR: Allows you to override a default NetView automation table entry
              generated for a message.


6.4.3 Command rules
           Two different techniques will suffice to handle these rules. If it is a uniquely
           named REXX command, where it does not replace a standard MVS command,
           then the REXX will be migrated into the System Automation for z/OS REXX
           library. It can be invoked from the MVS console by prefixing the command name
           with the subsystem command designator.

           For commands that are replacing or rejecting standard MVS or JES commands,
           the NetView Command Management feature must be used. See the member
           CNMEMCXY in the CNMCLST dataset, which provides examples of using the
           NetView Command Management feature.


6.4.4 Timer rules
           CA-OPS/MVS timer rules can be migrated to either the TIMERS entry section of
           policy or for timers linked to a specific application into the APPLICATION entry
           section using INGTIMER. For more complex time specification, you can use
           NetView CHRON timers.


                                      Chapter 6. Migrating to System Automation for z/OS   149
TIMERS entry type
                  This dialog can be used to define timers that are scheduled to issue
                  commands or REXX at certain times. These timers can be triggered at a
                  particular day and time, after a certain day, or to repeat at certain intervals.
                  INGTIMER
                  This command links timer commands to subsystems. This ensures that the
                  timer is only active when the subsystem is active. When the subsystem
                  terminates, the timer commands are automatically purged.
                  CHRON
                  The CHRON command enables you to run commands at timed intervals and
                  provides the following capabilities:
                  – Repeat a command at regular intervals during a portion of the day, for
                    example, once every hour from 8:00 a.m. to 12:00 noon.
                  – Specify which days of the week a repeating command does or does not
                    execute, for example, the third Tuesday of any month.
                  – Specify which calendar days a repeating command does or does not
                    execute. The dates are classified as holidays, and define any other
                    classes you prefer.
                  – Schedule commands that run at a specific time of day on multiple or
                    specific days.


6.4.5 Screen scraping rules
               Screen scraping rules should be eliminated whenever possible. Screens can
               often change, requiring the code to change also. However, there are times when
               this is the only automation technique available.

               The VET command (and PIPE stage) is used to read data from, and
               subsequently write data to, a virtual screen using VOST. When used as a first
               stage in a pipe, VET obtains data from the screen in one of the following forms:
                  Row
                  Field
                  Message

               Row and field form data is returned in message BNH150I. If a issued command
               does not result in a full screen being presented on the virtual screen, the
               message displayed on the screen is returned to VET in message form. If the
               application running returns a message and a full screen, both the message and
               full-screen data are returned to VET.




150   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
When VET is used as a command or as a subsequent pipe stage, it writes data
          to the virtual screen. Data is written in the form of simple text where one line is
          written for each input-capable field on the virtual screen.

          An example of full screen automation is contained in member CNMS1098 in the
          CNMSAMP dataset.


6.4.6 REXX migration
          Many REXX programs can be eliminated with policy entries. For the REXX
          members that must be maintained, the majority of code can be migrated as is.
          The primary difference is migrating the CA-OPS/MVS REXX functions or
          extensions.

          For functions that are used extensively, it may be beneficial to re-write the
          command for use by System Automation for z/OS. For example, the OPSVALUE
          function in CA-OPS/MVS is often used extensively for the updating and retrieving
          of global variables. We can emulate this using the NetView global variables using
          a module, such as the GLBVALUE program in REXX. For migration purposes,
          the OPSVALUE references can then simply be changed to GLBVALUE to
          complete the migration of that portion of REXX code.

          Writing the code to emulating functions can be time consuming. You must weigh
          the cost of writing the emulation code against re-writing the original REXX code
          to use System Automation for z/OS functions.




                                     Chapter 6. Migrating to System Automation for z/OS   151
Example 6-1 shows the structure of the GLBVALUE sample that can replace the
               OPSVALUE function.

               Example 6-1 GLBVALUE program
               /*********************************************************************/
               /*                                                                    */
               /* NAME         - GLBVALUE                                            */
               /* FUNCTION - A FUNCTION THAT MANIPULATES GLOBAL VARIABLES.           */
               /*                CALL PARAMETERS ARE:                                */
               /*                P1 - VARIABLE NAME                                  */
               /*                P2 - OPTION. VALID OPTIONS ARE:                     */
               /*                      'A' - INCREMENT A GLOBAL BY VALUE IN P3.      */
               /*                      'V' - RETURNS VALUE OF GLOBAL, OR NULLS.      */
               /*                      'L' - RETURNS A LIST OF GLOBAL VARIABLES      */
               /*                            THAT BEGIN WITH THE NAME SPECIFIED      */
               /*                      'E' - RETURNS 'I' IF VARIABLE EXISTS, OR 'N' */
               /*                             IF IT DOES NOT.                        */
               /*                      'F' - RETURNS 'I' IF VARIABLE EXISTS, OR 'N' */
               /*                             IF IT DOES NOT. (SAME AS 'E')          */
               /*                      'R' - REMOVES A VARIABLE, OR VARIABLES IF     */
               /*                            VALUE IS GENERIC (SUCH AS GLV.XX.*).    */
               /*                      'S' - RETURNS A LIST OF ALL GLOBAL VARIABLES */
               /*                           THAT BEGIN WITH THE NAME SPECIFIED      */
               /*                     'U' - UPDATES THE VALUE OF THE VARIABLE TO    */
               /*                            THE VALUE SPECIFIED IN P3.             */
               /*                P3 - VALUE (FOR A AND U ONLY)                      */



6.5 Migrating BMC MAINVIEW AutoOPERATOR
               The AutoOPERATOR product was originally sold by Boole and Babbage until
               BMC bought them in 1999. The AutoOPERATOR product can be viewed at:
               http://www.bmc.com/products/proddocview/0,2832,19052_0_28229_8571,00.ht
               ml

               It consists of various automation modules that allows automation management of
               a z/OS environment. SMPO is usually involved with the z/OS, CICS, and IMS
               module migration.

               The product is integrated with the MAINVIEW suite of monitoring software.
               However, we run into very little MAINVIEW related performance alerts that are
               being handled by AutoOPERATOR automation. Usually, the products are




152   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
managed by separate groups in an organization and are rarely directly involved
                with each other.

                With the migration of AutoOPERATOR to System Automation for z/OS, we
                recommend also using the IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON family of monitoring using
                the Tivoli Enterprise Portal and its out of the box (or client setup) automated
                situations to handle whatever performance related automation MAINVIEW was
                doing.

                The vast majority of automation that is being run in a z/OS shop, such as
                message and command traps, z/OS started task management, and home grown
                custom REXX code, is almost always completely confined to the
                AutoOPERATOR environment and its features, and this is what we spend the
                majority of our time migrating to System Automation for z/OS.

                Table 6-1 shows the BMC products and the IBM Tivoli software equivalents.

Table 6-1 Product mapping
 BMC product                     IBM/Tivoli product                          Comments

 AutoOPERATOR for z/OS           System Automation for z/OS                  Base SA

 AutoOPERATOR for CICS           System Automation for z/OS (CICS feature)   Included with base sa

 AutoOPERATOR for IMS            System Automation for z/OS (IMS feature)    Included with base sa

 MAINVIEW SYSPROG Services       System Automation for z/OS + standard       Most of the RESOLVE
 (originally known as RESOLVE)   z/OS commands (+ possibly OMEGAMON          commands can be
                                 XE on z/OS for some commands)               handled with the latest
                                                                             z/OS commands

 MAINVIEW (monitoring)           IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON XE


6.5.1 IMFEXEC migration tool from the SMPO
                Migrating REXX automation code is always one of the most time consuming
                aspects of any automation migration. The SMPO has developed a specific run
                time tool to help migrate any custom REXX code a client might have. For the
                AutoOPERATION client, SMPO issues a REXX subroutine called IMFEXEC,
                which performs a similar function with the AutoOPERATOR function calls. This
                allows the client’s REXX to remain unchanged as much as possible and to
                continue to invoke IMFEXEC as it always has when moved to the System
                Automation for z/OS environment. This saves a lot of time in migrating, editing,
                and testing REXX code.




                                           Chapter 6. Migrating to System Automation for z/OS    153
The various IMFEXEC subfunctions are handled by the SMPO IMFEXEC
               module in the same way they were under AutoOPERATOR, except now they use
               only System Automation for z/OS and NetView for z/OS functions. The module
               currently consists of over 600 lines of REXX code and the source code is
               provided during any SMPO automation migration engagement.

               The subfunctions that are currently handled, with their supported parameters, are
               described below:
                  CMD: Issues an MVS command.
                  /* CMD ----------------------------        */
                  /* handles non-quoted (no response)        */
                  /*             quoted (responses)          */
                  /*     COUNT|LINES(0) (no response)        */
                  /*     COUNT|LINES(n) (responses)          */
                  /*           # prefix (drops)              */
                  /*      and variables IMFCC = 0            */
                  /*                    IMFRC = 0            */
                  /*                    IMFNOL               */
                  /*                    LINEnnnn             */
                  /* errors out on . BBI commands            */
                  SELECT: Runs a REXX program.
                  /* SELECT -------------------------        */
                  /* handles EXEC only                       */
                  /*      and variables IMFCC = 0            */
                  /*                    IMFRC = 0            */
                  /* errors out on not EXEC                  */
                  MSG: Logs a message to the NetView netlog.
                  /* MSG ----------------------------        */
                  /* handles quoted and non quoted           */
                  /*      and variables IMFCC = 0            */
                  /*                    IMFRC = 0            */
                  WTO: Writes a message to a console.
                  /* WTO ----------------------------        */
                  /* handles quoted (required)               */
                  /*         ROUTCDE(n..nn)                  */
                  /*            DESC(n..nn)                  */
                  /*      and variables IMFCC = 0            */
                  /*                    IMFRC = 0            */
                  /*                    IMFWTDOM             */




154   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
ALERT: Writes an alert message to either (or both) the Status Display Facility
(SDF) or the Tivoli Enterprise Portal Event Console.
/* ALERT --------------------------      */
/* handles alert key (first parm)        */
/* quoted alert text (required)          */
/* FUNCTION|FUN(ADD|DELETE) (only)       */
/*                ADD is the default     */
/* PRIORITY|PRI                          */
/*     (CRITICAL|CRIT)        red        */
/*     (HIGH)                 red        */
/*     (MAJOR)                pink       */
/*     (MINOR)                yellow     */
/*     (WARNING|WARN)         dkblue     */
/*     (INFORMATIONAL|INFO) ltblue       */
/*     (CLEARING)             green      */
/* QUEUE|QUE(MAIN|queue name)            */
/*      and variables IMFCC = 0          */
/*                     IMFRC = 0         */
SUBMIT: Submits a batch job.
/* SUBMIT -------------------------      */
/* handles quoted (required)             */
/*      and variables IMFCC = 0          */
/*                    IMFRC = 0          */
WAIT: Pauses the execution.
/* WAIT ---------------------------      */
/* handles non quoted time in secs       */
/*      and variables IMFCC = 0          */
/*                    IMFRC = 0          */
/* errors out on NAME parm               */
VGET: Copies one or more variables from the NetView pool to the REXX
function pool.
/*   VGET ---------------------------    */
/*   handles single var - no parens      */
/*    sing or mult vars - parens         */
/*           LOCAL   - task              */
/*   default SHARED - common             */
/*           PROFILE - common (saved)    */
/*        and variables IMFCC = 0        */
/*                      IMFRC = 0        */
/*   errors out on INTO parm             */




                       Chapter 6. Migrating to System Automation for z/OS   155
VPUT: Copies one or more variables from the REXX function pool to the
                  NetView pool.
                  /*   VPUT ---------------------------      */
                  /*   handles single var - no parens        */
                  /*    sing or mult vars - parens           */
                  /*           LOCAL   - task                */
                  /*   default SHARED - common               */
                  /*           PROFILE - common (saved)      */
                  /*        and variables IMFCC = 0          */
                  /*                      IMFRC = 0          */
                  /*   errors out on FROM parm               */
                  VDEL: Deletes one or more variables from the NetView pool.
                  /* VDEL ---------------------------        */
                  /* handles single var - no parens          */
                  /* sing or mult vars - parens              */
                  /*            pattern - asterisk           */
                  /*               (last byte only)          */
                  /*         LOCAL    - task                 */
                  /* default SHARED - common                 */
                  /*         PROFILE - common (saved)        */
                  /*      and variables IMFCC = 0            */
                  /*                     IMFRC = 0           */


6.5.2 Future enhancements
               During our next AutoOPERATOR migration, we intend on adding the following
               enhancements to our IMFEXEC tool:
                  VDCL to declare a variable list, as well as the VGET INTO and the VPUT
                  FROM parameters.
                  VLST to return a list of variables.
                  VENQ and VDEQ to lock and unlock a resource, as well as their automatic
                  use on SHARED and PROFILE variables.

               Other possibilities include some of the RES (Resolve) parameters as well as the
               CICS and IMSTRAN subfunctions, as well as any other IMFEXEC subfunctions
               that might be highly used at the client and that would help speed up the migration
               or make the migrated code more reliable.




156   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
Abbreviations and acronyms
ACF                  Advanced Communication         HLQ    High Level Qualifier
                     Function                       HMC    Hardware Management
AIX                  Advanced Interactive                  Console
                     eXecutive                      HSM    Hierarchical Storage Manager
AON                  Automated Operation            HTTP   Hyper Text Transfer Protocol
                     Network
                                                    I/O    Input Output
APAR                 Authorized Program Analysis
                     Request                        IBM    International Business
                                                           Machines Corporation
APF                  Authorized Programming
                     Facility                       IMS    Information Management
                                                           System
API                  Application Programming
                     Interface                      IPL    Initial Program Load
ARM                  Automatic Restart Manager      ISPF   Interactive System
                                                           Productivity Facility
CBPDO                Custom Build Product
                     Delivery Options               ITSO   International Technical
                                                           Support Organization
CD-ROM               Compact Disc Read Only
                     Memory                         JAAS   Java Authentication and
                                                           Authorization Services
CICS                 Customer Information Control
                     System                         JAR    Java Archive
CMOS                 Complementary Metal Oxide      JCL    Job Control Language
                     Semiconductor                  JES    Job Entry Subsystem
CPC                  Central Processing Complex     JRE    Java Runtime Environment
DASD                 Direct Access Storage Device   KDE    K Desktop Environment
DB2                  Database 2™                    LAN    Local Area Network
DCB                  Data Control Block             LPAR   Logical Partition
DFSMS                Data Facility System           MCS    Multiple Console Support
                     Managed Storage
                                                    MVS    Multiple Virtual Storage
EAS                  Event Automation Services
                                                    NCCF   NetView Command Control
EIF                  Event Integration Facility            Facility
ESCON                Enterprise System              NCP    Network Communication
                     Connection                            Program
FICON                Fiber Connection               NLDM   Network Logical Data
GDPS                 Geographically Dispersed              Manager
                     Parallel Sysplex               NMC    Network Management
HFS                  Hierarchical File System              Console




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved.                                      157
NPDA                 Network Problem                  UDB              Universal Database
                     Determination Application        URL              Universal Resource Locator
OPC                  Operation Planning and           USS              UNIX System Services
                     Control
                                                      VSE              Virtual Storage Environment
PPI                  Program-to-program Interface
                                                      VTAM             Virtual Telecommunication
PPT                  Program Property Table                            Access Method
PTF                  Program Temporary Fix            WTO              Write to Operator
RACF                 Resource Access Control          WTOR             Write to Operator Reply
                     Facility
                                                      XCF              Cross-system Coupling
REXX                 Restructured EXtended                             Facility
                     eXecutor
                                                      XML              eXtensible Markup Language
RMF                  Resource Measurement
                     Facility
RODM                 Resource Object Data Model
SAF                  System Authorization Facility
SDK                  Software Development Kit
SDSF                 System Display and Search
                     Facility
SLES                 SUSE Linux Enterprise
                     Server
SMP/E                System Modification Program
                     Extended
SMPO                 Software Migration Project
                     Office
SMS                  System Managed Storage
SMTP                 Simple Mail Transfer Protocol
SNA                  System Network Architecture
SNMP                 Simple Network Management
                     Protocol
SSI                  Subsystem Interface
SVC                  Supervisory Call
SYSPLEX              System Complex
TAF                  Terminal Access Facility
TCP/IP               Transmission Control Protocol
                     Internet Protocol
TEC                  Tivoli Enterprise Console
TSCF                 Target System Control Facility
TSO                  Time Sharing Option




158      IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
Related publications

                 The publications listed in this section are considered particularly suitable for a
                 more detailed discussion of the topics covered in this IBM Redbook.



IBM Redbooks
                 For information about ordering these publications, see “How to get IBM
                 Redbooks” on page 160. Note that some of the documents referenced here may
                 be available in softcopy only.
                     IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON XE V3.1.0 Deep Dive on z/OS, SG24-7155
                     End-to-end Automation with IBM Tivoli System Automation for Multiplatforms,
                     SG24-7117
                     Automation Using Tivoli NetView OS/390 V1R3 and System Automation
                     OS/390 V1R3, SG24-5515



Other publications
                 These System Automation for z/OS publications are also relevant as further
                 information sources:
                     IBM Tivoli NetView Installation: Configuring Additional Components,
                     SC31-8874
                     IBM Tivoli System Automation for Multiplatforms V2.1.1 End-to-End
                     Automation Management User's Guide and Reference, SC33-8211
                     IBM Tivoli System Automation for Multiplatforms V2.1.1 Release Notes,
                     SC33-8214
                     IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS CICS Automation Programmer’s
                     Reference and Operator’s Guide, SC33-8267
                     IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Customizing and Programming,
                     SC33-8260
                     IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Defining Automation Policy,
                     SC33-8262
                     IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS IMS Automation Programmer’s
                     Reference and Operator’s Guide, SC33-8268



© Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved.                                                  159
IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Messages and Codes, SC33-8264
                  IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Operator’s Commands, SC33-8265
                  IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Planning and Installation, SC33-8261
                  IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Programmer’s Reference, SC33-8266
                  IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS TWS Automation Programmer’s
                  Reference and Operator’s Guide, SC23-8269
                  IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS User’s Guide, SC33-8263
                  IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS End-to-End Automation Adapter,
                  SC33-8271
                  Tivoli NetView for z/OS Installation: Configuring Additional Components,
                  SC31-8874
                  Tivoli NetView for z/OS V5R2 Installation: Getting Started, SC31-8872



Online resources
              These Web sites are also relevant as further information sources:
                  IBM Preventive Service Planning search site
                  https://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/390.psp390
                  IBM Tivoli Systems Automations for z/OS pages
                  http://www-306.ibm.com/software/tivoli/products/system-automation-39
                  0/
                  http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/tividd/td/IBMTivoliSystemAutomationfor
                  zOS3.1.html
                  IBM Tivoli NetView for z/OS page
                  http://www-306.ibm.com/software/tivoli/products/netview-zos/
                  http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/tivihelp/v3r1/index.jsp?toc
                  =/com.ibm.itnetviewforzos.doc/toc.xml



How to get IBM Redbooks
              You can search for, view, or download Redbooks, Redpapers, Hints and Tips,
              draft publications and Additional materials, as well as order hardcopy Redbooks
              or CD-ROMs, at this Web site:
              ibm.com/redbooks




160   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
Help from IBM
        IBM Support and downloads
        ibm.com/support

        IBM Global Services
        ibm.com/services




                                    Related publications   161
162   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
Index
                                                   commands
Symbols                                               AOFA 22
/etc/profile 70
                                                      apachectl 72
/home/db2inst1/sqllib/db2profile 70
                                                      BGNSESS 41
/opt/IBMIHS/conf/httpd.conf. 72
                                                      CSAA 60
/usr/lpp/ing/adapter 89
                                                      db2cc 75
/usr/lpp/ing/adapter/config 89
                                                      db2fs 70
/usr/lpp/ing/adapter/data 89
                                                      db2start 71
/usr/lpp/ing/adapter/lib 89
                                                      db2updv8 71
                                                      DISPMTR 58
Numerics                                              eezdmn.sh 81
390–CMOS 2                                            GETPW 64–65
                                                      INGMON 57
                                                      INGMTRAP 42
A                                                     INGOMX 42
ACF 122
                                                      INGSESS 42
AOFA command 22
                                                      ISQXMON 112
AOFTABL 21–22
                                                      KILL 60
apachectl command 72
                                                      PROTECT 63
APG 10
                                                      RDEFINE 124
APL 10
                                                      SAMSCC 140
ASF 14
                                                      SAMSCCC 140
AUTHENTICATION policy 64
                                                      SAMSCCO 140
automated operator 40
                                                      SAMSCCS 140
automation adapter 82
                                                      SETROPTS 124
automation agent 82
                                                      source 70
Automation Control File, see ACF
                                                      VET 147
Automation Status File, see ASF
                                                      VETVET command 150
                                                   coupling facility 102
B                                                  CPC 100
Base Control Program, see BCP                      CSAA command 60
BCP 100                                            Custom-Built Product Delivery Offering, see CBPDO
BGNSESS command 41
BNH236E 63
                                                   D
                                                   DB2 Universal Database 69
C                                                  db2cc command 75
CAT 60                                             db2fs command 70
CBPDO 20                                           db2start command 71
Central Processor Complex, see CPC                 db2updv8 command 71
CHRON 149                                          DISPMTR command 58
CNMEMCXY member 149                                DSICLD 135
CNMPNL1 135                                        DSIPARM 84
Command Authorization Table, see CAT



© Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved.                                               163
E                                                    INGTIMER 149
EAS 84–85                                            INGXINIT 84
eezdmn.sh command 81                                 initial program load 2
enterprise systems connection, see ESCON             initial program load, see IPL
ESCON 4                                              IPL 2, 34
Event Automation Service, see EAS                    ISQCNTL 113
EVTOPER 85                                           ISQLOG 113
exception analysis 34                                ISQXMON command 112


F                                                    J
Fibre Channel connection, see FICON                  Java Runtime Environment, see JRE
FICON 4                                              JRE 84
files
     /etc/profile 70
                                                     K
     /home/db2inst1/sqllib/db2profile 70             KILL command 60
     /opt/IBMIHS/conf/httpd.conf. 72
     /usr/lpp/ing/adapter 89
     /usr/lpp/ing/adapter/config 89                  M
     /usr/lpp/ing/adapter/data 89                    MESSAGES/USER DATA policy 57
     /usr/lpp/ing/adapter/lib 89                     MIGREYEC 142
Focal Point, see FP                                  Monitor Resources 34
FP 4                                                 MTR policy 51


G                                                    N
GDPS 5, 100                                          NCCF 118
Geographical Diverse Parallel Sysplex, see GDPS      NetView Control Command Facility, see NCCF
Geographically Dispersed Parallel Sysplex™, see      NetView Management Console 4
GDPS                                                 NetView Management Console, see NMC
GETPW command 64–65                                  network policy 37
                                                     NMC 4–5

H
hardware configuration definition, see HCD           O
HCD 105                                              OCF 100
                                                     OCF-based processors 101
                                                     OMEGAMON 4, 33
I                                                    OMEGAMON_SESSION policy 38
IHVCONF 22                                           operation 118
ING080I 49                                           Operations Command Facility, see OCF
ING081I 49                                           operator 40
INGALLC 21
INGALLC1 21
INGALLC2 21                                          P
INGALLC3 21                                          PERMIT command
INGALLC4 21                                              commands
INGMON command 57                                           PERMIT 63
INGMTRAP command 42                                  POCNTL 22
INGOMX command 42                                    policy
INGSESS command 42                                       MESSAGES/USER DATA 57



164     IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
OMEGAMON_SESSION 38                        Software Development Kit, see SDK
    PROCESSOR 110                              Software Migration Project Office, see SMPO
    PROCESSOR INFO 106                         source command 70
    SESS_AUTOOPS 40                            SSI 84
    TARGET SYSTEM INFO 111                     SSM 147
policy AUTHENTICATION 64                       Subsystem interface, see SSI
policy RELATIONSHIP 56                         Support Element settings 115
POLOG 22                                       Support Element, see SE
POR 3                                          SuSE Linux Enterprise Server, see SLES
power-on reset 3                               SysOps 4
PPI 84                                         System Modification Program/Extended, see
PROCESSOR INFO policy 106                      SMP/E
Processor Operations 118                       System Operations 4
Processor Operations facility 4                System State Manager, see SSM
PROCESSOR policy 110
ProcOps 4
Program-to-Program Interface, see PPI
                                               T
                                               TAF 35, 37
PROTECT command 63
                                               Target System Control Facility 4
proxy operator 40
                                               TARGET SYSTEM INFO policy 111
                                               Terminal Access Facility, see TAF
R                                              TIMERS 149
RDEFINE command 124                            TRG 10
Redbooks Web site 160                          TSCF 4
   Contact us xv                               TSO 4
RELATIONSHIP policy 56
Resource Object Data Manager 4
RODM 4
                                               U
                                               UNIX System Services, see USS
                                               USS 84
S
SAF 59, 124
SAMSCC command 140
                                               V
                                               VET command 147
SAMSCCC command 140
                                               VTAMLST 41
SAMSCCO command 140
SAMSCCS command 140
SAMSYSC 135
SAMSYSP 135
SDK 84
SE 14
Security Access Facility, see SAF
security product 35
SESS_AUTOOPS policy 40
SETROPTS command 124
Simple Network Management Protocol, see SNMP
SLES 68
SMP/E 20
SMPO 128
SNMP 100
SOCNTL 21



                                                                                   Index     165
166   IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
                                                                 (0.2”spine)
                                                               0.17”<->0.473”
                                                              90<->249 pages
Ibm tivoli system automation for z os enterprise automation sg247308
Ibm tivoli system automation for z os enterprise automation sg247308
Back cover                                          ®



IBM Tivoli System
Automation for z/OS
Enterprise Automation
Enterprise class       This IBM Redbook provides an overview of IBM Tivoli System
automation on IBM      Automation for z/OS concepts and new features. We also          INTERNATIONAL
System z               discuss some considerations on migrating non-IBM products       TECHNICAL
                       to IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS.                       SUPPORT
Migration from other   The discussion is primarily aimed at technical professionals
                                                                                       ORGANIZATION
automation             that are looking to understand the IBM Tivoli System
platforms              Automation for z/OS new features and find migration options.
                       This IBM Redbook explains some important features of IBM        BUILDING TECHNICAL
Support for            Tivoli System Automation for z/OS, including using the          INFORMATION BASED ON
end-to-end             Processor Operations feature, integration with IBM Tivoli       PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE
automation             OMEGAMON Classic, and integration with End-to-end
                       automation feature of the IBM System Automation for             IBM Redbooks are developed by
                       Multiplatform.                                                  the IBM International Technical
                                                                                       Support Organization. Experts
                       We will also discuss the available services from the Software   from IBM, Customers and
                       Migration Project Office that provide migration services for    Partners from around the world
                       mainframe based products, including IBM Tivoli System           create timely technical
                       Automation for z/OS, in this new implementation of IBM Tivoli   information based on realistic
                       System Automation for z/OS. We also provide some overview       scenarios. Specific
                                                                                       recommendations are provided
                       of the migration procedures from non-IBM products.              to help you implement IT
                                                                                       solutions more effectively in
                                                                                       your environment.



                                                                                       For more information:
                                                                                       ibm.com/redbooks

                         SG24-7308-00                   ISBN 0738494631

More Related Content

PDF
Automation using tivoli net view os 390 v1r3 and system automation os-390 v1r...
PDF
An introduction to tivoli net view for os 390 v1r2 sg245224
PDF
Migrating to netcool precision for ip networks --best practices for migrating...
PDF
Certification study guide for ibm tivoli configuration manager 4.2 redp3946
PDF
Ibm tivoli monitoring for network performance v2.1 the mainframe network mana...
PDF
Ibm tivoli storage manager bare machine recovery for microsoft windows 2003 a...
PDF
Deployment guide series tivoli provisioning manager for os deployment v5.1 sg...
PDF
Getting started with ibm tivoli monitoring 6.1 on distributed environments sg...
Automation using tivoli net view os 390 v1r3 and system automation os-390 v1r...
An introduction to tivoli net view for os 390 v1r2 sg245224
Migrating to netcool precision for ip networks --best practices for migrating...
Certification study guide for ibm tivoli configuration manager 4.2 redp3946
Ibm tivoli monitoring for network performance v2.1 the mainframe network mana...
Ibm tivoli storage manager bare machine recovery for microsoft windows 2003 a...
Deployment guide series tivoli provisioning manager for os deployment v5.1 sg...
Getting started with ibm tivoli monitoring 6.1 on distributed environments sg...

What's hot (14)

PDF
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli composite application manager for web reso...
PDF
BOOK - IBM zOS V1R10 communications server TCP / IP implementation volume 1 b...
PDF
Tec implementation examples sg245216
PDF
Ibm total storage productivity center v2.3 getting started sg246490
PDF
Tape automation with ibm e server xseries servers redp0415
PDF
Ibm total storage productivity center for replication on windows 2003 sg247250
PDF
Developing workflows and automation packages for ibm tivoli intelligent orche...
PDF
Ibm virtual disk system quickstart guide sg247794
PDF
All about tivoli management agents sg245134
PDF
Implementing the ibm system storage san32 b e4 encryption switch - sg247922
PDF
Ibm total storage nas backup and recovery solutions sg246831
PDF
Ibm total storage productivity center for replication on linux sg247411
PDF
Ibm total storage productivity center for replication on aix sg247407
PDF
Deployment guide series ibm total storage productivity center for data sg247140
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli composite application manager for web reso...
BOOK - IBM zOS V1R10 communications server TCP / IP implementation volume 1 b...
Tec implementation examples sg245216
Ibm total storage productivity center v2.3 getting started sg246490
Tape automation with ibm e server xseries servers redp0415
Ibm total storage productivity center for replication on windows 2003 sg247250
Developing workflows and automation packages for ibm tivoli intelligent orche...
Ibm virtual disk system quickstart guide sg247794
All about tivoli management agents sg245134
Implementing the ibm system storage san32 b e4 encryption switch - sg247922
Ibm total storage nas backup and recovery solutions sg246831
Ibm total storage productivity center for replication on linux sg247411
Ibm total storage productivity center for replication on aix sg247407
Deployment guide series ibm total storage productivity center for data sg247140
Ad

Similar to Ibm tivoli system automation for z os enterprise automation sg247308 (20)

PDF
End to-end automation with ibm tivoli system automation for multiplatforms sg...
PDF
Implementing ibm tivoli omegamon xe for web sphere business integration v1.1 ...
PDF
Implementing ibm tivoli omegamon xe for web sphere business integration v1.1 ...
PDF
Implementing omegamon xe for messaging v6.0 sg247357
PDF
Implementing omegamon xe for messaging v6.0 sg247357
PDF
Ibm tivoli omegamon xe v3.1.0 deep dive on z os sg247155
PDF
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring 6.1 sg247188
PDF
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring 6.1 sg247188
PDF
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli composite application manager for web sphe...
PDF
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli composite application manager for web sphe...
PDF
Implementing the ibm system storage san32 b e4 encryption switch - sg247922
PDF
Tivoli and web sphere application server on z os sg247062
PDF
Large scale implementation of ibm tivoli composite application manager for we...
PDF
Large scale implementation of ibm tivoli composite application manager for we...
PDF
Ibm total storage productivity center v2.3 getting started sg246490
PDF
Ibm tivoli security solutions for microsoft software environments redp4430
PDF
Ibm tivoli monitoring implementation and performance optimization for large s...
PDF
Automated provisioning using ibm tivoli intelligent orchestrator and enterpri...
PDF
Implementing Systems Management of IBM PureFlex System
PDF
Ibm tivoli storage manager in a clustered environment sg246679
End to-end automation with ibm tivoli system automation for multiplatforms sg...
Implementing ibm tivoli omegamon xe for web sphere business integration v1.1 ...
Implementing ibm tivoli omegamon xe for web sphere business integration v1.1 ...
Implementing omegamon xe for messaging v6.0 sg247357
Implementing omegamon xe for messaging v6.0 sg247357
Ibm tivoli omegamon xe v3.1.0 deep dive on z os sg247155
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring 6.1 sg247188
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring 6.1 sg247188
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli composite application manager for web sphe...
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli composite application manager for web sphe...
Implementing the ibm system storage san32 b e4 encryption switch - sg247922
Tivoli and web sphere application server on z os sg247062
Large scale implementation of ibm tivoli composite application manager for we...
Large scale implementation of ibm tivoli composite application manager for we...
Ibm total storage productivity center v2.3 getting started sg246490
Ibm tivoli security solutions for microsoft software environments redp4430
Ibm tivoli monitoring implementation and performance optimization for large s...
Automated provisioning using ibm tivoli intelligent orchestrator and enterpri...
Implementing Systems Management of IBM PureFlex System
Ibm tivoli storage manager in a clustered environment sg246679
Ad

More from Banking at Ho Chi Minh city (20)

PDF
Postgresql v15.1
PDF
Postgresql v14.6 Document Guide
PDF
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 Pot Intro v0.1
PDF
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7 Tech Overview
PDF
IBM MobileFirst Foundation Version Flyer v1.0
PDF
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT Offers Lab v1.0
PDF
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 pot intro v0.1
PDF
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT App Mgmt Lab v1.1
PDF
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT Analytics v1.1
PDF
IBM MobileFirst Platform Pot Sentiment Analysis v3
PDF
IBM MobileFirst Platform 7.0 POT InApp Feedback V0.1
PDF
Tme 10 cookbook for aix systems management and networking sg244867
PDF
Tivoli firewall magic redp0227
PDF
Tivoli data warehouse version 1.3 planning and implementation sg246343
PDF
Tivoli data warehouse 1.2 and business objects redp9116
PDF
Tivoli business systems manager v2.1 end to-end business impact management sg...
PDF
Tivoli storage productivity center v4.2 release guide sg247894
PDF
Synchronizing data with ibm tivoli directory integrator 6.1 redp4317
PDF
Storage migration and consolidation with ibm total storage products redp3888
PDF
Solution deployment guide for ibm tivoli composite application manager for we...
Postgresql v15.1
Postgresql v14.6 Document Guide
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 Pot Intro v0.1
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7 Tech Overview
IBM MobileFirst Foundation Version Flyer v1.0
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT Offers Lab v1.0
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 pot intro v0.1
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT App Mgmt Lab v1.1
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT Analytics v1.1
IBM MobileFirst Platform Pot Sentiment Analysis v3
IBM MobileFirst Platform 7.0 POT InApp Feedback V0.1
Tme 10 cookbook for aix systems management and networking sg244867
Tivoli firewall magic redp0227
Tivoli data warehouse version 1.3 planning and implementation sg246343
Tivoli data warehouse 1.2 and business objects redp9116
Tivoli business systems manager v2.1 end to-end business impact management sg...
Tivoli storage productivity center v4.2 release guide sg247894
Synchronizing data with ibm tivoli directory integrator 6.1 redp4317
Storage migration and consolidation with ibm total storage products redp3888
Solution deployment guide for ibm tivoli composite application manager for we...

Recently uploaded (20)

PPTX
20250228 LYD VKU AI Blended-Learning.pptx
PDF
Building Integrated photovoltaic BIPV_UPV.pdf
PDF
Advanced methodologies resolving dimensionality complications for autism neur...
PDF
Encapsulation theory and applications.pdf
PDF
Profit Center Accounting in SAP S/4HANA, S4F28 Col11
PDF
How UI/UX Design Impacts User Retention in Mobile Apps.pdf
PPTX
Digital-Transformation-Roadmap-for-Companies.pptx
DOCX
The AUB Centre for AI in Media Proposal.docx
PDF
Diabetes mellitus diagnosis method based random forest with bat algorithm
PDF
Mobile App Security Testing_ A Comprehensive Guide.pdf
PDF
MIND Revenue Release Quarter 2 2025 Press Release
PPTX
Cloud computing and distributed systems.
PDF
Review of recent advances in non-invasive hemoglobin estimation
PDF
NewMind AI Weekly Chronicles - August'25 Week I
PDF
Optimiser vos workloads AI/ML sur Amazon EC2 et AWS Graviton
PDF
Chapter 3 Spatial Domain Image Processing.pdf
PDF
Build a system with the filesystem maintained by OSTree @ COSCUP 2025
PPTX
Programs and apps: productivity, graphics, security and other tools
PPTX
Effective Security Operations Center (SOC) A Modern, Strategic, and Threat-In...
PDF
cuic standard and advanced reporting.pdf
20250228 LYD VKU AI Blended-Learning.pptx
Building Integrated photovoltaic BIPV_UPV.pdf
Advanced methodologies resolving dimensionality complications for autism neur...
Encapsulation theory and applications.pdf
Profit Center Accounting in SAP S/4HANA, S4F28 Col11
How UI/UX Design Impacts User Retention in Mobile Apps.pdf
Digital-Transformation-Roadmap-for-Companies.pptx
The AUB Centre for AI in Media Proposal.docx
Diabetes mellitus diagnosis method based random forest with bat algorithm
Mobile App Security Testing_ A Comprehensive Guide.pdf
MIND Revenue Release Quarter 2 2025 Press Release
Cloud computing and distributed systems.
Review of recent advances in non-invasive hemoglobin estimation
NewMind AI Weekly Chronicles - August'25 Week I
Optimiser vos workloads AI/ML sur Amazon EC2 et AWS Graviton
Chapter 3 Spatial Domain Image Processing.pdf
Build a system with the filesystem maintained by OSTree @ COSCUP 2025
Programs and apps: productivity, graphics, security and other tools
Effective Security Operations Center (SOC) A Modern, Strategic, and Threat-In...
cuic standard and advanced reporting.pdf

Ibm tivoli system automation for z os enterprise automation sg247308

  • 1. Front cover IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation Enterprise class automation on IBM System z Migration from other automation platforms Support for end-to-end automation Budi Darmawan Adam Palmese Andrew McIntyre Francisco Duarte Mark Talstein ibm.com/redbooks
  • 3. International Technical Support Organization IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation January 2007 SG24-7308-00
  • 4. Note: Before using this information and the product it supports, read the information in “Notices” on page xi. First Edition (January 2007) This edition applies to Version 3, Release 1 of IBM Tivoli Systems Automation for z/OS (product number 5698-A14). © Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 2007. All rights reserved. Note to U.S. Government Users Restricted Rights -- Use, duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM Corp.
  • 5. Contents Figures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi Trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xii Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii The team that wrote this redbook. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii Become a published author . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiv Comments welcome. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv Chapter 1. Overview of IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1 . . . . 1 1.1 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1.2 System Automation for z/OS V3.1 new functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 1.2.1 Integration with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 1.2.2 Enhanced GDPS integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 1.2.3 Integration with Tivoli System Automation for Multiplatforms . . . . . . . 8 1.2.4 Reduced implementation time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1.2.5 Enhancements to System Automation for z/OS commands . . . . . . . 11 1.2.6 Cleanup of CICS and IMS message exit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 1.2.7 NMC enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 1.3 IBM Tivoli NetView for z/OS V5.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Chapter 2. System Automation for z/OS V3R1 configuration . . . . . . . . . . 19 2.1 Overview of configuration tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 2.2 Preparation of System Automation for z/OS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 2.3 Creating System Automation for z/OS dialog screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 2.4 Preparing the z/OS system environment and library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 2.4.1 Modify the system parameter library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 2.4.2 Modify the system procedure library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 2.5 VTAM major node definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 2.6 Customize common automation DSIPARM library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 2.7 Defining policy database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 2.8 Automate starting the tasks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Chapter 3. Working with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON classic interface . . . . . 33 3.1 IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 3.2 Setting up OMEGAMON integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 © Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved. iii
  • 6. 3.2.1 Define the OMEGAMON network sessions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 3.2.2 Defining automated proxy operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 3.2.3 Define the TAF logical units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 3.3 OMEGAMON related commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 3.3.1 The INGSESS command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 3.3.2 The INGOMX command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 3.3.3 Monitor command INGMTRAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 3.4 Defining a monitored resource . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 3.4.1 Monitored resource policy definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 3.4.2 Reset recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 3.4.3 DISPMTR details example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 3.5 Security consideration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 3.5.1 OMEGAMON security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 3.5.2 NetView security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 3.5.3 Password security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Chapter 4. System Automation for z/OS working with End-to-end Automation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 4.1 Distributed software installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 4.1.1 Install DB2 Universal Database V8.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 4.1.2 Install DB2 Fix Pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 4.1.3 Install WebSphere Application Server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 4.1.4 Install WebSphere Application Server patches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 4.1.5 Installing System Automation for Multiplatform End-to-end . . . . . . . 74 4.2 Operation for the middleware processes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 4.2.1 DB2 Universal Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 4.2.2 WebSphere Application Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 4.2.3 IBM HTTP Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 4.2.4 System Automation for Multiplatform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 4.3 Post-installation tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 4.4 End-to-end Automation Adapter configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 4.4.1 Prerequisites and dependencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 4.4.2 Automated operator functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 4.4.3 Enabling the Event Automation Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 4.4.4 Customize the End-to-end Automation Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 4.4.5 Perform configuration for security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 4.4.6 Verify startup of the Automation Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 4.4.7 Solve timeout problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Chapter 5. Managing SYSPLEXes with the use of the Processor Operations feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 5.1 Processor Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 5.2 Planning the hardware interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 iv IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 7. 5.3 Modifying automation policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 5.3.1 Defining OCF-based processors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 5.3.2 Connecting System to Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 5.3.3 Enterprise Processor Operations information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 5.4 Preparing the hardware. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 5.4.1 Preparing the support element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 5.4.2 Enable the API and set the community name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 5.5 Processor Operations build facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 5.6 Starting and stopping Processor Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 5.6.1 Manual operation of Processor Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 5.6.2 Automating Processor Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 5.6.3 Managing processors using Processor Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 5.7 Security with RACF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 5.7.1 Allowing NetView to use the BCP internal interface . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 5.7.2 Access to the processor and LPAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 5.7.3 Defining the CPC access lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Chapter 6. Migrating to System Automation for z/OS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 6.1 Software Migration Project Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 6.1.1 SMPO overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 6.1.2 Migration services offerings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 6.2 A typical migration process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 6.2.1 Product implementation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 6.2.2 Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 6.2.3 Production roll-out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 6.2.4 Additional steps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 6.3 General migration tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 6.3.1 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 6.3.2 User interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 6.3.3 Auto Discovery of Started Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 6.3.4 Migration source code control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 6.4 Migration Unicenter CA-OPS/MVS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 6.4.1 System State Manager (SSM) tables and rule migration . . . . . . . . 148 6.4.2 Message rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 6.4.3 Command rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 6.4.4 Timer rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 6.4.5 Screen scraping rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 6.4.6 REXX migration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 6.5 Migrating BMC MAINVIEW AutoOPERATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 6.5.1 IMFEXEC migration tool from the SMPO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 6.5.2 Future enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Abbreviations and acronyms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Contents v
  • 8. Related publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 IBM Redbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Other publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Online resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 How to get IBM Redbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Help from IBM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 vi IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 9. Figures 1-1 Monitor, control, and automation functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1-2 OMEGAMON exception processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 3-1 Single system environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 3-2 Multi systems environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 3-3 Entry type selection screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 3-4 NTW policy definition screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 3-5 OMEGAMON sessions definitions screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 3-6 OMEGAMON session attributes screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 3-7 Automated operator policy definition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 3-8 Automation operator definitions screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 3-9 OMEGAMON session list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 3-10 Detailed session information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 3-11 Session statistics screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 3-12 Session stopped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 3-13 CSAA command response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 3-14 SVOL command response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 3-15 TRAP command response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 3-16 Exceptions and Health Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 3-17 Define new monitored resource entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 3-18 Monitor Resource information screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 3-19 Message processing - defining exception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 3-20 Message type selection screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 3-21 Message processing - CMD screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 3-22 Message processing - user defined data screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 3-23 Message processing screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 3-24 Relationship selection list screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 3-25 DISPMTR resource list screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 3-26 DISPMTR detail screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 3-27 DISPMTR message history screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 3-28 OMEGAMON session attributes screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 3-29 Authentication definitions (GETPW) screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 4-1 Running ezdmn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 4-2 Log in page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 4-3 Welcome page for System Automation for Multiplatform . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 4-4 Selecting servers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 4-5 Loading topology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 4-6 End-to-end automation domain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 4-7 DISPAOPS result . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 © Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved. vii
  • 10. 4-8 Status of resources E2E_EAS and E2E_ADPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 5-1 HMC configuration for ITSO environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 5-2 Entry Type Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 5-3 Entry Name Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 5-4 Define New Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 5-5 Policy Selection - Processor Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 5-6 Processor Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 5-7 Policy Selection - LPAR and SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 5-8 LPAR Definition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 5-9 System definition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 5-10 Policy Selection - Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 5-11 Select Target Hardware for System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 5-12 MVS Target System Basic Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 5-13 Policy Selection - Processor OPS Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 5-14 Processor Operation Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 5-15 SNMP definitions for the API. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 5-16 SNMP definitions for the enable API. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 5-17 Build Functions Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 5-18 Processor Operations Control File Build . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 5-19 Entry Name selection - Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 5-20 Application Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 5-21 Subsystem Startup Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 5-22 Startup Command Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 5-23 Processor Operations Target Status Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 6-1 Main menu screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 6-2 Auto Discovery of Started Tasks screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 6-3 Auto Discovery of Started Tasks screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 6-4 Migration Source Code Control Menu screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 6-5 Migration Source Code Control - control dataset screen . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 6-6 Migration Source Code Control Menu screen with control dataset . . . . . 142 6-7 Migration Source Code Control - old dataset screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 6-8 Migration Source Code Control - verified old dataset screen . . . . . . . . . 144 6-9 Migration Source Code Control - old dataset screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 6-10 Migration Source Code Control - empty dataset progress screen . . . . 146 6-11 Migration Source Code Control - dataset progress screen report. . . . . 147 viii IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 11. Tables 4-1 IBM Tivoli System Automation for Multiplatforms End-to-end V2.1.1 . . . . 68 6-1 Product mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 © Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved. ix
  • 12. x IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 13. Notices This information was developed for products and services offered in the U.S.A. IBM may not offer the products, services, or features discussed in this document in other countries. Consult your local IBM representative for information on the products and services currently available in your area. Any reference to an IBM product, program, or service is not intended to state or imply that only that IBM product, program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product, program, or service that does not infringe any IBM intellectual property right may be used instead. However, it is the user's responsibility to evaluate and verify the operation of any non-IBM product, program, or service. IBM may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter described in this document. The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to these patents. You can send license inquiries, in writing, to: IBM Director of Licensing, IBM Corporation, North Castle Drive, Armonk, NY 10504-1785 U.S.A. The following paragraph does not apply to the United Kingdom or any other country where such provisions are inconsistent with local law: INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions, therefore, this statement may not apply to you. This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Changes are periodically made to the information herein; these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication. IBM may make improvements and/or changes in the product(s) and/or the program(s) described in this publication at any time without notice. Any references in this information to non-IBM Web sites are provided for convenience only and do not in any manner serve as an endorsement of those Web sites. The materials at those Web sites are not part of the materials for this IBM product and use of those Web sites is at your own risk. IBM may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you. Information concerning non-IBM products was obtained from the suppliers of those products, their published announcements or other publicly available sources. IBM has not tested those products and cannot confirm the accuracy of performance, compatibility or any other claims related to non-IBM products. Questions on the capabilities of non-IBM products should be addressed to the suppliers of those products. This information contains examples of data and reports used in daily business operations. To illustrate them as completely as possible, the examples include the names of individuals, companies, brands, and products. All of these names are fictitious and any similarity to the names and addresses used by an actual business enterprise is entirely coincidental. COPYRIGHT LICENSE: This information contains sample application programs in source language, which illustrate programming techniques on various operating platforms. You may copy, modify, and distribute these sample programs in any form without payment to IBM, for the purposes of developing, using, marketing or distributing application programs conforming to the application programming interface for the operating platform for which the sample programs are written. These examples have not been thoroughly tested under all conditions. IBM, therefore, cannot guarantee or imply reliability, serviceability, or function of these programs. © Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved. xi
  • 14. Trademarks The following terms are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States, other countries, or both: AIX® ibm.com® RACF® CICS® IMS™ RMF™ CICSPlex® MVS™ S/360™ Database 2™ NetView® System x™ DB2 Universal Database™ OMEGAMON II® System z™ DB2® OMEGAMON® Tivoli Enterprise™ ESCON® OS/2® Tivoli Enterprise Console® FICON® OS/390® Tivoli® Geographically Dispersed Parallel Sysplex® VTAM® Parallel Sysplex™ Passport Advantage® WebSphere® GDPS® Redbooks™ z/OS® IBM® Redbooks (logo) ™ z9™ The following terms are trademarks of other companies: SAP, and SAP logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP AG in Germany and in several other countries. Java, JRE, PDB, and all Java-based trademarks are trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the United States, other countries, or both. Intel, Intel logo, Intel Inside logo, and Intel Centrino logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States, other countries, or both. UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group in the United States and other countries. Linux is a trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States, other countries, or both. Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others. xii IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 15. Preface This IBM® Redbook provides an overview of IBM Tivoli® System Automation for z/OS® concepts and new features. We also discuss some considerations on migrating non-IBM products to IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS. The discussion is primarily aimed at technical professionals that are looking to understand the IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS new features and find migration options. This IBM Redbook explains some important features of IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS, including using the Processor Operations feature, integration with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON® Classic, and integration with End-to-end automation feature of the IBM System Automation for Multiplatform. We will also discuss the available services from the Software Migration Project Office that provide migration services for mainframe based products, including IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS, in this new implementation of IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS. We also provide some overview of the migration procedures from non-IBM products. The team that wrote this redbook This IBM Redbook was produced by a team of specialists from around the world working at the International Technical Support Organization, Austin Center. Budi Darmawan is a Consulting IT Specialist at the International Technical Support Organization, Austin Center. He writes extensively and teaches IBM classes worldwide on all areas of system management. Before joining the ITSO seven years ago, Budi worked as lead implementer and solution architect for system management solution in Integrated Technology Services of IBM Indonesia. His current interests include end-to-end system management, business availability management, and application management. Adam Palmese is an IT Specialist in the Software Migration Project Office (SMPO) of the System z™ Software Technical Sales group. He is based out of Raleigh, North Carolina. Adam has worked for IBM for 10 years in various roles in large MVS™ installations. He has extensive experience in Parallel Sysplex® environments supporting SAP®. Adam holds a degree from Pace University and is currently a member of the US Air Force Reserve. © Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved. xiii
  • 16. Andrew McIntyre is a Consulting IT Specialist in the Software Migration Project Office (SMPO) of the System z Software Technical Sales group. He is based in Atlanta, Georgia. He has eight years of experience in working with NetView® and SA in his eight year career at IBM. He has over 30 years of experience in mainframe software and wrote his first S/360™ assembler program in 1972. Francisco Duarte is a IT Specialist Automation Systems in Brazil. He has over 20 years of experience in System and Network Management in large MVS installations and over eight years of experience in NetView and System Automation implementation and operations. During the last three years, he has been developing, designing, and supporting the System Management area and preparing some clients to implement GDPS® and assisting them in system automation implementation. He holds a degree in Mathematics from Universidade Federal de Pernambuco. Mark Talstein from IBM United States. Thanks to the following people for their contributions to this project: Bob Haimowitz and Wade Wallace International Technical Support Organization Joachim Schmalzried, Wiltrud Rebmann IBM Germany Butch Rambish IBM Software Group, Tivoli System Sue Hamner IBM Software Migration Project Office Become a published author Join us for a two- to six-week residency program! Help write an IBM Redbook dealing with specific products or solutions, while getting hands-on experience with leading-edge technologies. You'll have the opportunity to team with IBM technical professionals, Business Partners, and Clients. Your efforts will help increase product acceptance and client satisfaction. As a bonus, you'll develop a network of contacts in IBM development labs, and increase your productivity and marketability. xiv IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 17. Find out more about the residency program, browse the residency index, and apply online at: ibm.com/redbooks/residencies.html Comments welcome Your comments are important to us! We want our Redbooks™ to be as helpful as possible. Send us your comments about this or other Redbooks in one of the following ways: Use the online Contact us review redbook form found at: ibm.com/redbooks Send your comments in an e-mail to: redbooks@us.ibm.com Mail your comments to: IBM Corporation, International Technical Support Organization Dept. HYTD Mail Station P099 2455 South Road Poughkeepsie, NY 12601-5400 Preface xv
  • 18. xvi IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 19. 1 Chapter 1. Overview of IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1 In this chapter, we describe the new features of IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1. The discussion contains the following: 1.1, “IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS overview” on page 2 1.2, “System Automation for z/OS V3.1 new functions” on page 5 1.3, “IBM Tivoli NetView for z/OS V5.2” on page 16 © Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved. 1
  • 20. 1.1 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS overview IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS is an IBM Tivoli NetView for z/OS base software product that provides a single point of control for a various range of systems management functionality. IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS plays a key role in supplying high end-to-end automation solutions. IBM delivers integrated cross-platform management functions. IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS functions include monitoring, control, and automation of a large range of system elements spanning both the hardware and software resources of your enterprise. IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS is a system management program with a single point of control. You see a single system image for a full range of essential systems management functions. IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS monitors, controls, and automates the following: Monitors the following resources to respond before they affect users: – Hardware components – Software products and applications – Automated processes – Messages and alerts Controls and takes action on resources based on conditions: – Start and stop your entire enterprise system and initiate hardware and software startup and shutdown sequences – Manage both remote and local operations and support any IBM System z and 390-CMOS processors within a Parallel Sysplex – Manage several operating systems: z/OS, OS/390®, MVS, VM, and VSE – Control a coupling facility as a target system with coupling links in a Parallel Sysplex environment – React to errors and unscheduled events Automates many repetitive and complex tasks: – Start/shutdown software resources – Control channels and channel paths – Control availability of I/O devices – Control switching of I/O device ports – Detect and respond to system messages – Perform initial program load (IPL) 2 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 21. – Perform system power-on reset (POR) – Build an automation policy for your enterprise – Extend the built-in automation routines by writing your own automation policies IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS is an IBM Tivoli NetView for z/OS-based application. Its functions include monitoring, controlling, and automating a large range of system elements, spanning both hardware and software resources of an enterprise (see Figure 1-1). System Information: Processors, Software, I/O Devices, XCF Operating Systems: OS/390, MVS, VM, VSE, LINUX for zSeries, z/OS Software Resources: RMF, ISPF, JES2, SDSF, TWS, CICS, TSO, IMS, ACF/VTAM, RACF, DB2, LOGREC SYSLOG, JES SPOOL, OMEGAMON, LINUX, E2E, GDPS, NMC, PROCOPS, SAP, USS, WEBSPHERE IBM Tivoli NetView for z/OS IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Automation Commands Figure 1-1 Monitor, control, and automation functions IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS performs the following major operations: System Operations Processor Operations I/O Operations Chapter 1. Overview of IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1 3
  • 22. System Operations System Operations (SysOps) monitors and controls system operations applications and subsystems, such as IBM Tivoli NetView for z/OS, SDSF, JES, RMF™, TSO, RODM, ACF/VTAM®, DB2®, CICS®, IMS™, OMEGAMON, and Tivoli Workload Scheduler. With system operations, you can automate Parallel Sysplex applications. IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS can automate applications distributed over a sysplex by virtually removing system boundaries for automation through its automation manager/automation agent design. IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS reduces the complexity of managing a Parallel Sysplex through its goal driven automation and its concepts, such as grouping, and powerful dependency support, which enables you to model your configuration. Single systems are also fully supported; the automation scope is then just one system. IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS uses Enterprise monitoring to update the NetView Management Console (NMC) resource status information, which is stored in the Resource Object Data Manager (RODM). IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS provides controlled startup, controlled shutdown, and automated recovery of various software resources on your systems. System Operations (SysOps) provides the ability to monitor and control all subsystems in a sysplex from any system in the sysplex. In other words, if your Focal Point (FP) is down for whatever reason, you can view the status from any other system within a SysPlex. Processor Operations Processor Operations monitor and control processor hardware operations. It provides a connection from a focal point processor to a target processor. With IBM Tivoli NetView for z/OS on the focal point system, processor operations automate operator and system consoles for monitoring and recovering target processors. The Processor Operations facility (ProcOps), formerly known as Target System Control Facility (TSCF), provides connections from a Focal Point processor to target processors. In addition, ProcOps allow you to power multiple target processors on, off, and reset systems, perform IPLs, set time of day clocks, respond to messages, monitor status, and detect and recover wait states. I/O Operations I/O operations provide a single point of control for managing connectivity in your active I/O configurations. It takes an active role in detecting unusual I/O conditions and lets you view and change paths between a processor and an input/output device, which can involve using dynamic switching, such as the enterprise systems connection (ESCON®) or Fibre Channel connection (FICON®) switch. I/O operations changes paths by letting you control channels, ports, switches, control units, and input/output devices. You can do this through an operator console or API. 4 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 23. 1.2 System Automation for z/OS V3.1 new functions IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1 can help increase z/OS application availability, and automate I/O, processor, and system operations. IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1 is easier to use than ever, providing: Integration with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON Enhanced Geographically Dispersed Parallel Sysplex™ (GDPS) integration Integration with IBM Tivoli System Automation for Multiplatforms Reduced automation implementation time and cost through self-configuration advances customization dialog enhancements and sample policies Enhancements to some System Automation for z/OS commands Improved CICS and IMS product automation NetView Management Console (NMC) enhancements 1.2.1 Integration with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON interface for System Automation for z/OS lets you gather performance data on the system into the automation system. Data can be collected from the following performance monitoring products: OMEGAMON for MVS OMEGAMON for CICS OMEGAMON for IMS OMEGAMON II® for DB2 The data is collected from the exception analysis feature. Exception analysis is an OMEGAMON feature that analyzes system metrics and compares them against predefined thresholds in the system. When a threshold is exceeded, an exception event is shown. This event is commonly called an exception. The exception analysis is an OMEGAMON 3270 interface feature. It displays the exception on the OMEGAMON application. System Automation for z/OS can establish direct VTAM communications with the four OMEGAMON subsystems. The interface is performed through the LU 2 interface to the OMEGAMON classic interface. These VTAM links enable System Automation for z/OS to directly receive OMEGAMON exceptions and to react to these exceptions accordingly by means of user-written responses. These responses can be running programs or issuing commands, including issuing commands back to the host OMEGAMON. You can use policy definitions to instruct System Automation for z/OS to query a particular OMEGAMON at regular intervals for an exception and then take an Chapter 1. Overview of IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1 5
  • 24. action when that exception occurs. For example, you could trap an OMEGAMON for CICS PAGE exception, which means the page-in rate is too high. When this exception is received, a user written reaction routine can respond to reduce the system load. The automation administrator can use the INGOMX interface to send OMEGAMON commands and receive their responses in System Automation for z/OS. For example, you might have trapped an exception that indicates that a job is in a wait condition. You can then use OMEGAMON commands to provide more informtion about the exception and the job, or take actions such as cancelling the job. The concept of the monitoring resource that was introduced in System Automation for z/OS V2.3 to provide health information about the resource has been extended to provide exception data from the corresponding OMEGAMON monitor. This is achieved by a new layer, referred to as the OMEGAMON API. The OMEGAMON API serves the following purposes: It establishes sessions with the various OMEGAMONs using logon data that is specified in the PolicyDB. It monitors the sessions and re-establishes a session if necessary. It acts as the bridge between the monitoring resource and the OMEGAMON that the resource monitor is linked to. The communication is semidirectional. It is always the monitoring resource that asks the appropriate OMEGAMON to do something and then waits for the response from the command. The OMEGAMON exception processing is shown in Figure 1-2 on page 7. More discussion on setting up this interface is provided in Chapter 3, “Working with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON classic interface” on page 33. 6 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 25. F ro m a n E xce p tio n to a H e a lth S ta te 1 o r m ore e xc e p tio ns P o licy ru le s de fin e H e a lth state fo r p a rtic u lar e xce ptio R e c o ve ry a ction s for p a rtic u la r e xc e p Exception RC =DEFER A u to m a tio n OMEGAMON INGMTRAP P o licy ING080I E VTAM E E A c tu a l H e a lth S tate IN G 08 0I + N e tV ie w A u to m ation T a b le No e xc e p tio n H R C =N O R M AL IN G 08 1I ING081I Normal Figure 1-2 OMEGAMON exception processing 1.2.2 Enhanced GDPS integration When working with GDPS, a predefined GDPS environment and definitions will significantly reduce setup time for System Automation for z/OS and NetView for z/OS. This is achieved by: A sample NetView for System Automation for z/OS startup procedure that contains all System Automation for z/OS and GDPS specific elements. Inclusion of the GDPS-specific messages in the System Automation for z/OS provided message table INGMSG01, thus eliminating the need for you to customize the message table for use by GDPS. A sample policy that includes all definitions for a complete GDPS environment. Sample z/OS PARMLIB members necessary for GDPS. Automatic disabling of System Automation for z/OS provided automation functions that are inconsistent with GDPS when GDPS is installed. This eliminates the need for you to manually turn off the appropriate function in System Automation for z/OS, such as: – Automation when the system leaves the sysplex (IXC102A message) – CDS recovery Chapter 1. Overview of IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1 7
  • 26. 1.2.3 Integration with Tivoli System Automation for Multiplatforms With Tivoli System Automation for Multiplatform, z/OS based applications automation can now be integrated with end-to-end automation of heterogeneous on demand applications. This allows you to: Ease operations through a Web-based single point of control across z/OS, Linux®, and AIX® Increase application availability by resolving cross-platform dependencies Self-configuration advances with plug and play automation modules The plug and play automation modules include base and add-on policies. A collection of twelve add-on policies, based on best practices, can help reduce time and effort to create a new or update an existing policy. New plug and play automation modules help you to: – Increase WebSphere® Application Server for z/OS V5.1 availability and ease operations – Implement a Geographically Dispersed Parallel Sysplex Automation is performed on two levels. The first level automation domains have local automation technology of their own, such as System Automation for z/OS and System Automation for Multiplatform. These first-level automation domains are connected to the end-to-end automation manager through an automation adapter. The end-to-end automation manager is provided by IBM Tivoli System Automation for Multiplatforms. It provides the following: Continuous availability for heterogeneous distributed IT business applications Reduces the total cost of ownership The automation adapter acts as the link between the end-to-end automation manager and its first-level automation domain, such as System Automation for z/OS in a sysplex group. The purpose of the automation adapter is to: Monitor resources within its first-level automation domain Propagate resource attribute changes to the end-to-end automation manager Start and stop resources within the first-level automation domain by request of the end-to-end automation manager Provide information about resources that are available within the first-level automation domain in response to queries from operators 8 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 27. 1.2.4 Reduced implementation time Reducing implementation time for System Automation for z/OS is achieved from several feature enhancements, such as: Enhancements to the customization dialog: – Adding, updating, or deleting large amounts of policy data. – As an alternative to entering or modifying policy data with the customization dialog, you can now create sequential data sets with policy data specifications in a newly designed text format. These sequential data sets allow you to see multiple policy items from multiple database entries at a glance, but in contrast to database reports, they can be edited and, as long as you do not violate the syntax designed for them, they can be imported into existing policy databases. – Two keywords in the sequential data set, new and update, control whether the import will add entries to the policy database or modify existing entries in it. Data sets for import into policy databases can be created either “from scratch” or by exporting parts of an existing policy database. – In addition to deleting single policy objects one by one, you can now delete any number of policy objects in one action. With this new feature, you can specify how often you want to be asked for confirmation: • Confirmation for each policy object that is to be deleted. • Confirmation only for those policy objects that are still connected to other policy objects (using links, membership, class instantiation, and so on). • No confirmation at all. • If you confirm the deletion of an object that is still connected to other objects, any connections to it will also be removed. Policy database (PDB™) import The PDB Import function, provided in System Automation for z/OS V2.3, allows you to import one or multiple entries of a single entry type from another PDB into the current one, although the data imported does not contain any link information. This restriction has now been removed. When importing a policy entry, the associated policy objects that are referenced using an entry-type link or class/instance links are also copied. This allows you to import entire “logical” units in a single import operation. The entire application group and everything that “belongs” to it is copied in the target Policy database. Chapter 1. Overview of IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1 9
  • 28. The PDB Import function supports the inclusion of the “linked” objects for the following entry types: APG Application group with APLs, SVPs, and TRGs APL Application instance with class APL, or class APL with its APL instances, both with linked SVPs, TRGs, CSAs, and ISAs TRG Trigger with EVTs Streamlining of policy definitions The AUTOMATION INFO policy that is currently attached to the APL entry type has been retired. The APPLICATION INFO policy has been updated to contain all the input fields that were previously available on the AUTOMATION INFO policy and a field for ‘startup parameters’. The NETVIEW and AUTOMATION SETUP policies that are currently attached to the SYS entry type have been retired. The SYSTEM INFO policy has been updated to contain all the input fields previously available on the NETVIEW and AUTOMATION SETUP policies. Additional policy enhancements include: Concurrent multi-user access to system definitions. Concurrent write access by multiple users is now also possible for policy objects of type SYS. Report member consolidation. Currently there are several members created by the Customization Dialog in the Policy Build Output data set either for special reports, for example, the unlinked report, or as a log for special, long-running tasks, for example, the control file build. The report members are now written to the newly introduced report data set. Supporting system symbols and AOCCLONES. The OPC CONTROL policy has been enhanced to allow input of symbols in the subsystem ID field. Subtype for applications of type STANDARD. The support of subtypes, previously available only for nonstandard applications, is now extended to applications of all types, for example, to use it as a filter for the INGLIST command output. Sample policies – Best practices. – Developing an automation policy requires knowledge of the automated product (for example, WebSphere, SAP) as well as knowledge of the automating product (System Automation for z/OS). 10 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 29. – Best practice policies are delivered with System Automation for z/OS V3.1 where both aspects are combined: Using System Automation for z/OS concepts, best operating practices are stored as integrated sample policies. This enables you to get productive much faster, also in the case of migrating from competitive products (significantly reduced time to value). – Even if you have developed your own automation, you may use System Automation for z/OS best practice policies as a proof point. – If you start working with a new product, you may use System Automation for z/OS best practice automation policies as a valuable knowledge base of product topology and dependencies. – System Automation for z/OS best practice policies provide z/OS base automation as well as middleware or application add-on automation that can be tailored to your needs. – Best practice policies can be added on top of your existing automation, thus allowing for a stepwise enhancement. 1.2.5 Enhancements to System Automation for z/OS commands These commands has been modified and enhanced: INGMOVE A new command called INGMOVE has been introduced that makes moving sysplex application groups a lot easier. Rather than forcing the operator to manipulate the preference value of each member in the sysplex application group, the operator simply specifies where the group should be moved to. In a sysplex application group of type move, only one member is active at a time. By specifying the new location of the move group, the active member is terminated and the member associated with the new location is activated. INGSESS A new command called INGSESS has been introduced that displays the OMEGAMON session definitions, the session status, and statistical information about the session. With this command, the operator is able to see the session details, both policy definitions and run time details, as well as to start or stop an OMEGAMON session. INGSTR – A new command called INGSTR has been introduced that relocates structures to their desired location. It fills the leak left when a coupling facility has been drained for maintenance purposes and enabled again later or a new CFRM policy has been activated with different preference lists. Chapter 1. Overview of IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1 11
  • 30. – The INGSTR command is modeled on the INGCF STRUCTURE command. The main difference to the existing INGCF command is that the new INGSTR command also shows the current location (or locations) and the preferred location (or locations) of each structure. In addition, the indicator ’*’ prefixes the preferred location (or locations) if the structure does not allow XCF to perform the reallocation. INGGROUP – The INGGROUP command has been enhanced to invoke user exit AOFEXC13 to allow the installation to check whether the issuer of the command is authorized to perform the action. This is similar to the other command exits that where introduced in former releases of System Automation for z/OS. – A new option for the ACTION parameter has been introduced that shows the policy settings, such as the group type list of systems excluded or to be avoided for the specified resource groups. With the ACTION=POLICY parameter you can see the current attributes that are assigned to the resource group. INGMON The INGMON command is the main interface for telling System Automation for z/OS the health status for a particular monitor resource. Its primary use is from within the NetView automation table when trapping a message that can be directly mapped into a health status. The command has been enhanced so that it can be coded into the NetView automation table to issue commands in response to an OMEGAMON exception. INGMTRAP The INGMTRAP command facilitates the use of INGOMX for monitoring that is related to Monitor Resources. It invokes the INGOMX command to trap a list of exceptions that are monitored by the given OMEGAMON monitor. lNGREQ The INGREQ command has been enhanced to allow the operator to cancel a previously made request. The operator no longer needs to use the INGVOTE or INGSET command in order to remove a request. This is more logical because the INGREQ command is also used to inject a start or stop request for the resource. The source of the request to be cancelled is automatically determined in the same way as it is done when firing off a start or stop request. INGLIST A new parameter called MEMBERS has been added to the INGLIST command. It causes the members of the specified application group to be 12 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 31. displayed. Previously, this was only possible when invoking the INGLIST command in full screen mode and specifying action code G in front of the application group. INGINFO – The INGINFO command has been enhanced to show the values assigned to user variables. – User variables can be associated with a resource by means of the INGVARS command. This eliminates the need to use the INGVARS command in order to see the user variables associated with the resource. INGTHRES The maximum number of errors before the threshold is reached is now 50. The limit was 10 in previous releases. INGVTAM Automation of the IMS Applid has been integrated into the base INGVTAM service. There is no need to register the IMS subsystem using the INGVTAM command because this is automatically done if a major node or nodes is or are specified in the IMS Control Policy. DISPINFO – The DISPINFO command has been enhanced to display more information from CICS, IMS and VTAM: • For CICS, the CICSPlex® information, UOW checking, last start type, and last abend code are displayed. • For IMS, the IMSID, CQS, FDR, AVM, DC status, and last abend code are displayed. • For VTAM, the current and desired status of VTAM Applids for subsystems that are registered to INGVTAM are displayed. DISPSYS The DISPSYS command has been enhanced to show the messages captured for MVSESA. ACF – The ACF command has been enhanced to allow the operator to reload the Automation Tables (ATs) that are specified in the Policy DB, thereby disabling the sections in the automation tables that do not apply due to the active configuration. Chapter 1. Overview of IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1 13
  • 32. – The ACF CHECK option has been introduced to allow the operator to check the Automation Agent Configuration data for consistency. The following checks are made: • Matching Configuration token • Automation Tables specified in the Policy DB for errors • Other configuration validation (correct format of ACF fragments) AOCTRACE The AOCTRACE command has been enhanced to gather message attributes for a particular message without disturbing automation. This is done by activating message tracing. Once message tracing is active for a particular message and the message is passed to NetView (AT processing), all attributes that are associated with the message are shown. Examples are job name, job number, and MCS flags. This makes debugging a lot easier if the coded message trap does not work. ASF and ASFUSER – The restriction of the ASF and ASFUSER commands not being PIPEable has been removed. The ASFUSER command supports up to 40 user fields. – The structure of the Automation Status File (ASF) has been changed so that it now supports up to 50 error timestamps. ISQIPSWT – A new command called ISQIPSWT has been introduced to allow you to change the IP adapter address for the connection to the Support Element (SE), thus using the alternate adapter’s IP address. Without this support, you must terminate ProcOps, which will affect all ProcOps connections, update the single changed IP address in the ProcOps policy, perform a ProcOps build, and finally issue a ProcOps cold start. Note: With APAR OA09982, the interesting ProcOps ISQVARS variables SEADDR and HMCADDR have been modified as read/write. This allows the adapter IP address to be changed manually: Firstly, close all active ProcOps connections for all target systems for the affected target hardware using the ISQXCLS command. Update ISQVARS variable SEADDR with the new IP address. Restart all previously closed connections using the ISQXIII command. 14 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 33. – The loss of communication because of an SE adapter failure cannot be broadcast to ProcOps because there is not a second connection active that can be used for the purpose of internal integrated connection recovery. Therefore, the new command is offered as an optional recovery aid. The command is also applicable in situations when a Support Element’s IP address has to be changed because of a service action rather than an adapter failure. OPCAQRY The OPCAQRY command has been rewritten so that it provides the same look and feel as the other System Automation for z/OS commands. Furthermore, the command provides linemode output and is PIPEable. 1.2.6 Cleanup of CICS and IMS message exit The message policy definition within the System Automation for z/OS Customization Dialog has been enhanced to allow the automation administrator to define the messages to be exposed to automation from within CICS or IMS. The administrator has one place to customize the behavior of the CICS or IMS message exit function. When the CICS or IMS subsystem starts, the message policy from the configuration is loaded into the CICS or IMS subsystem respectively and the message exit is enabled. In previous releases, the administrator had to assemble the message exit definitions into a load module and make the load module accessible to the CICS / IMS subsystem at run time. A refresh of the configuration policy will force a refresh of the message exit definition in the appropriate CICS or IMS subsystem. Each CICS or IMS subsystem can have its own message exit definitions without affecting any other CICS or IMS subsystem. The current implementation does not allow the administrator to reload Message Exit policies without a restart of CICS or IMS. The new solution allows you to reload policies with the INGAMS refresh function. Furthermore, only CICS or IMS subsystems that have had policy changes will be reloaded. 1.2.7 NMC enhancements There are several enhancement for NetView Management Console in the area of profile distribution and performance enhancement. A profile residing on the NMC server is automatically distributed to all clients when starting the NMC client. This is done by NetView using the same process that delivers fixes from the NMC server to the NMC client. Chapter 1. Overview of IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1 15
  • 34. The System Automation for z/OS code has been modified to search both TDS/client/settings and TDS/client/lib directories for the profile. It searches the TDS/client/settings first. The advantage is that any update to the System Automation for z/OS profile within ingnmcpr.txt only needs to be applied to the NMC Server. The RODM data feed that is triggered when a configuration refresh INGAMS REFRESH command is processed so that only the configuration changes are forwarded to the NMC focal point causing updates in RODM. Previously, the entire configuration – all resources, their relationships and status – was sent to the NMC focal point. Often this is unnecessary because the change in the configuration may not be relevant to RODM. Sending just the relevant configuration data to the focal point and feeding RODM with the configuration changes results in better performance due to less system utilization. This approach avoids mass updates in RODM that can potentially disrupt NMC client users. 1.3 IBM Tivoli NetView for z/OS V5.2 System Automation for z/OS is based on IBM Tivoli NetView for z/OS. The current version of IBM Tivoli NetView for z/OS is Version 5.2. Tivoli NetView for z/OS provides the key capabilities and advanced functions to help you maintain the highest degree of availability of your IBM System z networks. It offers an extensive set of tools for managing and maintaining complex, multivendor, multiplatform networks and systems from a single point of control. NetView for z/OS brings advanced automation, support for both TCP/IP and SNA networks, and a set of UIs to meet every user's need. It also provides management functions that work in cooperation with other products. The features and capabilities of NetView for z/OS V5.2 are: Networking and Automation: IBM Tivoli NetView for z/OS V5.2 provides strengthened TCP/IP management capabilities with support for IPv6, automated response to intrusions, more in-depth IP connection management, and support for network address translation, to name just a few. It also provides an automated message attribute handling that extends NetView for z/OS message automation to facilitate and simplify operator interactions Enhanced integration with Tivoli Enterprise™ Portal, correlated with performance data from OMEGAMON for Mainframe Networks. The NetView Web application is significantly expanded. In addition to broad ease-of-use enhancements, major new functions include management of TCP/IP availability and performance data from a single console through extensive 16 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 35. integration and interoperability with OMEGAMON for Mainframe Networks, allowing clients to easily manage their IP environment and the ability to easily create base trouble tickets including with IBM Tivoli Information Management for z/OS and others Client time to value and ease of use – Extensive enhancements in the NetView for z/OS Style Sheet capabilities help clients more easily manage the complete NetView platform. Included are enhancements that help to quickly identify and manage parameter values, tower settings, and other configuration information that are in effect, and to ease the migration to the latest release. – Migration of command definitions, including client-defined commands, is greatly simplified. Chapter 1. Overview of IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1 17
  • 36. 18 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 37. 2 Chapter 2. System Automation for z/OS V3R1 configuration This chapter discusses the basic configuration of IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS in our environment. The discussion is divided into the following sections: 2.1, “Overview of configuration tasks” on page 20 2.2, “Preparation of System Automation for z/OS” on page 20 2.3, “Creating System Automation for z/OS dialog screens” on page 21 2.4, “Preparing the z/OS system environment and library” on page 22 2.5, “VTAM major node definition” on page 28 2.6, “Customize common automation DSIPARM library” on page 30 2.7, “Defining policy database” on page 31 2.8, “Automate starting the tasks” on page 31 © Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved. 19
  • 38. 2.1 Overview of configuration tasks In this chapter, we lay out the important steps of the configuration that we perform on System Automation for z/OS in our environment. As System Automation for z/OS is an application based on IBM Tivoli NetView, we assume that NetView has already been installed and customized. The discussion in this chapter only relates to what must be done to customize System Automation for z/OS. For the purposes of this IBM Redbook, we assumed that most installations would be running two NetViews, one being network automation NetView and System Automation for z/OS NetView. Because of this, we define the System Automation for z/OS as a secondary NetView. We also use system cloning techniques. System cloning enables the use of variables or symbolics in procedures, data sets, VTAM major node definitions, and so forth. This allows for a single procedure defined in a common library to be executed on multiple systems. Note: If you are running two NetView programs on the same system, refer to Tivoli NetView for z/OS Installation: Configuring Additional Components, SC31-8874. We follow the configuration step describes in IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1 Planning and Installation, SC33-8261. 2.2 Preparation of System Automation for z/OS System Automation for z/OS V3R1 is supplied in a Custom-Built Product Delivery Offering (CBPDO) with product number 5751-CS3. It is a separate package from the base z/OS operating system. System Automation for z/OS installation is performed using System Modification Program/Extended (SMP/E). The typical System Automation for z/OS datasets high-level qualifier is ING. System Automation for z/OS provides a lot of sample definitions for your reference, including system parameters, startup procedures, and clists in the sample datasets. 20 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 39. Note: In the ITSO environment, the creation process of the common automation libraries involves working through the System Automation for z/OS install procedures and populating the common libraries with exploitation of system symbolics to avoid the need for local customization as far as possible in the user libraries ING.USER.* . With this approach, it was found that very little customization on the local domain specific: ING.USER.&domain and ING.USER.VSAM.&domain library level was required to establish the system automation environment. System Automation for z/OS preparation starts with allocating the necessary datasets. The allocation is performed using these customization jobs from the System Automation for z/OS library, ING.SINGSAMP. These jobs are: INGALLC0 Allocates system-unique data sets for System Operation for NetView INGALLC1 Allocates system-unique data set for I/O Operation INGALLC2 Allocates system-unique data set for Automation Agent INGALLC3 Allocates system-unique data set for Automation Managers INGALLC4 Allocates sysplex-wide data set for Automation Agent 2.3 Creating System Automation for z/OS dialog screens The System Automation for z/OS policy database contains all automation policies and interfaces with the System Automation for z/OS engine. The policy database is managed by a set of ISPF-based dialog. These dialogs must be implemented before you define the System Automation for z/OS policy. The System Automation for z/OS dialog datasets are defined using the sample job INGEDLGA in SINGSAMP. This job allocates data sets required for the I/O operations and the customization dialog. These data sets are normally allocated only on the focal point system, where you use the customization dialog. You must include the data sets for z/OS system, processor, and I/O operations as follows: Systems operations: AOFTABL ISPF customization table for customization dialog SOCNTL System operations control file Chapter 2. System Automation for z/OS V3R1 configuration 21
  • 40. Processor operations: AOFTABL ISPF customization table for customization dialog POCNTL Processor operations control file POLOG Processor operations control file log I/O operations: IHVCONF I/O operations configuration file For further information about how to Install and customize the ISPF Dialog Panels, refer to the IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1 Planning and Installation, SC33-8261. 2.4 Preparing the z/OS system environment and library Now the z/OS system environment and the procedure library need to be modified for System Automation for z/OS. The modifications are: 2.4.1 Modify the system parameter library The modification for system parameter, typically in SYS1.PARMLIB, is as follows: Modify PROGxx to include the following datasets as APF authorized libraries: – ING.SINGMOD1 – ING.SINGMOD2 – ING.SINGMOD3 Modify PROGxx to include the following datasets as LNKLST libraries: – ING.SINGMOD1 – ING.SINGMOD2 Modify LPALSTxx to include the following library: – ING.SINGMOD3 Modify/Check IEFSSNxx to include the additional subsystem names. The following subsystem strings were used for the automation environment within the ITSO project: AOFA 22 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 41. Note: If the IPL of the z/OS system is not possible for a longer time frame, all the above modified parameters can be made effective dynamically by using the following z/OS console commands: SETPROG APF,ADD,DSNAME=ING.SINGMOD1 SETPROG APF,ADD,DSNAME=ING.SINGMOD2 SETPROG APF,ADD,DSNAME=ING.SINGMOD3 SETPROG LNK,DEFINE,NAME=LINKITSO,COPYFROM=CURRENT SETPROG LNK,ADD,DSNAME=ING.SINGMOD1,NAME=LINKITSO SETPROG LNK,ADD,DSNAME=ING.SINGMOD2,NAME=LINKITSO SETPROG LNK,ACTIVATE,NAME=LINKITSO SETPROG LPA,ADD,DSNAME=ING.SINGMOD3,MODNAME=(*),MASK(*) SETSSI ADD,SUBNAME=AOFA 2.4.2 Modify the system procedure library The system library, typically called SYS1.PROCLIB, contains the definitions of the started tasks. System Automation for z/OS uses the following started tasks that must be defined in the procedure library: Automation Manager Automation subsystem Interface Automation subsystem Agent The subsystem interface and subsystem agent are NetView address spaces that you may already have. You must change these members to add additional required datasets for System Automation for z/OS. If you have an existing member, we recommend that you back up the startup procedure members that you are going to change. We copied the following members from the SINGSAMP data set to members of our PROCLIB and followed the customization instructions that are contained within these members: INGPIXCU: Access to XCF Utilities INGPHOM: Access to HOM Interface INGPIPLC: Access to Spare Couple Data Sets, User-Defined Couple Data Sets and Spare Local Page Data Sets HSAPIPLC: Access to IPL Information Additional details can be found in the detail in IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1 Planning and Installation, SC33-8261. Chapter 2. System Automation for z/OS V3R1 configuration 23
  • 42. Automation manager procedure We copied a sample startup procedure called INGEAMSA from the data set SINGSAMP into our PROCLIB. All required data sets were allocated there. Example 2-1 shows the Automation Manager procedure of our case study scenario. Example 2-1 Our Automation Manager procedure (INGEAMSA) //INGEAMSA PROC TYPE=HOT, Start type: HOT | WARM | COLD // D=0, Default start delay is none // M=00, Default parmlib suffix is 00 // P=NO, Default is NO prompting // HLQINST='ING', SMP/E installed target lib // HLQ='ING.USER' HLQ of shared and unique AM //* //AMSA EXEC PGM=HSAPINIT,REGION=200M,TIME=1440, X // PARM='MEMBER=&M,START=&TYPE,DELAY=&D,PROMPT=&P' //* //*--------------------------------------------------------------- //* HSAMODLE - Non-APF Authorized library concatenation TASKLIB //*--------------------------------------------------------------- //HSAMODLE DD DSN=&HLQINST..SINGMOD1,DISP=SHR SA z/OS //* //*---------------------------------------------------------------- //* HSAOVR - Required schedule override file (shared) //*---------------------------------------------------------------- //HSAOVR DD DSN=&HLQ..VSAM.HSAAMOVR,DISP=SHR //* //*---------------------------------------------------------------- //* HSACFGIN - Required file that saves AM warm start info (shared) //* Note: This is NOT the Automation Control File //*---------------------------------------------------------------- //HSACFGIN DD DSN=&HLQ..SHSACFGO,DISP=SHR //* //*---------------------------------------------------------------- //* HSAPLIB - Parameter library containing HSAPRMxx member //*---------------------------------------------------------------- //HSAPLIB DD DSN=&HLQ..PARMLIB,DISP=SHR //* //*---------------------------------------------------------------- //* SYSOUT DATASET used by LE //*---------------------------------------------------------------- //SYSOUT DD DUMMY //SYSPRINT DD DUMMY 24 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 43. //* //*---------------------------------------------------------------- //* CEEDUMP - is used by the Language Environment Dump Services. //* CEEDUMP must be a sequential data set. //* See below for the recommended size of the data set. //*---------------------------------------------------------------- //CEEDUMP DD DUMMY,SPACE=(TRK,(30,100)), // DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=133,BLKSIZE=13330) //* //*---------------------------------------------------------------- //* TRACE DATASETS. Uncomment in case of needed trace information //*---------------------------------------------------------------- //*TRACET0 DD DSN=&HLQ..&SLQ..TRACET0,DISP=SHR //*TRACET1 DD DSN=&HLQ..&SLQ..TRACET1,DISP=SHR Note: The Automation Manager must be started cold on the first startup. The cold start is performed by default, unless you specify the warm start option. Do not select the warm start option, because you might have policy data from earlier releases in your warm start cache. Additional details can be found in the detail in IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OSfor z/OS V3.1 Planning and Installation, SC33-8261. Automation subsystem interface NetView provides a sample subsystem interface startup procedure in member CNMSJ010. Copy this member from your CNMSAMP NetView library and adapt it to your needs. Chapter 2. System Automation for z/OS V3R1 configuration 25
  • 44. Example 2-2 shows the Automation subsystem Interface procedure of our case study scenario. Example 2-2 Our System Automation for z/OS subsystem Interface //CNMPSSI PROC SQ1='NETVIEW', ** SYSTEM DSN HIGH LEVEL QUALIFIER // PROG=CNMINIT, ** PGM USED TO START NETVIEW SUBSYSTEM // REG=1250, ** REGION SIZE(IN K) // MBUF=4000, ** NUMBER OF MESSAGE BUFFERS TO USE // CBUF=200, ** NUMBER OF COMMAND BUFFERS TO USE // DSIG='', ** Subsystem command designator // MSGIFAC='SYSTEM', ** SSI/EXTENDED CONSOLE OVERRIDE SWITCH // PPIOPT='PPI', ** PPI OPTIONS SWITCH // ARM='*NOARM', ** AUTOMATIC RESTART (ARM) USAGE // PFXREG='ONE', ** Prefix Registration option. // P256BUF=300, ** Number of 256 byte PPI buffers to use // P4000BUF=0 ** Number of 4000 byte PPI buffers to use //SAV3R1 EXEC PGM=&PROG,TIME=1440,REGION=&REG.K, // PARM=(&MBUF,&CBUF,'&DSIG','&MSGIFAC','&PPIOPT','&ARM', // '&PFXREG',&P256BUF,&P4000BUF),DPRTY=(13,13) //STEPLIB DD DSN=&SQ1..CNMLINK,DISP=SHR Additional details can be found in the detail in IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1 Planning and Installation, SC33-8261. Automation subsystem agent You can use the sample provided in the INGENVSA member of the SINGSAMP data set. Copy it to a member of each system’s PROCLIB data set (the one of the focal point system as well as the ones of the target systems). Example 2-3 shows the Automation subsystem Agent procedure of our case study scenario. Example 2-3 Our automation subsystem agent //INGENVSA PROC DOMAIN=&SYSNAME.N, ** NETVIEW DOMAIN NAME // DOMAIN=&SYSNAME.N, ** PGM FOR AUTOMATION NETVIEW // PROG=DSIMNT, ** PGM FOR AUTOMATION NETVIEW //* PROG=BNJLINTX, ** PGM FOR NETWORK OR COMBINED NETVIEW // SQ1='ING', ** SA Z/OS DSN HIGH LVL QUALIFIER // SQ2='NETVIEW', ** NETVIEW DSN HIGH LVL QUALIFIER // Q2='ING.USER', ** SAUSER DSN HIGH LEVEL QUALIFIER // Q1='NETVUSER', ** NETVIEW USER DSN HIGH LEVEL QUALIFIER // SUBSYM='', ** SYMBOLIC SUBSTITUTION SWITCH // NV2I='' //* 26 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 45. //NETVIEW EXEC PGM=&PROG,TIME=1440, // REGION=0M, // PARM=(24K,200, // '&DOMAIN','','','&SUBSYM','&NV2I'), // DPRTY=(15,15) //* //DSICLD DD DSN=&Q2..REXX,DISP=SHR NETVIEW TARGET // DD DSN=&SQ1..SINGNREX,DISP=SHR SA TARGET // DD DSN=&SQ1..SINGSAMP,DISP=SHR SA TARGET // DD DSN=&SQ2..CNMSAMP,DISP=SHR NETVIEW SAMPLIB // DD DSN=&SQ2..CNMCLST,DISP=SHR NETVIEW SAMPLIB //* //DSIOPEN DD DSN=&SQ2..SDSIOPEN,DISP=SHR //* //DSIPARM DD DSN=&Q2..DSIPARM,DISP=SHR SA TARGET // DD DSN=&SQ1..SINGNPRM,DISP=SHR SA SAMPLE // DD DSN=&SQ2..DSIPARM,DISP=SHR NETVIEW SAMPLE //* //DSILIST DD DSN=&Q2..&DOMAIN..DSILIST,DISP=SHR USER TARGET //DSIASRC DD DSN=&Q2..&DOMAIN..DSIASRC,DISP=SHR USER TARGET //DSIARPT DD DSN=&Q2..&DOMAIN..DSIARPT,DISP=SHR USER TARGET //* //DSIVTAM DD DSN=SYS1.SANDBOX.VTAMLST,DISP=SHR //* //DSIPRF DD DSN=&SQ1..SINGNPRF,DISP=SHR SA TARGET // DD DSN=&SQ2..DSIPRF,DISP=SHR NETVIEW TARGET //* //DSIMSG DD DSN=&SQ1..SINGNMSG,DISP=SHR SA US // DD DSN=&SQ2..SDSIMSG1,DISP=SHR NETVIEW TARGET //* //BNJPNL1 DD DSN=&SQ2..BNJPNL1,DISP=SHR //* //BNJPNL2 DD DSN=&SQ2..BNJPNL2,DISP=SHR //* //CNMPNL1 DD DSN=&SQ1..SINGNPNL,DISP=SHR SA US // DD DSN=&SQ2..CNMPNL1,DISP=SHR NETVIEW US //* //AOFSTAT DD DSN=&Q2..VSAM.&DOMAIN..STATS,DISP=SHR //* //HSAIPL DD DSN=&Q2..VSAM.&DOMAIN..IPLDATA,DISP=SHR //* //DSILOGP DD DSN=&Q1..&DOMAIN..DSILOGP, // DISP=SHR,AMP='AMORG,BUFNI=20,BUFND=20' //DSILOGS DD DSN=&Q1..&DOMAIN..DSILOGS, // DISP=SHR,AMP='AMORG,BUFNI=20,BUFND=20' Chapter 2. System Automation for z/OS V3R1 configuration 27
  • 46. //* //DSITRCP DD DSN=&Q1..&DOMAIN..DSITRCP,DISP=SHR,AMP=AMORG //DSITRCS DD DSN=&Q1..&DOMAIN..DSITRCS,DISP=SHR,AMP=AMORG //* //AAUVSPL DD DSN=&Q1..&DOMAIN..AAUVSPL,DISP=SHR,AMP=AMORG //AAUVSSL DD DSN=&Q1..&DOMAIN..AAUVSSL,DISP=SHR,AMP=AMORG //* //BNJLGPR DD DSN=&Q1..&DOMAIN..BNJLGPR,DISP=SHR,AMP=AMORG //BNJLGSE DD DSN=&Q1..&DOMAIN..BNJLGSE,DISP=SHR,AMP=AMORG //* //DSISVRT DD DSN=&Q1..&DOMAIN..DSISVRT, // DISP=SHR,AMP=AMORG //INGDUMP DD DSN=&Q2..VSAM.&DOMAIN..INGDUMP,DISP=SHR //* //SYSPRINT DD DUMMY //* Additional details can be found in the detail in IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1 Planning and Installation, SC33-8261. 2.5 VTAM major node definition NetView for z/OS is a 3270 based application that is connected through VTAM. As such, it must use VTAM definition for its operation. In Example 2-4 on page 29, the VTAM definition for the PPT needs to change from PPO to SPO (this is the second NetView running on the system). We use system symbols in the major node definition. This allows for a single major node definition to be used for all systems in the sysplex. For details about VTAM major node names and definitions, refer to Appendix B, “NetView Samples Overview”, in Tivoli NetView for z/OS V5R2 Installation: Getting Started, SC31-8872. 28 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 47. Example 2-4 VTAM major node definition member VBUILD TYPE=APPL ******************************************************************* * NETVIEW MAIN TASK * ******************************************************************* * &SYSNAME.A APPL AUTH=(VPACE,ACQ,PASS), X MODETAB=AMODETAB,DLOGMOD=DSIL6MOD, X APPC=YES,PARSESS=YES, X DMINWNL=4,DMINWNR=4,DSESLIM=8,VPACING=10, X AUTOSES=2 * STATOPT='NETVIEW' ******************************************************************* * NETVIEW PRIMARY POI - (PROGRAM OPERATOR INTERFACE) * ******************************************************************* &SYSNAME.APPT APPL AUTH=(NVPACE,SPO),EAS=1, X MODETAB=AMODETAB,DLOGMOD=DSILGMOD * STATOPT='NETVIEW PPT' ******************************************************************* * NETVIEW SUBTASKS * ******************************************************************* &SYSNAME.A* APPL AUTH=(NVPACE,SPO,ACQ,PASS),EAS=4, X MODETAB=AMODETAB,DLOGMOD=DSILGMOD * STATOPT='NETVIEW 000' ******************************************************************* * APPL DEFINITION STATEMENTS FOR TERMINAL ACCESS FACILITY * ******************************************************************* SCT&SYSCLONE.OPT APPL MODETAB=AMODETAB,EAS=9, X DLOGMOD=M3767 SCT&SYSCLONE.O* APPL MODETAB=AMODETAB,EAS=9, X DLOGMOD=M3767 Chapter 2. System Automation for z/OS V3R1 configuration 29
  • 48. 2.6 Customize common automation DSIPARM library The modified members in the common automation DSIPARM library are: CxxSTGEN: This member overrides certain STYLE definitions from the CxxSTYLE member. You should modify this member instead of the original STYLE parameter so that updates to the STYLE will not override your customization. Our sample CxxSTGEN is shown in Example 2-5. Example 2-5 Modified CxxSTGEN SECOPTS.OPERSEC = SAFPW SECOPTS.CMDAUTH = TABLE.CNMSBAK1 function.autotask.idleoff = *NONE* TOWER = SA *AON *MSM *GRAPHICS MVSCMDMGT NPDA NLDM TCPIPCOLLECT *AMI *TARA TOWER.SA = SYSOPS PROCOPS (MSM)AUTOTASK.?MSMdefault.InitCmd = COMMON.AOFSENDALERT = NO COMMON.AOFINITREPLY = 00:00:10 TASK.DSIWTOMT.INIT=N RMTINIT.IP = Y *RMTSYN.NET1.AOX14 = tvt1114.tivlab.raleigh.ibm.com *RMTSYN.NET1.AOX15 = tvt1115.tivlab.raleigh.ibm.com *%INCLUDE SA&DOMAIN. INGXINIT: This member is the initialization parameter for System Automation for z/OS. The content for our environment is shown in Example 2-6. Example 2-6 Content of INGXINIT *GRPID=XY *MQM=SSSS *LOGSTREAM=NO PPI=YES PPIBQL=5000 *DIAGDUPMSG=50 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3R1 Planning and Installation, SC33-8261 provides instructions about what you need to change in the above members. For our case study environment, we followed the referenced manual with no problems. 30 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 49. 2.7 Defining policy database Before you can start using automation, you need to define your automation policy using the customization dialog. This involves the following actions: If applicable, migrate/merge existing policy information; you can use the sample job INGEBMIG in the SINGSAMP sample library. Add further policy definitions. Build a new policy database. Distribute the policy definitions (the policy database) where required. If you start from scratch, use the IBM samples delivered with the product and create your new policy database. In such a case, read the information in the section “Creating a New Policy Database”, in IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Defining Automation Policy, SC33-8262, which provides informtion about using the customization dialog for the required definitions. IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1 provides a sample job named INGEBBLD in the SINGSAMP sample library to perform the build in batch mode. This job is configured according to your installation requirements. In our case study scenario, we used the ISPF Customization dialog. The BUILD command is available from various screens of the customization dialog. For more informtion about how to perform this step, refer to IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1 Defining Automation Policy, SC33-8262. Attention: Do not change the system operations control files manually. You must use the customization dialog to manipulate the policy objects. 2.8 Automate starting the tasks IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3R1 initialization becomes automated and begins with starting System Operations. You accomplish this by making changes to the SYS1.PARMLIB data set member COMMNDxx. Make sure that the procedure names you choose match those specified in the PROCLIB data set. Compare the contents of the COMMNDxx member with the INGECOM member, which resides in the SINGSAMP sample library. Chapter 2. System Automation for z/OS V3R1 configuration 31
  • 50. Example 2-7 shows the COMMNDxx member of our scenario. Example 2-7 COMMND63 Member COM='SET MPF=00' COM='MN JOBNAMES,T' COM='K M,AMRF=Y' COM='K S,DEL=RD,SEG=20,CON=N,RNUM=20,RTME=001,MFORM=M,L=01' COM='S AOFASSI,SUB=MSTR' COM='S AOFAPPL,SUB=MSTR' COM='S INGEAMSA,SUB=MSTR' 32 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 51. 3 Chapter 3. Working with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON classic interface This chapter discusses the OMEGAMON classic interface of IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS in our environment. The discussion is divided into the following sections: 3.1, “IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON integration” on page 34 3.2, “Setting up OMEGAMON integration” on page 37 3.3, “OMEGAMON related commands” on page 42 3.4, “Defining a monitored resource” on page 50 3.5, “Security consideration” on page 59 © Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved. 33
  • 52. 3.1 IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON integration The OMEGAMON real-time monitor components alert you to application degradation and overall system problems through color-coded status bars or through user-defined status words. This includes a wide range of detailed analysis and exception reporting for every aspect of your enterprise. The valuable information that IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON suite of products convey to operations and support staff quickly becomes relied upon for the day to day running of a data center, making the availability of the Tivoli monitors themselves almost as important as the applications they monitor. The best way to achieve this is to entrust their availability to System Automation for z/OS and its excellent recovery, scheduling, and automation features. A programmer-less integration with Monitor Resources is achieved by providing an interface tailored specifically for exception monitoring. The automation administrator uses this interface as a monitor command and specifies the exceptions of interest. In addition to the monitor command, the administrator also specifies the health state associated with the exception and commands that System Automation for z/OS should issue to recover from the exception. There are facilities that allow the administrator to escalate commands in case a previously scheduled recovery action was unsuccessful or to insulate from subsequent exceptions for a certain time while a recovery action is in progress. Integrating OMEGAMON products into System Automation for z/OS gives the benefits of System Automation for z/OS's resource management and scheduling facilities: OMEGAMON error conditions and restart/recovery processing are handled by System Automation for z/OS, thus minimizing your application downtime. Having your OMEGAMONs integrated into System Automation for z/OS allows you to include the monitors in a fully-automated initial program load (IPL) for maximum efficiency. A combination of System Automation for z/OS high availability functionality and the ability of IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON to move its Tivoli Enterprise Monitoring Server hub ensures the highest possible levels of application availability. For more discussion on moveable Tivoli Enterprise Monitoring Server hub, see IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON XE V3.1.0 Deep Dive on z/OS, SG24-7155. Exception analysis is an OMEGAMON feature that monitors predefined thresholds in a system. Each time exception analysis is invoked, an exception is displayed on the OMEGAMON console if a threshold is exceeded. Using System Automation for z/OS, you can then act on these exception alerts by running programs or issuing commands back to the OMEGAMON system that has the problem. This feature is called Monitor Resources. 34 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 53. You can set up Monitor Resources to: Monitor sets of exceptions that may be of interest Set an application’s health state based on the existence of such exceptions React to and resolve conditions that cause those exceptions This chapter shows you how to define the sessions and the monitor resource definitions to set the System Automation for z/OS health status. Various topologies are possible for System Automation for z/OS integration with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON: There can be one or more systems. There can be one or more OMEGAMON monitors per system. Connectivity is through VTAM and the NetView Terminal Access Facility (TAF). System Automation for z/OS can act as a focal point either: Globally, monitoring data from OMEGAMON monitors running on different systems Locally, monitoring data from OMEGAMON monitors running on the local system The following assumptions are made about the topologies that we implement in this chapter. For background informtion about IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON implementation, refer to IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON XE V3.1.0 Deep Dive on z/OS, SG24-7155. IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON product is installed on each system. IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON classic monitors are installed and configured already to support multiple VTAM-based connections to it. For interoperability with System Automation for z/OS, support for 3270 model 2 (screen size 24x80) is required. IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON monitors are set up to interact with an external security product, such as RACF®, to validate access. IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON exceptions are reported when the threshold that is defined in OMEGAMON is exceeded. That threshold must be agreed within an installation because it must cater for the least severe condition that there might be an alert for. Chapter 3. Working with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON classic interface 35
  • 54. Figure 3-1 shows a sample configuration involving a single system environment. In this configuration, each System Automation for z/OS acts as a focal point. Sys1 Sys2 System Automation System Automation for z/OS for z/OS OMEGAMON for MVS OMEGAMON for MVS OMEGAMON for CICS OMEGAMON for CICS OMEGAMON for IMS OMEGAMON for IMS OMEGAMON for DB2 OMEGAMON for DB2 Figure 3-1 Single system environment Figure 3-2 shows a sample structure for a multi system environment. Here you have a single System Automation for z/OS acting as the focal point for all systems. Sys1 Sys3 OMEGAMON for MVS System Automation OMEGAMON for IMS for z/OS Sys4 OMEGAMON for MVS OMEGAMON for CICS OMEGAMON for DB2 Sys2 OMEGAMON for MVS OMEGAMON for MVS Figure 3-2 Multi systems environment 36 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 55. 3.2 Setting up OMEGAMON integration To set up the integration of System Automation for z/OS to IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON, we must define the OMEGAMON session and activate Terminal Access Facility (TAF). 3.2.1 Define the OMEGAMON network sessions This section describes how to define the Network (NTW) policy definitions for a session between System Automation for z/OS and OMEGAMON classic monitor. From the entry type selection dialog shown in Figure 3-3, select option 39 for the NTW. Figure 3-3 Entry type selection screen Chapter 3. Working with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON classic interface 37
  • 56. For the network session, we define a new entry called OMEGAMON_SESSION. Figure 3-4 shows the policy list for the OMEGAMON_SESSION. Figure 3-4 NTW policy definition screen Select OMEGAMON SESSIONS policy. Figure 3-5 on page 39 shows the OMEGAMON sessions definition. This policy is used to define the attributes used to establish and run a communication session with OMEGAMON based on the NetView Terminal Access Facility (TAF). 38 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 57. Figure 3-5 OMEGAMON sessions definitions screen We define the OMIISC66 session definition that relates to connecting to IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON for z/OS on SC66. Figure 3-6 shows the definition of the OMIISC66 session. Figure 3-6 OMEGAMON session attributes screen Chapter 3. Working with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON classic interface 39
  • 58. Our setup uses the VTAM applid of C66M2RC to connect to OMEGAMON for z/OS classic monitor. Note: The user ID and password usage to access IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON will be discussed in 3.5, “Security consideration” on page 59. 3.2.2 Defining automated proxy operator We show the definition of the automated operator for the proxy operator. You define the automated operator using option 37 from the Entry Type selection dialog in Figure 3-3 on page 37. The automated operator policy definition is shown in Figure 3-7. Figure 3-7 Automated operator policy definition When you select SESS_AUTOOPS definition, Figure 3-8 on page 41 show the content. 40 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 59. Figure 3-8 Automation operator definitions screen 3.2.3 Define the TAF logical units The connection between System Automation for z/OS and IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON is a Terminal Access Facility (TAF) full screen session. TAF source LUs are defined in VTAMLST. Use model APPL statements similar to Example 3-1. Example 3-1 TAF SRCLU definition * ---------------------OMEGAMON TAF TERMINAL -----------------* TFaa#* APPL MODETAB=AMODETAB,EAS=9, X DLOGMOD=M2SDLCNQ * STATOPT='SCTUSER OMEGAMON' In Example 3-1, the letter aa represent the last two characters of your NetView domain ID. This model APPL statements save you time since you do not need to define every SRCLU individually. If you encounter problems connecting to the OMEGAMON monitor, you can try to issue a NetView BGNSESS command. For connecting to our SC66M2RC OMEGAMON session, issue the BGNSESS FLSCN,APPLID=C66M2RC command. Chapter 3. Working with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON classic interface 41
  • 60. If the session fails when System Automation for z/OS initializes, but starts when you enter a BGNSESS command, then you have an error in your System Automation for z/OS policy definitions. 3.3 OMEGAMON related commands In relation to the new integration with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON, System Automation for z/OS V3.1 provides several new commands: The INGSESS command This command manages a session with OMEGAMON monitors. It also displays additional session attributes, such as logon data, timeout, and statistics. The INGOMX command This command issues OMEGAMON major, minor, and immediate commands. It also allows you to retrieve OMEGAMON exceptions. The INGMTRAP command This command provides a customized interface to process OMEGAMON exceptions. For a detailed and complete description of System Automation for z/OS V3.1 commands, refer to IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Operator’s Commands, SC33-8265 and IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Programmer’s Reference, SC33-8266. 3.3.1 The INGSESS command The INGSESS command displays OMEGAMON session definitions, the session status, and statistical information about the session. 42 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 61. Issuing the command INGSESS REQ=DISPLAY brings up the session list shown in Figure 3-9. Figure 3-9 OMEGAMON session list Chapter 3. Working with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON classic interface 43
  • 62. From the session list in Figure 3-9 on page 43, you can display the session detail using the line command D and pressing Enter. Figure 3-10 shows the detailed session information. Figure 3-10 Detailed session information In Figure 3-10, OMEGAMON security is not enabled; therefore, the User ID is not defined. You can see more session attributes, such as the session statistics, using the PF8 key. Figure 3-11 on page 45 shows the additional information. 44 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 63. Figure 3-11 Session statistics screen The total number of commands indicated are the commands that are issued using the INGOMX command interface. Chapter 3. Working with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON classic interface 45
  • 64. You can stop a session using the C line command. The session status goes into maintenance, as shown in Figure 3-12. Figure 3-12 Session stopped From a stopped session, select line command B to restart the session. 3.3.2 The INGOMX command The INGOMX command is an interface that provides interaction capabilities with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON. It allows a program or command list to invoke OMEGAMON exception analysis in order to trap one or more exceptions of interest or to issue one or more OMEGAMON commands. The response generated by OMEGAMON on behalf of a request is written to the console but not exposed to automation. In this section, we demonstrate issuing the OMEGAMON commands from NetView. Requesting OMEGAMON for z/OS common storage usage is achieved using the OMEGAMON command CSAA. The NetView command that we invoke is INGOMX EXECUTE,NAME=OMIISC66,CMD=CSAA. Figure 3-13 on page 47 shows the resulting display. 46 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 65. Figure 3-13 CSAA command response Some OMEGAMON commands require additional parameters. This is achieved using the PARM keyword of the INGOMX command. An example is the SVOL command that retrieves the DASD volume statistic. The command that we issue is INGOMX EXECUTE,NAME=OMIISC66,CMD= SVOL,PARM=Z17DL1. Figure 3-14 shows the command result. Figure 3-14 SVOL command response Chapter 3. Working with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON classic interface 47
  • 66. The INGOMX TRAP command allows you to retrieve exceptions, such as the OMEGAMON for z/OS exception for outstanding replies, XREP. The exception retrieval is typically invoked under a NetView PIPE command to be able to analyze and process the returned result from OMEGAMON, as the exception are returned asynchronously, INGOMX does not issue any confirmation messages, and the output is only written to the console when INGOMX returned with code 0. The command that we use is PIPE NETV INGOMX TRAP,XTYPE=XREP,NAME=OMIISC66 | CORR | COLL | CONSOLE. Figure 3-15 shows the command result. Figure 3-15 TRAP command response 3.3.3 Monitor command INGMTRAP The INGMTRAP command provides a customized interface to INGOMX. It provides filtering capabilities for exceptions of interest as reported by OMEGAMON exception analysis and triggering of automation on behalf of such exceptions. The processing of INGMTRAP is shown in Figure 3-16 on page 49. 48 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 67. Figure 3-16 Exceptions and Health Status INGMTRAP issues the INGOMX TRAP command regularly: For each exception that matches the XTYPE filter that is provided by the caller, INGMTRAP issues message ING080I, which is exposed to NetView automation. An example of ING080I is: ING080I SC66XREP/MTR/SC66 OMIISC66 OMIIMVS XREP Number of Outstanding Replies = 2 If no exception matches the XTYPE filter that is provided by the caller, INGMTRAP creates a ING081I message that is not exposed to NetView but written to the Monitor Resource history log to document that no exception has been found. An example of ING081I is: ING081I SC66XREP/MTR/SC66 OMIISC66 OMIIMVS NO EXCEPTION FOUND INGMTRAP can only be used as a monitor command. This means that it has to be specified directly as a monitor command in the definition of a Monitor Resource, or it has to be called on behalf of such a monitor command. An example of the monitor resource command for trapping outstanding operator replies (XREP exception) that are reported by IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON for z/OS session OMIISC66 is INGMTRAP NAME=OMIISC66,XTYPE=(XREP). Chapter 3. Working with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON classic interface 49
  • 68. Be careful when specifying a list of exceptions, each exception may cause an ING080I message to be issued. Because each occurrence of an ING080I message will trigger health state processing of the Monitor Resource, make sure you understand the impact that this may have on the Monitor Resource’s final health state. For more details about INGMTRAP, refer to IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Programmer’s Reference, SC33-8266. For more details about defining Monitor Resources, refer to IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Defining Automation Policy, SC33-8262. 3.4 Defining a monitored resource This section discusses the definition and use of the IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON interface for monitoring the health status of a resource. 3.4.1 Monitored resource policy definitions Define a monitored resource using option 11 from the entry type selection dialog in Figure 3-3 on page 37. Create a new monitor resource. In Figure 3-17, we define a new resource called SC66XREP. Figure 3-17 Define new monitored resource entry 50 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 69. This resource is the resource where we will use INGMTRAP as the monitor routine to identify the XREP exceptions to retrieve. If you code your own monitor routine, you can use INGOMX to retrieve OMEGAMON exceptions. Press PF3 to exit and save. In the policy selection menu, select MONITOR INFO policy. Figure 3-18 shows the Monitor Resource Information definition. Here we define the monitor command for the resource. Figure 3-18 Monitor Resource information screen As shown in Figure 3-18, INGMTRAP is defined to retrieve OMEGAMON XREP exceptions. Press PF3 to exit and save this policy. In this MTR policy, you can add Messages or User Data policy to support this OMEGAMON exception: Map exceptions to Health Status Issue commands using PASSes or CODEs Issue commands based on health state processing Define your own set of automation routines to be called Disable exception handling while recovery is being done Chapter 3. Working with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON classic interface 51
  • 70. Select MESSAGES/USER DATA policy defination. Figure 3-19 shows the message processing screen. Figure 3-19 Message processing - defining exception Use the Message ID field to define a six character message ID. All exceptions must be identified with a + as the first character and must followed by a blank. The + is used by System Automation for z/OS to identify the message as an exception ID instead of an actual message ID. For the XREP exception, we use the message ID of + XREP. 52 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 71. An action of AUTO displays (Figure 3-20). This shows the health status selection dialog. In this example, every time an XREP exception is detected the Health Status is set to Warning. Figure 3-20 Message type selection screen Chapter 3. Working with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON classic interface 53
  • 72. Figure 3-20 on page 53 shows that the selected status is WARNING for the exception +XREP. Press PF3 to exit and save this definition. In the Message Type definition in Figure 3-19 on page 52, use the line command CMD to get to the command definition screen. Figure 3-21 shows this command definition screen. Figure 3-21 Message processing - CMD screen In Figure 3-21, the XREP exception from OMEGAMON will trigger a MSG ALL command and set the health status to WARNING. Press PF3 to exit and save this definition back to the message type selection dialog. Using the USER line command, define an additional user processing keyword. Figure 3-22 on page 55 shows the user processing definition. 54 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 73. Figure 3-22 Message processing - user defined data screen The keyword DISABLETIME is used to define a period of time to suspend automation from running further actions. Warning: If you define DISABLETIME for an OMEGAMON exception that generates more than one ING080I message, the first ING080I message will be processed and automation for the subsequent messages will be suspended due to the DISABLETIME definition. Chapter 3. Working with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON classic interface 55
  • 74. Press PF3 to exit and save until you return to the AOFGMSGX screen shown in Figure 3-23. Figure 3-23 Message processing screen Figure 3-23 indicates that the XREP exception has a command, user defined keyword, and automation defined. You can press PF3 until the policy selection dialog appears. Here, you can add a relationship. A relationship is needed to ensure that the monitor is started and stopped when the OMEGAMON monitor session starts and stops. Figure 3-24 on page 57 shows the RELATIONSHIP policy where we link SC66XREP to the C66M2RC started task. 56 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 75. Figure 3-24 Relationship selection list screen As shown in Figure 3-24, the relationship that we define makes SC66XREP available and unavailable according to the application status of C66M2RC in SC66. 3.4.2 Reset recovery User data in the MESSAGES/USER DATA policy (see Figure 3-22 on page 55) can be used to disable additional recovery processing while another recovery is already in progress. In combination with the predefined keyword DISABLETIME, the recovery disable time can be specified in the formats hh:mm:ss, mm:ss, :ss, or mm. While recovery is disabled, no commands are processed on behalf of this Monitor Resource for messages and exceptions that are specified in the MESSAGES/USER DATA policy. Recovery is automatically enabled after the recovery disable time has expired. Recovery can also be enabled prematurely by calling the generic routine INGMON with the option CLEARING=YES, for example, INGMON SC66XREP MSGTYPE=XREP CLEARING=YES. Chapter 3. Working with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON classic interface 57
  • 76. 3.4.3 DISPMTR details example Monitor resources are managed with the DISPMTR command. DISPMTR can be invoked directly from a NetView command line, but will most likely be called by INGLIST because of a bad health state for a resource. Figure 3-25 shows the result of the DISPMTR command. It lists all MTR resources. Figure 3-25 DISPMTR resource list screen Suppose you want to see the details, including the last twenty messages captured. Use the line command D (Details) and you will get a screen similar to Figure 3-26. Figure 3-26 DISPMTR detail screen 58 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 77. Pressing PF8 displays the messages that were saved for this resource, based on the captured messages limit defined in the MTR policy. See Figure 3-27. Figure 3-27 DISPMTR message history screen 3.5 Security consideration Regarding the integration between System Automation for z/OS and IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON, security is a major aspect. The advanced ability of IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON to get into the system must be properly protected. 3.5.1 OMEGAMON security Your installation may require security, such as who can log on to the OMEGAMON and which OMEGAMON commands they can issue. Passwords for the sessions between the System Automation for z/OS automation agent and each OMEGAMON monitor can also be secured. The security can be defined within OMEGAMON or NetView or both. OMEGAMON supports security with Security Access Facility (SAF) products, such as RACF or an internal security table within OMEGAMON. Items that can be secured are commands, and command parameters based on user ID and password authentication. For the System Automation for z/OS interface, we recommend defining a user ID to OMEGAMON, which can be defined internally in the OMEGAMON security table or externally to a SAF product. The user ID must be able to access an Chapter 3. Working with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON classic interface 59
  • 78. INITIALn profile to connect and issue commands; it should be granted the highest level of security defined for the installation. Then use NetView security to control which NetView operators (including automation tasks) have access to the sessions and commands. OMEGAMON security implementation is outside the scope of this IBM Redbook. 3.5.2 NetView security Using the NetView Command Authorization Table (CAT), you can define security to control access to the INGSESS and INGOMX commands and their parameters. These two commands control who can start or stop a session and which commands they can issue. For example, a subset of operators should be granted access to INGSESS to start or stop the sessions between System Automation for z/OS and IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON. You should also use the CAT table to control access to INGOMX, as some of the OMEGAMON commands can have a widespread effect, such as altering common storage (CSAA) or stopping a thread (KILL). To properly define command security, you will need to familiarize yourself with the syntax of the INGOMX and INGSESS commands and their parameters. The complete command syntax is not discussed in this IBM Redbook. You can use the NetView HELP command to display the syntax and description of the INGOMX and INGSESS commands. In general, you will need to define CAT table entries to: Restrict access to the INGOMX and INGSESS commands and their parameters. Define operators (including automation tasks) to one or more groups. Grant group access to the INGOMX and INGSESS commands and their parameters. Defining INGOMX and INGSESS in CAT This section deals with restricting access to the commands and their parameters. The two System Automation for z/OS commands you will need to code CAT table statements for are: INGOMX: Use the command list name of INGROMX0 in the CAT table. INGSESS: Use the command list name of INGRYSS0 in the CAT table. The following are some sample definitions that you can use Restrict INGOMX access to all sessions: PROTECT *.*.INGROMX0.NAME.* 60 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 79. Restrict INGOMX access to a session called OMIIMVSA: PROTECT *.*.INGROMX0.NAME.OMIISC66 Restrict INGOMX access to all OMEGAMON commands: PROTECT *.*.INGROMX0.CMD.* Restrict INGOMX access to the KILL command: PROTECT *.*.INGROMX0.CMD.KILL Restrict access to the INGSESS command for all sessions: PROTECT *.*.INGRYSS0.NAME.* Restrict access to INGSESS for starting and stopping session INGSESS,REQ=START and REQ=STOP: PROTECT *.*.INGRYSS0.REQ.START PROTECT *.*.INGRYSS0.REQ.STOP Note: Protecting INGSESS with the last 2 bullets above will permit all users to issue INGSESS REQ=DISPLAY to display all sessions and INGSESS REQ=DETAIL to display session details for a specific session if the user has been granted access to the session itself from the NAME. Define operator groups Define at least two groups of operators. The first group will be strictly operators and they will not be given access to start or stop sessions, for example. The second group will be administrators who will be given access to the same functions as the operators plus functions, such as the start or stop of sessions. The following statements defines OMOPERS and OMADMIN groups: GROUP OMOPERS OPER1,OPER2,TIVO01,TIVO02 GROUP OMADMIN TIVO01,TIVO02,AUTRPC,AUTWRK01,AUTWRK02 Note: You should define all System Automation for z/OS work autotasks (AUTWRKxx) and the AUTRPC autotask in the OMADMIN group. Optionally, you may choose to define a third group of operators for the autotasks. Grant access for groups to INGOMX and INGSESS Define several PERMIT statements for each group of operators to grant access to INGOMX, INGSESS, and their respective command parameters. The following are some sample statements: Define a PERMIT statement to allow operators in the OMOPERS group access to the OMIISC66 session when using the INGOMX command (INGOMX NAME=OMIISC66): PERMIT OMOPERS *.*.INGROMX0.NAME.OMIISC66 Chapter 3. Working with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON classic interface 61
  • 80. Define a PERMIT statement to allow the operators in the OMADMIN group access to the OMEGAMON KILL command (INGOMX EX NAME=OMIISC66 CMD=KILL): PERMIT OMADMIN *.*.INGROMX0.CMD.KILL Note: All command definitions that are provided in the PERMIT statement must be defined in the corresponding PROTECT statement. In general, protect the session with the NAME parameter and the command with the CMD parameter. Then permit the operators or groups with access to a combination of these resources. For more informtion about System Automation for z/OS security, see IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS: Planning and Installation, SC33-8261. For more informtion about NetView command security, see IBM Tivoli NetView for z/OS Security Reference, SC31-8870. Authorizing INGOMX TRAP commands Retrieving exceptions from an OMEGAMON requires that autotasks get access to the INGOMX TRAP command. This command executes OMEGAMON command EXSY. Note: The EXSY command is used by the IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON for z/OS, DB2, and CICS. IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON for IMS uses a different command, XIMS. You can secure the XIMS command the same as the EXSY command. As the command EXSY will be issued when an INGOMX TRAP command is issued, you must define a protect statement as follows: PROTECT *.*.INGROMX0.CMD.EXSY Add the corresponding PERMIT statements as necessary to allow the tasks access to the EXSY command: PERMIT OMADMIN *.*.INGROMX0.CMD.EXSY You will need to allow these tasks to use EXSY: System Automation for z/OS work autotasks (AUTWRKxx). AUTRPC autotask. Any NetView operators that need to retrieve exceptions. Example 3-2 on page 63 shows an unauthorized access using INGOMX TRAP, XTYPE=XREP, NAME=OMIISC66. 62 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 81. Example 3-2 NetView log BNH236E 'TIVO02' IS NOT AUTHORIZED TO USE THE KEYWORD 'CMD' AND VALUE 'EXSY' COMBINATION BNH237E THE KEYWORD 'CMD' AND VALUE 'EXSY' ARE PROTECTED BY COMMAND IDENTIFIER '*.*.INGROMX0.CMD.EXSY' IN 'TBLNAME=OMSEC66' Handling special commands Some OMEGAMON commands contain characters that require special handling in the CAT table definitions. The .RMF command is an example. When you define a PROTECT or PERMIT statement for .RMF, you need to replace the period with an at sign (@) such as: PROTECT *.*.INGROMX0.CMD.@RMF PERMIT OMADMIN *.*.INGROMX0.CMD.@RMF 3.5.3 Password security You can define the session password in two ways: As part of the OMEGAMON SESSIONS policy item when you define the session between System Automation for z/OS and an OMEGAMON monitor. Figure 3-6 on page 39 shows this definition. Note: Using the OMEGAMON SESSIONS policy item may not be secure enough for your environment since the password can be seen by anyone who has access to the System Automation for z/OS customization dialog. Chapter 3. Working with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON classic interface 63
  • 82. Alternatively, you can define the password field in the OMEGAMON SESSIONS policy item as SAFPW. SAFPW forces System Automation for z/OS to use encrypted passwords in the NetView password data set, EZLPSWD. The update definition is shown in Figure 3-28. Figure 3-28 OMEGAMON session attributes screen In Figure 3-28, the Password field is set to SAFPW, meaning that for this session, OMIISC66, System Automation for z/OS uses the NetView password data set, EZLPSWD, and the GETPW command to retrieve the passwords. If you specify SAFPW for the session password, you must define the AUTHENTICATION policy item for the Network entry, as shown in Figure 3-29 on page 65. 64 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 83. Figure 3-29 Authentication definitions (GETPW) screen This defines an owner of SC66N and a share list of C66M2RC, where: Owner: Specifies the name used as domain name parameter for the NetView GETPW command. In this example, the domain parameter will be SC66N. Share: A list of all the APPL IDs that use the owner to access the appropriate entry in the NetView password data set. The APPL IDs may delimited by blank or comma. One advantage of using GETPW and encrypted passwords is that the password values are automatically updated every 30 days by the GETPW command. You must use the GETPW command to define the password values initially. For example, to define the password for OM66USER with a password of NEW2DAY, issue: GETPW OM66USER SC66N,INIT=NEW2DAY,MASK=%A%A%A%N%A%A%A The password mask indicates the password pattern that would be used to change the password. All users (operators and autotasks) of a session between System Automation for z/OS and IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON must be authorized to use the GETPW command from the CAT table. Chapter 3. Working with IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON classic interface 65
  • 84. For additional installation and customization of the NetView password data set, see IBM Tivoli NetView Installation: Configuring Additional Components, SC31-8874. 66 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 85. 4 Chapter 4. System Automation for z/OS working with End-to-end Automation This chapter details the setup of the System Automation for z/OS End-to-end Automation feature. It consists of the following sections: 4.1, “Distributed software installation” on page 68 4.2, “Operation for the middleware processes” on page 80 4.3, “Post-installation tasks” on page 81 4.4, “End-to-end Automation Adapter configuration” on page 82 © Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved. 67
  • 86. 4.1 Distributed software installation We use an Intel®-based Linux machine running SUSE Linux Enterprise Server (SLES) 9. We are using the installation image from an IBM download site, which can be accessed from the Passport Advantage® Web site at: http://www.ibm.com/software/passportadvantage The installation images that we used is under the eAssembly package called IBM Tivoli System Automation for Multiplatforms End-to-End V2.1.1 eAssembly, Multiplatforms, Multilingual (CR2TFML). The files in that assembly are listed in Table 4-1. Table 4-1 IBM Tivoli System Automation for Multiplatforms End-to-end V2.1.1 Description Date File name Directory IBM Tivoli System Automation for Multiplatforms V2.1.1 - 03-Apr-2006 C892XML.tar e2e211 End-to-End component, Linux for IBM System x™, Multilingual IBM Tivoli System Automation for Multiplatforms V2.1.1 03-Apr-2006 C899KML.tar sam211 Base component, Linux, Multilingual WebSphere Application Server V6.0 Application Server, 25-Nov-2004 C588FML.tar.gz was6 IBM HTTP Server, Web server plug ins, Application Clients for Linux (German, International English, Spanish, French, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Brazilian Portuguese, Simplified Chinese, and Traditional Chinese) WebSphere Application Server V6.0 Application Server 23-Nov-2004 C5897ML.tar.gz was6tk Toolkit for Linux (German, International English, Spanish, French, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Brazilian Portuguese, Simplified Chinese, and Traditional Chinese) IBM Tivoli System Automation for Multiplatforms V2.1.1 - 03-Apr-2006 C8933ML.tar was6upg WebSphere Application Server V6.0 Upgrade, Linux for IBM System x, Multilingual DB2 UDB Enterprise Server Edition V8.2 for Linux (2.6 29-Apr-2005 C829GML.tar db28226 kernel) on 32-bit Intel and AMD Systems (X86) (English, French, German, Spanish, Italian, Brazilian Portuguese, Russian, Polish, Czech, Japan, Korean, Simplified and Traditional Chinese) The list in Table 4-1 are files that we use with a Intel-based Linux server. The tar files are expanded using the tar -xvf command, while tar.gz files are expanded 68 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 87. using the tar -xzvf command. We lists the target directory in the table to show the command that we will use on the installation process later. The product comes assembled with all the necessary components. If you order the product from IBM, the same installation images come on CD-ROMs. The installation that we perform follows the System Automation for z/OS manuals. They are available at: http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/tividd/td/IBMTivoliSystemAutomationforMul tiplatforms2.1.1.1.html We use the following documents: IBM Tivoli System Automation for Multiplatforms V2.1.1 Release Notes, SC33-8214 IBM Tivoli System Automation for Multiplatforms V2.1.1 End-to-End Automation Management User's Guide and Reference, SC33-8211 Some of the installation processes require you to have access to graphical interface tools, such as XServer or VNC. We are using the VNC interface. An overview of the installation steps follows: 4.1.1, “Install DB2 Universal Database V8.2” on page 69 4.1.2, “Install DB2 Fix Pack” on page 70 4.1.3, “Install WebSphere Application Server” on page 71 4.1.4, “Install WebSphere Application Server patches” on page 73 4.1.5, “Installing System Automation for Multiplatform End-to-end” on page 74 4.2, “Operation for the middleware processes” on page 80 4.1.1 Install DB2 Universal Database V8.2 Here we install DB2 Universal Database™ V8.2.2, also known as DB2 8.1 Fix Pack 9. 1. We use the DB2 installation wizard from the image directory. Run db28226/334_ESE_LNX26_32_NLV/db2setup to start the DB2 Setup Wizard. a. Select Install Products on the left side of the display. b. Choose DB2 UDB Enterprise Server Edition and click Next. For each step, you must click the Next button. c. Accept the License Agreement. d. Choose the Typical installation method. Chapter 4. System Automation for z/OS working with End-to-end Automation 69
  • 88. e. Make sure the check box is selected to install DB2 UDB Enterprise Server Edition on this computer. f. Make sure New user is selected for the DB2 Administration Server window and type in the password twice. Also remember user ID dasusr1 and group dasadm1 for later use. g. Make sure Create a DB2 instance is selected. h. Make sure Single-partition instance is selected. i. Make sure New user is selected for the DB2 instance owner window and key in a password twice. Also remember user ID db2inst1 and group db2grp1 for later use. j. Make sure New user is selected for the fenced user and key in a password twice. Also remember user ID db2fenc1 and group db2fgrp1 for later use. k. We select Use a local database for the tools catalog. l. Accept the defaults of instance db2inst1 and a New Database of TOOLSDB and a New Schema of SYSTOOLS. m. You can skip defining contact list and ignore the SMTP warning. Close the warning dialog boxes by pressing OK. n. You now should see the Start copying files window. Look it over and make sure everything is correct and select Finish when you are ready to start the copying. You will see the progress bars for a few minutes while everything is installed. o. You will eventually see the Setup is complete window. Examine it for any errors and correct as required. Click Finish when done. 2. Set up the DB2 environment for all user IDs you want to run DB2. You must source the environment for the db2profile. Add the following line to /etc/profile to change all users: source /home/db2inst1/sqllib/db2profile 3. You can verify DB2 installation using the db2fs command. This is recommended after installing DB2; however, this is not required for the operation of the System Automation for z/OS End-to-end operation. 4.1.2 Install DB2 Fix Pack Install the DB2 Fix Pack 8.2.3, also known as 8.1 Fix Pack 10. This is the required DB2 level that is needed by System Automation for z/OS End-to-end operation. The Fix Pack can be found at: http://www-306.ibm.com/software/data/db2/udb/support/ 70 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 89. The Fix Pack is also available through ftp at: ftp://ftp.software.ibm.com/ps/products/db2/fixes2/english-us/db2linux26 32/fixpak/FP10_MI00142/FP10_MI00142.tar 1. We create a directory called db28226_fp10 and place the FP10_MI00142.tar file there and then untar it with the tar -xvf command. We also download the FixPackReadme.txt readme file to the same directory. The readme has detailed instructions on how to install the Fix Pack, so make sure you read them closely. a. We shut down all the running DB2 processes. Run the ps -ef | grep db2 command to check that there are no more running DB2 processes. b. We then install the Fix Pack by accessing the db28226_fp10 directory and issuing the ./installFixPak -y command. c. Some of the DB2 processes are started back up by the previous step, specifically the db2fmd related processes, as well as db2dasrrm, so we shut them back down. d. Update the instance with the db2iupdt db2inst1 command. If you get the message: DBI1250E Applications are still using instance db2inst1, you have to do the following steps as root: i. Enter ln -s /opt/IBM/db2/V8.1/lib/libdb2gcf.so /usr/lib/libdb2gcf.so. ii. Enter db2gcf -i db2inst1 -s -t 10, which should return: Instance : db2inst1 DB2 State : Operable iii. You should now be able to run the db2iupdt command again and it should return successfully. e. We then update the DB2 Administrative server with the dasupdt dasusr1 command, which starts the Administrative server as well. f. Since we only had a single database in our system (toolsdb), we run the db2updv8 -d toolsdb command, which updates the database. g. Now we restart everything as the db2inst1 user ID by running db2start. 2. Verify DB2 with the db2fs command again. 4.1.3 Install WebSphere Application Server The WebSphere Application Server installation is performed using the base version 6.0 as follows: 1. Start the installation wizard for WebSphere Application Server. You can use either the launchpad.sh or the was6/WAS/install executable. Chapter 4. System Automation for z/OS working with End-to-end Automation 71
  • 90. Note: We had trouble getting launchpad.sh to work with Firefox so we just started Firefox and then used File → Open to load the readme_base_en.html file. It has good information about various setup scenarios. We then opened the top level launchpad_base_en.html file that was in the launchpad directory. This page has all the links needed to complete the install. We recommend installing WebSphere using a custom installation and do not install the sample applications. The sample applications would add unnecessary processing load to WebSphere. This will create the server1 instance of the application server. 2. From the launchpad Web page, we install IBM HTTP Server. You can also install this using the installer in was6/IBMHTTPServer/install. You can use all the default options. The Plugins wizard starts and we skip the Installation roadmap box. We select the IBM HTTP Server V6 plug-in check box and select the WebSphere Application Server machine (local) check box since both the WebSphere Application Server and HTTP servers are on the same machine in our setup. As we use the default paths, we can leave the default installation directories for both the Plugins and AppServer. We do need to specify the configuration file at /opt/IBMIHS/conf/httpd.conf. The Create default Web server name is set to webserver1. Use the default for most of the values. 3. Verify your setup. a. Verify that WebSphere is started by using ps -ef | grep server1. If it is not started, run /opt/IBM/WebSphere/AppServer/bin/startServer.sh server1. b. Start the IBM HTTP Server by running /opt/IBMIHS/bin/apachectl start. You can verify that it is running using the ps -ef | grep http command, it should show some processes. c. We then checked to make sure WebSphere is running using the snoop servlet. As our server name is peoria.itsc.austin.ibm.com, we open the URL http://peoria.itsc.austin.ibm.com:9080/snoop. d. Next, we verify that the HTTP server is running and has a correct plug-in using the URL http://peoria.itsc.austin.ibm.com/snoop. This should return the same page. e. We also check out the WebSphere Application Server Administrative Console in the URL http://peoria.itsc.austin.ibm.com:9060/ibm/console/. 72 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 91. 4.1.4 Install WebSphere Application Server patches IBM Tivoli System Automation for Multiplatform V2.1.1 requires WebSphere Application Server V6.0.2 with interim fix 1 and interim fix 2. Refresh Pack and interim fixes 1. Install WebSphere Application Server Refresh Pack 2. This brings just the WebSphere Application Server server component to the 6.0.2 level. a. We log in as root and stop the HTTP server using the /opt/IBMIHS/bin/apachectl stop command and stop WebSphere Application Server using the /opt/IBM/WebSphere/AppServer/bin/stopServer.sh server1 command and then verify they are both down with the ps -ef command. b. Change the WebSphere installation directory /opt/IBM/WebSphere/AppServer and expand the refresh pack by running tar -xvf /was6upg/WAS6020i386/Upgrade/6.0-WS-WAS-LinuxX32-RP0000002.tar, which creates various files in the updateinstaller directory below the AppServer directory. c. Activate the WebSphere command environment using the source /opt/IBM/WebSphere/AppServer/bin/setupCmdLine.sh command. d. Run the update installer wizard using the /opt/IBM/WebSphere/AppServer/updateinstaller/update command. e. The wizard will initially refresh the Java™ environment and you are required to restart the wizard to use a temporary Java environment so it can update the WebSphere Java environment. f. From the wizard, select Install maintenance package check box. It will discover Refresh Pack 2. The installation takes a while, after it completes successfully, click Finish. 2. Using the same procedure, we install the interim fixes. The fixes are installed using the same update wizard from /opt/IBM/WebSphere/AppServer/updateinstaller/update. There are two interim fixes that must be installed for IBM Tivoli System Automation for Multiplatforms. To install the interim fix, use the Install maintenance check box. The first fix resides in /was6upg/WAS6020i386/Fixes/01_PK07351; follow the wizard to install 01_PK07351. 3. When installation is complete, you can click Relaunch to start the wizard again. This time use the fix in /was6upg/WAS6020i386/Fixes/02_PK09347. After the installation is successfully performed, click Finish. 4. Restart the application server using the /opt/IBM/WebSphere/AppServer/bin/startServer.sh server1 commands Chapter 4. System Automation for z/OS working with End-to-end Automation 73
  • 92. and then start the HTTP server using the /opt/IBMIHS/bin/apachectl start command. Use the snoop application to check that WebSphere and the HTTP Server are running properly. 4.1.5 Installing System Automation for Multiplatform End-to-end The System Automation for Multiplatform End-to-end component is installed using the image that we unpack to the /e2e211 directory. 1. If you have not sourced the db2profile, you must source it before running the installation. We recommend putting it in /etc/profile to be executed by everyone that using the system. 2. Run the installation wizard using /e2e211/EEZ2110E2EI386/i386/setup command. a. Click Next, accept the License Agreement, and then leave the End-to-End System Automation Management component check box checked, and then accept the default directory for the product. b. After it checks for a previous operations console installation, accept the default Tivoli Common directory name, leave the IBM DB2 UDB on same system (local) check box checked, and then accept the default Automation Manager database name. c. On the next screen, accept the default location of the DB2 product and key in the db2inst1 password from the DB2 install. We accept the default host name and port on the next screen. Note that you can check DB2 port from /etc/services by finding db2c_db2inst1. It then tries to verify connection to the database. d. Accept the default WebSphere Application Server directory location and the default WebSphere Application Server profile called default, and the WebSphere Application Server server name of server1. You can stop the WebSphere Application Server server and accept the default for other WebSphere Application Server related screens. e. Check for a previous installation of the operations console. Accept the default operations console database name, and leave the default Enable security with a DB2 database user registry check box checked. Accept the default directory for the operations console and key in a password twice for the console user ID. f. Check the operations console port numbers from /etc/services; we accept all the defaults. Remember the first one, 8421; this is used to access the console (unless you regenerate the plug-in, then you can access the console using port 80). Accept the default Console help server port. 74 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 93. g. We accept the default to register the ISC as a system service as well as the default Console Service ID. We then check the input values for the operations console. h. We do not check the Enable TEC server connection check box. i. We accept the default Automation domain name. j. In the summary information screen, click Install. Note: If you get the installation error: ISC Install RC = 1 For details see: /opt/IBM/tsamp/eez/install/logs/ISCInstall.log the file does not get created; the log file is in /tmp/ISCRuntimeInstall.log. 3. To verify the installation, we perform the following actions: a. Run DB2 Control Center using the db2cc command. Verify that the database EAUTODB existed and tables are created. b. Get to the admin console of WebSphere Application Server using the user ID of iscadmin. The administration console can be accessed from the URL: http://peoria/ibm/console c. You should also be able to log in as iscadmin ro manage System Automation for Multiplatform End-to-end. This is accessed at: http://peoria/ Chapter 4. System Automation for z/OS working with End-to-end Automation 75
  • 94. 4. From /opt/IBM/tsamp/eez/bin, issue ./eezdmn.sh -?, which returned the output in Figure 4-1. IBM Tivoli System Automation end-to-end automation engine Version: 2.1.1.061202, NO_APAR Usage: eezdmn [option] -START Starts the automation engine -SHUTDOWN | -SHUTD Stops the automation engine -MONITOR | -M Displays the current state -RECONFIG | -R Re-configures the automation engine -CO Starts only the EIF2JMS conversion thread -XD ("*" | "<RES_NAME>[,<RES_NAME>]") <DUMPFILE> Dumps (all | specific) resources to a file When no option is specified, START is used Figure 4-1 Running ezdmn 5. Log in to the management server at: http://peoria.itsc.austin.ibm.com:8421/ibm/console, where we see the screen shown in Figure 4-2. Figure 4-2 Log in page 76 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 95. d. Log in with the iscadmin user ID and password. You should see the screen in Figure 4-3. Figure 4-3 Welcome page for System Automation for Multiplatform Chapter 4. System Automation for z/OS working with End-to-end Automation 77
  • 96. e. Click on the + sign beside Tivoli System Automation for Multiplatforms (on the left) item and select the SA operations console link. You should see the screen in Figure 4-4. Figure 4-4 Selecting servers f. We keep the defaults and click OK, and then see the window in Figure 4-5 on page 79. 78 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 97. Figure 4-5 Loading topology g. As this is a new system, there are no policies yet other than the provided sample.xml. h. We select the Log out link on the upper right. 6. Generate the plug in for the Web server so that we can use the default port 80 to access the Integrated Solution Console for System Automation for Multiplatform. Chapter 4. System Automation for z/OS working with End-to-end Automation 79
  • 98. 4.2 Operation for the middleware processes As there are multiple components in the solution, we must understand the operational consideration for starting and stopping each one of them. 4.2.1 DB2 Universal Database Operating DB2 must be performed by the instance owner db2inst1. You can start the command as db2inst1 using the su command with the -c option. To stop DB2 instance, you can perform the following sequence: a. Check whether there is still an application accessing DB2 using the db2 list application command. b. You can wait until all transaction terminates or issue the db2 force applications all command. c. Stop the instance using db2stop; you can also forcing termination using the db2stop -force command. You can also stop the administration server as dasusr1. Stop the DB2 administration using the su -dasusr1 -c db2admin stop command. To start DB2, use the db2start command as the db2inst1 user. To start the DB2 administration instance, use the dasusr1 user and issue the command db2admin start. 4.2.2 WebSphere Application Server The WebSphere Application Server hosts the System Automation for Multiplatform component with security turned on. You need a valid user ID and password to stop it. Assuming $WAS_HOME points to /opt/IBM/WebSphere/AppServer and you have the default profile as the default, you can: Stop the administration instance server1: $WAS_HOME/bin/stopServer.sh server1 -username iscadmin -password password Stop the ISC_Portal server instance: $WAS_HOME/bin/stopServer.sh ISC_Portal -username iscadmin -password password Start the administration instance server1: $WAS_HOME/bin/startServer.sh server1 Start the ISC_Portal instance: $WAS_HOME/bin/startServer.sh ISC_Portal 80 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 99. 4.2.3 IBM HTTP Server IBM HTTP Server allows mapping of a standard Web address to a WebSphere Application Server request on the back end. Stopping IBM HTTP Server: /opt/IBMIHS/bin/apachectl stop Starting IBM HTTP Server: /opt/IBMIHS/bin/apachectl start 4.2.4 System Automation for Multiplatform The command to manage System Automation for Multiplatform is eezdmn. See Figure 4-1 on page 76. 4.3 Post-installation tasks Follow Chapter 12, “Post-installation tasks”, of IBM Tivoli System Automation for Multiplatforms V2.1.1 End-to-End Automation Management User's Guide and Reference, SC33-8211 to perform the post-installation tasks. We only perform the minimum required steps here. Note: In the manual, there are references to EEZ_INST_ROOT or EEZ_INSTALL_ROOT for the location of all the components of the product. This refers to /etc/opt/IBM/tsamp/eez. This is explained in the Release Notes. 1. We do not set up any additional user IDs at this time, since we plan on using the iscadmin for everything. 2. We start the System Automation for Multiplatform automation engine by logging on as root and running /opt/IBM/tsamp/eez/bin/eezdmn.sh. 3. Log on to the System Automation for Multiplatform console using the iscadmin user: http://peoria.itsc.austin.ibm.com:8421/ibm/console 4. We activate the sample policy by selecting General → Policy and clicking the Activate new policy... button. Now you see the sample policy. We then click Activate to activate it so we could explore the console. After the processing, some resource names show up with their compound states displayed. 5. Now we need to create our own policy. The policy is an XML file; however, we decide to use the basic KDE provided Kate editor. We examine both the template.xml and the sample.xml policies located in $EEZ_INST_ROOT/policyPool. We create our policy called redbook.xml in this same directory. Chapter 4. System Automation for z/OS working with End-to-end Automation 81
  • 100. 4.4 End-to-end Automation Adapter configuration End-to-end automation can be used to automate the operation of resources within heterogeneous environments (called first-level automation domains) that each have a local automation technology of their own. Each first-level automation domain is connected to the end-to-end automation manager by an automation adapter. There can be only one End-to-end Automation Adapter per first-level automation domain. In the context of IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1, that means only one End-to-end Automation Adapter per IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1 z/OS sysplex group. Although there can be more than one IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1 domain in a sysplex, there can be only one End-to-end Automation Adapter per z/OS sysplex group. In addition, the End-to-end Automation Adapter must run on the same system as the focal point IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1 agent. When the End-to-end Automation Adapter runs on a z/OS system, the System Automation for z/OS V3.1 Agent on that z/OS system is the primary automation agent. The End-to-end Automation Adapter registers with the primary automation agent at startup time. The End-to-end Automation Adapter also subscribes with the primary automation agent to enable communication channels. The primary automation agent then enables the End-to-end Automation Adapter to communicate with the primary IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1 Automation Manager. After a system failure, event subscriptions are lost and the End-to-end Automation Adapter has to re-subscribe to the primary automation agent. In our case study scenario environment, we have two single z/OS systems. In this case, each End-to-end Automation Adapter primary automation agent and the primary IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1 Automation Manager are all running on the same z/OS system. See Figure 4-6 on page 83. 82 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 101. SC63N SC66N System Automation System Automation for z/OS for z/OS Automation Manager Automation Manager System Automation System Automation for z/OS for z/OS Automation Agent Automation Agent NetView for z/OS NetView for z/OS Program-to-program Program-to-program Interface Interface End-to-end End-to-end Automation Automation Adapter Adapter NetView for z/OS NetView for z/OS Event Automation Service Event Automation Service IBM Tivoli NetView for z/OS IBM Tivoli NetView for z/OS peoria End-to-end Automation Manager Figure 4-6 End-to-end automation domain Using IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1 End-to-end Automation Adapter, SC33-8271 as a reference, setting up the System Automation for z/OS V3.1 End-to-end Automation Adapter in our environment requires the following configuration steps: 4.4.1, “Prerequisites and dependencies” on page 84 4.4.2, “Automated operator functions” on page 84 4.4.3, “Enabling the Event Automation Service” on page 85 4.4.4, “Customize the End-to-end Automation Adapter” on page 89 4.4.5, “Perform configuration for security” on page 95 4.4.6, “Verify startup of the Automation Adapter” on page 96 4.4.7, “Solve timeout problems” on page 97 Chapter 4. System Automation for z/OS working with End-to-end Automation 83
  • 102. 4.4.1 Prerequisites and dependencies In order to implement the End-to-end Automation Adapter on System Automation for z/OS V3.1, you must have the following prerequisites and dependencies: IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1 IBM Tivoli NetView V5.1 z/OS V1.3 or higher TCP/IP communication Java Runtime Environment (JRE™) 1.4.2 Java Software Development Kit (SDK) for creating sample keys Additionally, the following must be prepared and configured: Full z/OS UNIX® System Services (USS) with a hierarchical file system; the functionality is required by the Java subsystem, event automation service, and various other components. Event Automation Service (EAS) and Message Adapter Service components of NetView; this allow communication to the distributed system from NetView for z/OS. Subsystem interface (SSI) address space with Program-to-Program Interface (PPI) function of NetView; without this, the automation manager and automation agent subsystem cannot communicate with NetView as the automation engine. Configured NetView and IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS. The System Automation for z/OS V3.1 communication task INGPXDST has an initialization member INGXINIT in DSIPARM that we use to specify End-to-end Automation Adapter specific parameters. In our environment, we add the following parameters to this member: PPI=YES This parameter is used for the End-to-end Automation Adapter. PPIBQL=1500 This parameter controls the buffer queue length for input communication. 4.4.2 Automated operator functions The End-to-end Automation Adapter uses dedicated automated operator functions in the primary agent to execute requests and to forward events. The automated operator functions E2EOPER, and E2EOPR01 through E2EOPRnn, are optional for the End-to-end Automation Adapter configuration. If defined, they are used to execute requests from the End-to-end Automation Adapter. 84 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 103. You must define the automated operator function EVTOPER. It is used to forward events to the End-to-end Automation Adapter. If not defined, the initialization of the End-to-end Automation Adapter fails. We use the customization dialogs to define the automated operator functions for the End-to-end Automation Adapter in entry type Auto Operators of the System Automation for z/OS V3.1 policy database. Note that the names of the Automation Operators must match those defined in the DSIPARM data set. The following operator group had to be selected to our z/OS systems SC63 and SC66: EVT_PUBLISHER: Event publisher E2E_AUTOOPS: Automated functions for End-to-end Automation Adapter Figure 4-7 shows the output of the DISPAOPS command from system SC63N showing the defined automated operator functions. AOFK2SO SA z/OS - Command Dialogs Line 27 of 51 Domain ID = SC63N ---------- DISPAOPS ---------- Date = 10/05/06 Operator ID = TIVO03 Time = 15:09:55 Automated System Function Primary Status Secondary Status -------- ---------- ------- ------ --------- ------ SC63 EVTOPER AUTEVT1 ACTIV AUTEVT2 ACTIV SC63 E2EOPER AUTE2E ACTIV SC63 E2EOPR01 AUTE2E01 ACTIV SC63 E2EOPR02 AUTE2E02 ACTIV SC63 E2EOPR03 AUTE2E03 ACTIV Figure 4-7 DISPAOPS result 4.4.3 Enabling the Event Automation Service The Event Automation Service (EAS) can be started either with a job from an MVS system console, or from a UNIX System Service command shell. In our case study scenario, we automate the EAS start on our IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1. Our EAS resource name is called E2E_EAS and the MVS job name is called AOFAEVNT. You can find a sample for starting EAS as a job located in SCNMUXMS as the member IHSAEVNT. The initialization files are assumed to be located in a data set allocated to DD name IHSSMP3. We follow the description within the member for configuration. Chapter 4. System Automation for z/OS working with End-to-end Automation 85
  • 104. Perform the following updates to the sample IHSAEVNT for our AOFAEVNT started task: If you do not hardcode the default name IHSAINIT for the global initialization file, pass the name of your file using the parameter INITFILE. If you do not hardcode the default name IHSAMCFG for the message adapter configuration file, pass the name of your file using the parameter MSGCFG. Modify the DD statements to specify the data set names in your installation. The startup parameters have to be provided in the form of initialization files, and we discuss configuration in the following sections: “Configure the Global Initialization File” on page 86 “Configure the NetView message adapter service” on page 87 Configure the Global Initialization File The default member name for the global initialization file is IHSAINIT. This is found in the IBM-supplied dataset SCNMUXMS. This member was copied into our user data set name NETVUSER.SCNMUXMS using System Automation for z/OS V3.1 job AOFAEVNT. We follow the description within the member for configuration. Make sure that the NetView message adapter service is also started when starting EAS. This is done by commenting out the following statement: * NOSTART TASK=MESSAGEA Specify the Program to Program Interface (PPI) called INGEV2E2 for the receiver: PPI=INGEVE2E We change the IHSAINIT initialization file so that only the necessary tasks for our environment are started at initialization time. Example 4-1 shows the configuration in the NETVUSER.SCNMUXCL(IHSAINIT) member. We show here only the lines that are relevant to our scenario. All the other lines are commented out. Example 4-1 Message adapter task # PPI Receiver ID PPI=INGEVE2E # Tasks not started at initialization NOSTART TASK=ALERTA #NOSTART TASK=MESSAGEA NOSTART TASK=EVENTRCV NOSTART TASK=ALRTTRAP 86 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 105. NOSTART TASK=TRAPALRT Configure the NetView message adapter service The default member name for the message adapter service is IHSAMCFG in SCNMUXMS. We copy this member into our data set name NETVUSER.SCNMUXMS. We change this IHSAMCFG for the following: We specify the address 127.0.0.1 as the server host name. We keep the port number on which the End-to-end Automation Adapter listens as the default of 5529. Note: Port 5529 is typically used for the Tivoli Enterprise Console® incoming event port, which is the port that the Event Automation server uses. Set the connection mode in connection_oriented. This allows the connection to be established at initialization time and closed at End-to-end Automation Adapter termination time. We keep the default value of 4096 for the maximum event size. We specify the name of the NetView message adapter format file as INGMFMTE. The version of the file that is to be used by end-to-end automation is delivered in ING.SINGSAMP(INGMFMTE). No configuration is required. The resulting IHSAMCFG in our environment is shown in Example 4-2. Example 4-2 Sample IHSAMCFG ServerLocation=127.0.0.1 ServerPort=5529 ConnectionMode=connection_oriented BufferEvents=yes BufferEventsLimit=0 BufferFlushRate=0 BufEvtPath=/etc/Tivoli/tec/cache_nv390msg BufEvtMaxSize=64 BufEvtShrinkSize=8 BufEvtRdBlkLen=64 EventMaxSize=4096 AdapterFmtFile=INGMFMTE FilterMode=out Chapter 4. System Automation for z/OS working with End-to-end Automation 87
  • 106. An excerpt of the AOFAEVNT that we use is shown in Example 4-3. Example 4-3 Excerpt of AOFAEVNT startup procedure //EASGO PROC PROG=IHSAC000, ** EVENT/AUTOMATION SERVICE // REG=32M, ** REGION SIZE IN K FOR MAIN TASK //* TCPDATA='', ** SET FOR TCPIP.DATA EXPLICIT ALLOC // MSGCFG=, ** MESSAGE ADAPTER CONFIG FILE // ALRTCFG=, ** ALERT ADAPTER CONFIG FILE // ERCVCFG=, ** EVENT RECEIVER CONFIG FILE // TALRTCFG=, ** TRAP TO ALERT CONV. CONFIG FILE // ALRTTCFG=, ** ALERT TO TRAP CONV. CONFIG FILE // PPI=INGEVE2E, ** PPI RECEIVER ID // INITFILE=, ** EVENT AUTOAMTION SVC INIT FILE // OUTSIZE=, ** TRACE/ERROR WRAP SIZE IN KBYTES // OELINE= ** SPECIFY OE-STYLE PARAMETERS //* //********************************************************************* //* //STEP1 EXEC PGM=&PROG,TIME=1440,REGION=&REG, // PARM=('/MSGCFG=&MSGCFG ALRTCFG=&ALRTCFG ERCVCFG=&ERCVCFG* // TALRTCFG=&TALRTCFG ALRTTCFG=&ALRTTCFG PPI=&PPI * // INITFILE=&INITFILE OUTSIZE=&OUTSIZE &OELINE') //* //STEPLIB DD DSN=NETVIEW.SCNMUXLK,DISP=SHR //IHSSMP3 DD DSN=NETVUSER.SCNMUXCL,DISP=SHR // DD DSN=NETVIEW.SCNMUXCL,DISP=SHR //IHSMSG1 DD DSN=NETVIEW.SCNMUXMS,DISP=SHR //* EAS OUTPUT DATASETS //IHSC DD SYSOUT=A //IHSM DD SYSOUT=A //IHSA DD SYSOUT=A //IHSE DD SYSOUT=A //IHST DD SYSOUT=A //IHSL DD SYSOUT=A //IHSCS DD SYSOUT=A //IHSMS DD SYSOUT=A //IHSAS DD SYSOUT=A //IHSES DD SYSOUT=A //IHSTS DD SYSOUT=A //IHSLS DD SYSOUT=A //IHSCSTD DD SYSOUT=A //IHSASTD DD SYSOUT=A //IHSMSTD DD SYSOUT=A //IHSESTD DD SYSOUT=A 88 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 107. //IHSTSTD DD SYSOUT=A //IHSLSTD DD SYSOUT=A //SYSTERM DD SYSOUT=A 4.4.4 Customize the End-to-end Automation Adapter We are now ready to configure the End-to-end Automation Adapter. The End-to-end Automation Adapter SMP/E installation creates a default directory structure for the various files that are associated with the End-to-end Automation Adapter, as follows: /usr/lpp/ing/adapter This contains the executable files, for example, the End-to-end Automation Adapter start and stop scripts. /usr/lpp/ing/adapter/config This contains configuration files, for example, the master configuration file. /usr/lpp/ing/adapter/data Working files, for example, the cache and log files. This directory is initially empty. /usr/lpp/ing/adapter/lib This contains JAR files and DLLs for the End-to-end Automation Adapter. /usr/lpp/ing/adapter/ssl Security certificates. This directory is initially empty. The files and structures created by our SMP/E installation were read only. A separate structure and files were created to copy SMP/E files that need to be updated by the installation or during the execution of the automation adapter. That file structure was created as follows: /var/ing/ The user defined structure containing the End-to-end Automation Adapter start and stop scripts. /var/ing/config The user defined structure containing the configuration files. /var/ing/data The user defined structure containing the working files. /var/ing/ssl The user defined structure for security certificates as needed. To customize the End-to-end Automation Adapter, we perform configurations on the following elements: “RACF authorization for z/OS UNIX privileges” on page 90 Chapter 4. System Automation for z/OS working with End-to-end Automation 89
  • 108. “The End-to-end Automation Adapter shell script” on page 90 “The link list” on page 92 “The End-to-end Automation Adapter master configuration file” on page 92 “The End-to-end Automation Adapter plug-in configuration file” on page 93 “The JAAS configuration file” on page 94 RACF authorization for z/OS UNIX privileges You can define profiles in the UNIXPRIV class to grant RACF authorization for certain z/OS UNIX privileges. These privileges are automatically granted to all users with z/OS UNIX superuser authority. By defining profiles in the UNIXPRIV class, you may specifically grant certain superuser privileges with a high degree of granularity to users who do not have superuser authority. This allows you to minimize the number of assignments of superuser authority at your installation and reduces your security risk. Since our case study scenario is in a controlled environment, we decide to grant our RACF user ID with superuser authority. Refer to Security Configuration in a TCP/IP Sysplex Environment, SG24-6527 for instructions on how to manipulate security privileges for your environment. The End-to-end Automation Adapter shell script If you want to use your own hierarchical file system (HFS) or a shared HFS, you have to modify the End-to-end Automation Adapter start script and its configuration files. In our case scenario, we copy the ingadapter.sh USS shell script from /usr/lpp/ing/adapter/ingadapter to /var/ing/ingadapter for editing. We also copy the following configuration files from /usr/lpp/ing/adapter/config to var/ing/config. ing.adapter.jaas.properties ing.adapter.jlog.properties ing.adapter.jlogdir.properties ing.adapter.plugin.properties ing.adapter.properties ing.adapter.ssl.properties We changed the following parameters in the ingadapter.sh script for our case study scenario. Entries that are not mentioned in the following list are not modified and are left with their default values. We defined the file structure to use for configuration files as follows: CONFIG_DIR=/var/ing We updated the ingadapter shell script to use the configuration file structure. 90 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 109. We comment out the SSL_PASSWD parameter because we are not using the GenerateSampleKeys function. We set the file names and create the empty files for the standard output and error streams using the REDIRSTDOUT and REDIRSTDERR entries in the ingadapter.sh script to match the End-to-end Automation Adapter start up procedure script on z/OS (AOFAADPT). The entries in the AOFAADPT are as follows. //STDOUT DD PATH='/var/ing/data/stdout.log', //STDERR DD PATH='/var/ing/data/stderr.log', We specify the path to JAVA runtime in our installation. Example 4-4 shows the customization section of ingadapter.sh. Changed attributes are marked in bold. Example 4-4 Customized ingadapter.sh #---------------------------------------------------------------------- # Customization section begins here #---------------------------------------------------------------------- INSTALL_DIR=/usr/lpp/ing/adapter CONFIG_DIR=/var/ing #export STEPLIB="HLQ.SINGMOD1":$STEPLIB #SSL_PASSW=passphrase REDIRSTDOUT=/var/ing/data/stdout.txt REDIRSTDERR=/var/ing/data/stderr.txt export INGXDBUG=0,2,1 JAVA=/usr/lpp/java/J1.4/bin/java JAVA_KEYTOOL=keytool DATA_DIR=$CONFIG_DIR/data SSL_DIR=$CONFIG_DIR/ssl CONFIG_DIR=$CONFIG_DIR/config ADAPTER_CONFIG=$CONFIG_DIR/ing.adapter${SUFFIX}.properties JLOG_FILENAME_LOGPATH=ing.adapter.jlogdir.properties JLOG_FILENAME=ing.adapter.jlog.properties JLOG_CONFIG_DIR=$CONFIG_DIR JAAS_CONFIG=$CONFIG_DIR/ing.adapter.jaas.properties SSL_CONFIG=$CONFIG_DIR/ing.adapter.ssl.properties #---------------------------------------------------------------------- # Customization section ends here. #---------------------------------------------------------------------- Chapter 4. System Automation for z/OS working with End-to-end Automation 91
  • 110. The link list We add the following libraries to the link list in our case study environment: SYS1.SCLBDLL2 SYS1.SCEERUN SYS1.SCEERUN2 SYS1.SCLBDLL You can check that these libraries have been linked using the D PROG,LNKLST command. The End-to-end Automation Adapter master configuration file The master configuration file for the End-to-end Automation Adapter is specified in the ingadapter.sh script as $CONFIG_DIR/ing.adapter${SUFFIX}.properties. As we do not use a suffix in our environment, we have to configure the file /var/ing/config/ing.adapter.properties. We change the following parameters in the End-to-end Automation Adapter master configuration file for our case study scenario. Entries that we do not mention here in the following list were not modified and were left with their default values. The IP address of our z/OS system on which the End-to-end Automation Adapter receives requests from the End-to-end Automation Management Component. This is specified in the eez-remote-contact-hostname entry. We set eez-operator-authentication to false because we are using the default IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1 JAAS login modules for authentication. We specify the fully qualified host name of the server on which the End-to-end Automation Management Component runs in our environment using the eif-send-to-hostname entry. Example 4-5 shows our End-to-end Automation Adapter master configuration file. Changed attributes are marked in bold. Example 4-5 End-to-end automation adapter master configuration file # --- Adapter Configuration ----- eez-remote-contact-hostname = 9.3.5.104 eez-remote-contact-port = 2001 eez-remote-contact-over-ssl = false eez-operator-authentication = false eez-initial-contact = true eez-max-connections = 3 eez-data-directory = ./data 92 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 111. # --- EIF Configuration --------- eif-cache = true eif-cache-size = 500 eif-retry-interval-seconds = 30 eif-send-to-hostname = peoria.itsc.austin.ibm.com eif-send-to-port = 2002 eif-receive-from-hostname = 127.0.0.1 eif-receive-from-port = 5529 # --- Plugin Configuration ------ plugin-configfile-sa4zos = ./config/ing.adapter.plugin.properties The End-to-end Automation Adapter plug-in configuration file The master configuration file contains the location of the End-to-end Automation Adapter plug-in configuration file, as shown in the last line of Example 4-5 on page 92. The plug-in configuration file is located in $EEZ_INST_HOME/ing.adapter.plugin.properties. We change the following parameters in the End-to-end Automation Adapter plug-in configuration file. Entries that are not mentioned in the following list were not modified and were left with their default values. We change the number of elements in the PPI queue using the PPIBQL entry. Since our z/OS system resides in a remote data center, we change the value of the TIMEOUT entry. We decided to change the plugin-domain-name entry to SC63N (and SC66N) similar to our NetView domain names. Here you can decide your own naming strategy; System Automation for z/OS V3.1 uses the XCF sysplex group name. Chapter 4. System Automation for z/OS working with End-to-end Automation 93
  • 112. Example 4-6 shows the End-to-end Automation Adapter plug-in configuration file for our case study scenario. Changed attributes are marked in bold. Example 4-6 Content of the plugin configuration file # --- Specific settings for the SA/Netview communication --- # --- Modify these parameters to your needs --- #GRPID = XX PPIBQL = 3000 AUTOPFN = E2EOPER TIMEOUT = 4447 CODEPAGE= Cp1047 # --- Domain name may be modified or omitted --- plugin-domain-name = SC63N # --- Do not modify these plugin settings --- plugin-impl-class = com.ibm.ing.sam.INGXPlugin plugin-impl-class-singleton = true plugin-event-classes = SystemAutomation_Resource_Status_Change SystemAutomation_Domain_Status_Change SystemAutomation_Resource_Conf iguration_Change SystemAutomation_Request_Configuration_Change SystemAutomation_Relationship_Configuration_Change plugin-auto-start = true The JAAS configuration file The Java Authorization Authentication Services (JAAS) configuration file for the End-to-end Automation Adapter is specified in the ingadapter.sh script as follows: JAAS_CONFIG=$CONFIG_DIR/ing.adapter.jaas.properties This file specifies two entries for a login module that is required, because in our environment all incoming requests to the End-to-end Automation Adapter will be authenticated using JAAS. We have not changed this file and used all default values. See Example 4-7. Example 4-7 Content of JAAS configuration EEZAdapterDefaultLogin { com.ibm.eez.adapter.EEZAdapterDefaultLoginModule required ; }; EEZAdapterLogin { com.ibm.security.auth.module.OS390LoginModule required; }; 94 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 113. 4.4.5 Perform configuration for security When the End-to-end Automation Management Component issues a request to the End-to-end Automation Adapter, there is always a user ID and password associated with the request. You need to consider both authentication and authorization aspects. Authentication In our environment, the End-to-end Automation Adapter performs authentication checks using RACF through the login modules specified in the JAAS configuration file. This decision is made at End-to-end Automation Adapter startup time in the master configuration file. Authorization In case the user ID authentication succeeds, the End-to-end Automation Adapter performs an authorization check for each of the commands in the request that are to be executed. The authorization check is done by an authorization user exit, which is an external REXX program that must be named AOFEXE2E. If no authorization user exit exists, the user ID associated with the request is considered to be authorized for each request. We use the sample security exit that is provided by System Automation for z/OS V3.1 as the member AOFEXE2E in the sample data set SINGSAMP. Chapter 4. System Automation for z/OS working with End-to-end Automation 95
  • 114. 4.4.6 Verify startup of the Automation Adapter Once we complete all the customization, we are ready to start the End-to-end Automation Adapter for z/OS. Figure 4-8 displays the status of E2E_EAS and E2E_ADPT resources on NetView. The status of these resources are in CTLDOWN. We need to change the status of these resources to RESTART, starting with the E2E_ADPT first and then E2E_EAS second. This will start both resources in the proper order. AOFKSTA5 SA z/OS - Command Dialogs Line 37 of 65 Domain ID = SC63N -------- DISPSTAT ---------- Date = 10/05/06 Operator ID = TIVO03 Time = 20:05:49 A ingauto B setstate C ingreq-stop D thresholds E explain F info G tree H trigger I service J all children K children L all parents M parents CMD RESOURCE STATUS SYSTEM JOB NAME A I S R D RS TYPE Activity --- ----------- -------- -------- -------- - ----------- -------- --------- E2E_ADPT CTLDOWN SC63 E2E#ADPT Y Y Y Y Y Y MVS --none-- E2E_EAST CTLDOWN SC63 AOFAEVNT Y Y Y Y Y Y MVS --none-- Figure 4-8 Status of resources E2E_EAS and E2E_ADPT The sample console output on this start up is shown in Example 4-8. Example 4-8 Starting end to end automation $HASP100 AOFAADPT ON STCINRDR IEF695I START AOFAADPT WITH JOBNAME AOFAADPT IS ASSIGNED TO USER STC,GROUP SYS1 $HASP373 AOFAADPT STARTED CNM493I INGMSG02 : 00000029 : AOCFILT AOFAADPT ACTIVMSG JOBNAME=AOFAADPT IEF403I AOFAADPT - STARTED - TIME=13.41.04 - ASID=0080 - SC63 INGX9704I Preparing the environment to start the automation adapter. EEZA0100I The adapter has been started* Initial contact was enabled and the connection to the management server has been established* EEZA0101I The adapter is active* EEZA0111I The plug-in is starting: class com.ibm.ing.sam.INGXPlugin * INGX9802I INGX9802I INGXLogger has successfully been initialized using configuration file ing.adapter.jlog.properties from path /var/ing /config.* INGX9902I INGXPluginLogger has successfully been initialized using con figuration file ing.adapter.jlog.properties from path /var/ing/adapter/config.* 96 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 115. CNM493I INGMSG02 : 00003489 : ACTIVMSG UP=YES EEZA0112I The plug-in has been started: class com.ibm.ing.sam.INGXPlugin * EEZA0102I The adapter is ready* 4.4.7 Solve timeout problems Since we have relatively small z/OS systems, during the development of this IBM Redbook, we experienced timeout problems on the End-to-end Automation Management Component operations console when displaying IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS resource data from our automation domains. The End-to-end Automation Adapter receives the requests from the End-to-end Automation Management Component operations console. These requests are then mapped to IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS commands that query the requested data from the End-to-end Automation Management Component automation manager. Before sending the query commands to the End-to-end Automation Management Component automation manager, the primary automation agent in z/OS checks the expiration time given to the requests. If the expiration time that remains is too short, the requested command will be rejected, resulting in error message ING249E that indicates that a task execution request timed out. IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1 End-to-end Automation Adapter, SC33-8271 provides a mapping of end-to-end automation requests to System Automation for z/OS commands. Most of these commands contain a WAIT parameter. The value of the WAIT parameter is calculated as the difference between the time when the IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS command was issued within the NetView environment and the expiration time given to the end-to-end automation request. The expiration time of an end-to-end automation request is determined by both: The time when the corresponding end-to-end automation request was issued from the End-to-end Automation Management Component operations console or the End-to-end Automation Management Component automation manager. The timeout in seconds defined by a environment variable defined in the IBM WebSphere Application Server on which the End-to-end Automation Management Component automation manager runs. The environment variable must be named com.ibm.eez.aab.invocation-timeout-seconds and must be set to a value in seconds. In our environment, we set the com.ibm.eez.aab.invocation-timeout-seconds to 2500 seconds. Chapter 4. System Automation for z/OS working with End-to-end Automation 97
  • 116. 98 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 117. 5 Chapter 5. Managing SYSPLEXes with the use of the Processor Operations feature The chapter discusses the implementation of Processor Operations in our ITSO environment. 5.1, “Processor Operations” on page 100 5.2, “Planning the hardware interfaces” on page 100 5.3, “Modifying automation policies” on page 101 5.4, “Preparing the hardware” on page 113 5.5, “Processor Operations build facility” on page 116 5.6, “Starting and stopping Processor Operations” on page 118 5.7, “Security with RACF” on page 123 © Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved. 99
  • 118. 5.1 Processor Operations The Processor Operations function of System Automation for z/OS helps operators manage more systems with greater efficiency. One operator, in one location, can initialize, configure, monitor, shut down, and recover multiple systems on both local and remote sites and respond to a variety of detected conditions. The operator, using one standard interface, can do all that across multiple types of systems. Automated routines for frequently used functions speed up the work of skilled operators and assist less experienced operators to become more productive. Processor Operations supports the z9™, IBM System z, and S/390-CMOS processors. Other CMOS processors supporting Operations Command Facility (OCF) that are not part of the above processor families are supported with limited functionality. The target operating system for these processor can be any supported operating system, including z/OS, OS/390, MVS, VM, VSE, and Linux for IBM System z. Remote IBM System z systems can now be controlled using Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) without any additional interface or networking other than an existing processor LAN. Note: If you plan to use a z9 Hardware Management Console (HMC) in your Processor Operations configuration in order to monitor and control an IBM System z or S/390-CMOS processor (machine number 9672), the microcode of this HMC must be on the mandatory z9 level before it can be used with Processor Operations. 5.2 Planning the hardware interfaces There are two different possibilities to gain access to a Central Processor Complex (CPC): Processor Operations (ProcOps) Processor Operations uses basic IP communication to access the CPC. System Automation for z/OS allows the possibility to use SNMP protocol as well as the already available SNA protocol. z/OS Base Control Program (BCP) internal interface The z/OS BCP internal interface is used by Extended Parallel Sysplex Automation, Geographical Diverse Parallel Sysplex (GDPS), and z/OS MSYS for Operations. It does not use a networking infrastructure; instead, it talks directly using API to the CPC. This interface is not a published interface. 100 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 119. The environment that we are working to implement is shown in Figure 5-1. Figure 5-1 HMC configuration for ITSO environment The assumption for the following sections are that System Automation for z/OS is already running and has an active automation profile. 5.3 Modifying automation policies To enable Processor Operations, you must modify several automation policies: 5.3.1, “Defining OCF-based processors” on page 101 5.3.2, “Connecting System to Processor” on page 108 5.3.3, “Enterprise Processor Operations information” on page 112 5.3.1 Defining OCF-based processors This section describes how to define OCF-based processors to Processor Operations. In System Automation for z/OS, every connection to a CPC or an external coupling facility is described by a Processor entry. You can have more Chapter 5. Managing SYSPLEXes with the use of the Processor Operations feature 101
  • 120. than one entry for the same processor, depending on the connection type; however, these entries must be defined with different entry names. The processor entry let you reach every LPAR or Coupling Facility. The processor entry describes a connection mechanism, using internal or external interface, to a Support Element or HMC. The Support Element or HMC allows access for management of every operating system image running on these CPCs. Figure 5-2 shows the automation policy entry type selection to define and modify automation policy entry. Figure 5-2 Entry Type Selection 102 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 121. To work with processor entry, select option 10. The result is shown in Figure 5-3. Figure 5-3 Entry Name Selection Chapter 5. Managing SYSPLEXes with the use of the Processor Operations feature 103
  • 122. In the screen shown in Figure 5-3 on page 103, enter NEW to add a new processor definition. Figure 5-4 shows an example of the processor entry definition. Figure 5-4 Define New Entry 104 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 123. We recommend using the hardware configuration definition (HCD) names of your processors as your processor names in System Automation. Press PF3 to exit and save. This brings you to the policy selection dialog shown in Figure 5-5. Figure 5-5 Policy Selection - Processor Info Chapter 5. Managing SYSPLEXes with the use of the Processor Operations feature 105
  • 124. In Figure 5-5 on page 105, select the PROCESSOR INFO policy and define your processor information, as shown in Figure 5-6. CPC details on HMC Connection mechanism: SNA network name is INTERNAL, NVC or required even for SNMP SNMP Secondary IP address, TCP/IP primary interface can be second SE From support element address address or its HMC setting in HMC address Figure 5-6 Processor Information 106 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 125. Save the definition in Figure 5-6 on page 106. Back in the policy selection dialog, select the LPARS AND SYSTEMS policy, as shown in Figure 5-7. Figure 5-7 Policy Selection - LPAR and SYSTEMS Chapter 5. Managing SYSPLEXes with the use of the Processor Operations feature 107
  • 126. The policy definition for LPARs and Systems is shown in Figure 5-8. LPAR names as defined The z/OS system name. in HCD. You can find this Similar to &SYMNAME System type: variable. in HMC. 370/ESA/CF/LINUX for LPAR 370/ESA/LINUX for VM guest Figure 5-8 LPAR Definition You can now save the new processor definition. Press F3 to save and exit the processor definition. 5.3.2 Connecting System to Processor This section shows the system definition that is connected to the processor entry. All Processor Operations target systems, including coupling facilities, must be defined using Automation Policy as a System object using the Dialog option 4 (SYS). In the dialog 4 from the Entry type Selection dialog shown in Figure 5-2 on page 102, the system definition can be created by issuing the NEW command from the entry name selection dialog. The new system entry dialog is shown in Figure 5-9 on page 109. 108 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 127. Figure 5-9 System definition As shown in Figure 5-9, a system may has several name identifiers that may or may not be the same, such as: System Automation for z/OS entry name Actual z/OS system name Processor Operations name To avoid confusion, all these names should be defined consistently. If possible, use the same name for all these entries. Press PF3 to save this. Chapter 5. Managing SYSPLEXes with the use of the Processor Operations feature 109
  • 128. After having specified target system names and operating system type, select PROCESSOR policy to choose a previously defined processor for your system, as shown in Figure 5-10. Figure 5-10 Policy Selection - Processor You will find that your system has already selected a processor, if the dialog finds that a processor has your system name in its LPAR and system name list (Figure 5-7 on page 107). If that is not the case, you must select a processor from the list in Figure 5-11 on page 111. 110 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 129. Figure 5-11 Select Target Hardware for System Select the TARGET SYSTEM INFO policy from the Policy Selection dialog, similar to Figure 5-10 on page 110. Figure 5-12 MVS Target System Basic Characteristics Chapter 5. Managing SYSPLEXes with the use of the Processor Operations feature 111
  • 130. Decide here if you want Processor Operations to automatically start its connection to this system when it is started. If the Processor Operations FP system runs in the same time zone as the target system, select it or otherwise define the time difference. If you want to predefine operators to receive messages from this system, fill in the interested operator lists. Note: Processor Operations has the ISQXDST command, which lets you manage this list more dynamically. This command is invoked from the NetView session. 5.3.3 Enterprise Processor Operations information From the Enterprise definition in your automation policy (selection 1 from the Entry Type Selection dialog), you must define the Processor Operation information policy, as shown in Figure 5-13. Figure 5-13 Policy Selection - Processor OPS Info In the Processor Operations information policy in Figure 5-14 on page 113, define the System Automation for z/OS domain names of your System Automation for z/OS that you use as the primary and backup focal points. 112 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 131. Figure 5-14 Processor Operation Information The control file and control file log datasets (ISQCNTL and ISQLOG) are used during the System Automation for z/OS Processor Operations build. You can use the data sets ING.USER.POCNTL and ING.USER.POLOG that you create in 2.3, “Creating System Automation for z/OS dialog screens” on page 21. 5.4 Preparing the hardware For each CPC support element, verify that the System Automation for z/OS Processor Operations hardware requirements, such as microcode level is met. Refer to IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1 Planning and Installation, SC33-8261. 5.4.1 Preparing the support element For each support element or HMC machine, perform the required customization task to activate the SNMP communication and the z900 API required for this communication, as described in Chapter 9, “Installing SA z/OS on Host Systems“, of the IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1 Planning and Installation, SC33-8261. During customization, you must specify the SNMP community names; these names are used for the System Automation for z/OS dialog processor definitions. Chapter 5. Managing SYSPLEXes with the use of the Processor Operations feature 113
  • 132. Community names have to be specified in order to use the BCP internal interface transport, the TCP/IP SNMP transport for Processor Operations, or both. For this task, you need to be logged on in Access Administrator mode on your CPC’s Support Element. If the Support Element has multiple network adapters, the SNMP API must be defined to use adapter 0 (primary network adapter), even if that adapter is not being used for network connection. We use two community names, as suggested by the installation manual, one for API access with a read only access and the other with a write access for Processor Operations. The PROCOPTS community definition is shown in Figure 5-15. Figure 5-15 SNMP definitions for the API For additional SNMP and API configuration information, refer to Chapter 6, “Configuring the Data Exchange APIs”, in zSeries 900 Application Programming Interface, SB10-7030. 114 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 133. 5.4.2 Enable the API and set the community name In order to use the BCP internal interface or the SNMP interface, the Support Element API function needs to be enabled. This is achieved using the API tab of the Support Element Settings notebook window, as shown in Figure 5-16. Be sure to use the appropriate SNMP community name. Note: This is only valid for an OS/2® based Support Element. The settings must be left blank for the new Linux-based HMCs. Figure 5-16 SNMP definitions for the enable API Chapter 5. Managing SYSPLEXes with the use of the Processor Operations feature 115
  • 134. 5.5 Processor Operations build facility This section describes how to build the Processor Operations definitions. The System Automation for z/OS processor control file contains information specific to your System Automation for z/OS configuration and is used to start Processor Operations. The control file is built from informtion about the Enterprise, Groups, SubGroups, Systems, Processors, and Communication Tasks already entered in the Policy database. Any change to these definitions requires the control file to be rebuilt. From the Policy database selection screen, enter BUILD next to the PolicyDB. Figure 5-17 appears, which allows you to build the Proc-Ops control file. Figure 5-17 Build Functions Menu From the Build Functions Menu, select option 2. Figure 5-18 on page 117 shows an example of the screen ISQDPG01 that is displayed. If the control file and control file log were previously specified, they will automatically appear here; otherwise, they will need to be entered. 116 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 135. Figure 5-18 Processor Operations Control File Build Select option 1 to generate the control file. If any errors are detected, they will be recorded in the control file log. Select option 2 to build a sample NetView operator definitions file. The file can be used as an include for the NetView DSIOPF member. The operators defined in this member would be various System Automation for z/OS automated task user IDs. The number of target control task operators (ISQCMxxx) should match the number of current processors that are defined with a connection protocol other than INTERNAL. The number of message monitor task operators (ISQBTxxx) should also match the number of target control tasks. Option 3 will enable you to browse this data set to determine what errors, if any, have occurred. Press PF3 to exit and save. Important: The following applies: Proc-Ops Build will only select entries with connection protocol NVC and SNMP. Sys-Ops Build will only select entries with connection type INTERNAL. Chapter 5. Managing SYSPLEXes with the use of the Processor Operations feature 117
  • 136. 5.6 Starting and stopping Processor Operations Processor Operations can either be started manually using operator commands in System Automation for z/OS, or automatically through definitions in the automation policy. 5.6.1 Manual operation of Processor Operations Important: Even though it is possible to have Processor Operations started on multiple systems at any one time, only the focal point system will be communicating to the Support Elements in the enterprise. The ISQSTART <controldsn> command starts Processor Operations. It establishes the processor operations environment with System Automation for z/OS. When this command is entered on the NetView Control Command Facility (NCCF) screen, you must specify, as a parameter, the control file where you built the Processor Operations definitions. See Figure 5-18 on page 117. You can use the ISQSTOP command to stop Processor Operations from NCCF. 5.6.2 Automating Processor Operations You can automate the start of Processor Operations using System Automation for z/OS policy to start when System Automation for z/OS is started. A sample Processor Operations application is provided. You can add the *PROCOPS sample database into your policy database. This provides a new application definition under option 6 from the Entry Name Selection dialog. 118 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 137. Figure 5-19 shows the PROCOPS applications that have already been defined. Figure 5-19 Entry Name selection - Application Chapter 5. Managing SYSPLEXes with the use of the Processor Operations feature 119
  • 138. When you select this application and then select AUTOMATION INFO policy, you will get the screen shown in Figure 5-20. Enter YES for Start on IPL and Start on Recycle. Figure 5-20 Application Information 120 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 139. Press PF3 to exit and save. Now select the STARTUP policy in the policy selection screen. Figure 5-21 shows the startup policy. Figure 5-21 Subsystem Startup Processing Chapter 5. Managing SYSPLEXes with the use of the Processor Operations feature 121
  • 140. When you select STARTUP command, Figure 5-22 shows the start command. Figure 5-22 Startup Command Processing When you do a BUILD for your Automation Control File (ACF), you will notice the message in the BUILD Report member $BLDRPT is similar to Example 5-1. Example 5-1 Message for Processor Operations automation Processor Control File "ING.USER.POCNTL" will be used for automated startup of the PROCESSOR_OPERATIONS application Later, when System Automation for z/OS is recycled or the Automation Control File (ACF) is reloaded, Processor Operations will be automatically started, monitored, and stopped, much the same as any other application defined to System Automation for z/OS. 5.6.3 Managing processors using Processor Operations Once Processor Operations is started, enter the ISQXDST command on the NCCF screen to view the status of the Processor Operations managed systems. Figure 5-23 on page 123 shows the managed system status dialog. 122 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 141. Figure 5-23 Processor Operations Target Status Summary If Processor Operations has not yet established communications with the target systems using the ISQXIII command, the status will be set to UNKNOWN, not INITIALIZED. Ensure that the indication for updates is set to Dynamic in the upper right corner of the dialog, which will allow the Status column to change dynamically. Pressing the Enter key will toggle between static and dynamic updates. For a detailed list of all Processor Operations commands, see IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS V3.1 Operator’s Commands, SC33-8265. 5.7 Security with RACF This section discusses additional RACF security that can be implemented to ensure authorized access to the processor hardware layer. For processor operations SNMP connections and for the Parallel Sysplex enhancements functions that use the BCP internal interface, a security product such as RACF must be used to define the required resources and grant access to these resources for the authorized NetView users and autotasks. Chapter 5. Managing SYSPLEXes with the use of the Processor Operations feature 123
  • 142. 5.7.1 Allowing NetView to use the BCP internal interface Before you can use the enhanced sysplex functions of System Automation for z/OS for processor automation, access to the hardware resource must be authorized by the Security Access Facility (SAF). The resource is defined as a FACILITY class resource, hence the FACILITY class must be active. We also recommend that the FACILITY class to be RACLISTed to ensure checking performance. RACLISTed classes are cached in memory. To enable the RACF’s FACILITY class, you can run the command shown in Example 5-2. Example 5-2 Command for enabling RACF’s FACILITY class SETROPTS CLASSACT(FACILITY) SETROPTS RACLIST(FACILITY) To define the HSAET32 hardware resource, run the RDEFINE FACILITY HSA.ET32OAN.HSAET32 UACC(NONE) command. The default access is NONE, so specific access must be given to the user that starts the System Automation for z/OS started task. The command to do that is PERMIT HSA.ET32OAN.HSAET32 CLASS(FACILITY) ID(stcuser) ACC(READ), assuming STCUSER is the user ID associated with your System Automation for z/OS started task. Note: The FACILITY class profile names are predefined in System Automation for z/OS. 5.7.2 Access to the processor and LPAR Each processor (CPC) defined in your System Automation for z/OS policy data base must have a corresponding resource profile defined with your SAF product. The format of the CPC resources are: HSA.ET32TGT.netid.nau The netid.nau part of the resource name corresponds with the netid.nau definition of the CPC entry specified in the customization dialog (see Figure 5-6 on page 106). The period between netid and nau is part of the resource name. HSA.ET32TGT.netid.nau.lpar For LPAR protection, define a resource with the netid.nau.lpar specification. The LPAR names are shown in Figure 5-8 on page 108. 124 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 143. To define a CPC resource in RACF, issue the RDEFINE FACILITY HSA.ET32TGT.USIBMSC.SCZP901 UACC(NONE) command. The CPC with netid USIBMSC and nau SCZP901 is defined as a resource in the RACF class facility with a universal access attribute of NONE. You can use a wildcard character to specify that the resource be more generic if that is suitable for your environment. Different users requires different access level to these resources. The following lists the access levels and their meaning for the CPC and LPAR resources: READ: Retrieve, get configuration information from the CPC WRITE: Update, set configuration information of the CPC CONTROL: Issue operations management commands of the CPC 5.7.3 Defining the CPC access lists Several System Automation for z/OS autotasks need to be authorized to access the CPCs that are defined in the customization dialog. The following System Automation for z/OS w autotasks need to be authorized with access level CONTROL for all defined CPCs and all its LPARs: The XCF autotasks. The autotasks defined with SYN %AOFOPXCFOPER% in automation table member AOFMSGSY. The HW interface autotasks AUTHWxxx. The AUTXCFxx autotasks plus the additional ones from %AOFOPXCFOPER% are used internally once INGCF drain or INGCF enable is invoked by an authorized user. IXC102A message automation is also performed by these autotasks. The autotasks used for the HW interface initialization and communication also need to be authorized. Use access level CONTROL for the AUTHWxxx autotasks in your environment. To permit access to a CPC resource in RACF, issue the PERMIT HSA.ET32TGT.USIBMSC.SCZP901 CLASS(FACILITY) ID(AUTXCF) ACC(CONTROL) command. The XCF autotask AUTXCF gets access level CONTROL for the CPC resource USIBMSC.SCZP901. Similarly for a generic LPAR resource access, issue the PERMIT HSA.ET32TGT.USIBMSC.SCZP901.* CLASS(FACILITY) ID(AUTXCF) ACC(CONTROL) command. The XCF autotask AUTXCF gets access level CONTROL for all the logical partitions under the SCZP901. Chapter 5. Managing SYSPLEXes with the use of the Processor Operations feature 125
  • 144. 126 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 145. 6 Chapter 6. Migrating to System Automation for z/OS This chapter discusses migration to System Automation for z/OS. The topics discussed are: 6.1, “Software Migration Project Office” on page 128 6.3, “General migration tool” on page 134 6.4, “Migration Unicenter CA-OPS/MVS” on page 147 6.5, “Migrating BMC MAINVIEW AutoOPERATOR” on page 152 © Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved. 127
  • 146. 6.1 Software Migration Project Office This section introduces the Software Migration Project Office (SMPO) group. SMPO is a group of IBM specialists who are experienced in converting ISV products to IBM solutions. We also provide an overview of all the current SMPO offerings. In this section, the following topics are described: 6.1.1, “SMPO overview” on page 128 6.1.2, “Migration services offerings” on page 129 6.1.1 SMPO overview New implementation of IBM and Tivoli products from other software vendors are primarily based on the following important considerations: Integrated software solutions that are reliable, robust and scalable. Software solutions that are affordable and have terms and conditions that are flexible and predictable. These new implementations often involved the IBM Software Migration Project Office (SMPO) for migration assistance. Since 1993, the SMPO has been helping new software implementation projects migrate into some of the industry's leading database, z/OS, and systems management from IBM and Tivoli. SMPO migration services offerings are backed up with a dedicated team of more than 90 migration specialists. This helps to ensure that your migration is performed professionally and successfully. To date, SMPO has performed more than 3,500 migrations and have a client satisfaction rating of 95 percent! The SMPO provides expertise in migration solutions for z/OS based systems management, DB2, CICS tools, and security, including assistance with software portfolio management and cost containment. The SMPO is a team of specialists with many years of practical experience migrating clients from other products. They utilize a proven methodology to ensure success gained from years of experience. The team focuses on the needs as expressed by the client. 128 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 147. 6.1.2 Migration services offerings The SMPO's migration service offerings have a flexible, modular structure that can be customized to meet a client's specific requirements. Our migration services offerings include: Migration Assessment Helps identify the migration issues unique to a specific environment. A migration assessment estimates the resources, time, and cost needed for a migration project. Migration Planning Service A migration specialist leads a joint client and IBM team that develops a migration plan detailing the tasks, target dates, and people assignments. Conversion Tools Services For products with large amounts of operational data, conversion tools may be used to automate the translation from one format to another, thereby reducing the time and errors involved in the conversion. Migration Consulting Services Migration specialists can provide guidance throughout the migration project. Typically, consulting services are provided during the technical analysis, testing and cut over phases of the project. Services can be provided onsite, through phone or remote dial-up. Migration Implementation Services Assistance is provided in the actual implementation of migration services includes: Product installation and customization Implementation of new function Exit design and coding Testing, test planning and validation Operations skills transfer Project management To learn more about the products the SMPO migrates, please go to: http://www.ibm.com/software/solutions/softwaremigration Chapter 6. Migrating to System Automation for z/OS 129
  • 148. 6.2 A typical migration process A typical automation migration process consists of several phases: 6.2.1, “Product implementation” on page 130 6.2.2, “Conversion” on page 132 6.2.3, “Production roll-out” on page 133 6.2.4, “Additional steps” on page 134 6.2.1 Product implementation The implementation of System Automation for z/OS can be summarized in the following steps. Some consideration is also provided in Chapter 2, “System Automation for z/OS V3R1 configuration” on page 19. Software installation. The first step in the migration process is to install IBM Tivoli NetView for z/OS and System Automation for z/OS using SMP/E. You can find detailed informtion about this process from the IBM Tivoli NetView and System Automation for z/OS program directories. It is important to check for the latest APARs to ensure known issues with solutions are not propagated into your environment. You can select these APARs from the Preventive Service Planning (PSP) bucket information library. You can search the PSP bucket at https://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/390.psp390 Allocate datasets. Custom datasets must be allocated outside of SMP/E processing. Ensure the USS directories and files are created and defined as well. Additional customization dialog datasets must also be defined. Customize PARMLIB members. – Update SCHEDxx – Update MPFLSTxx – Update LPALSTxx – Update LNKLSTxx – Update IEFSSNxx Customize PROCLIB members. It is useful for operations and general efficiency of the PROCLIB dataset to have a common procedure library across systems. You can do this using system symbolics when allocating datasets. When allocating datasets for 130 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 149. System Automation for z/OS and NetView, keep this in mind when establishing naming standards. Customize IBM Tivoli NetView for z/OS. – Customize NetView Alert information. – Customize DSIPARM data; It can be advantageous in a sysplex environment to establish a plexwide DSIPARM dataset as well as a system specific DSIPARM. Doing so can promotes standardization while still having the flexibility for necessary system differences. – Modifying NetView DSIPARM. • Definition for an Automation Network (Optional). • AOFOPFGW Modifications. • Update DSIOPFU with local operator definitions. • Update security table if using NetView security. • Customize NetView Style Sheet. – Customize NetView CNM1NETV - Main Menu screen. Customizing the Automation Manager – Customizing HSAPRMxx: If using multiple logical sysplexes within a physical sysplex, update the GRPID field accordingly. Remember to also update the INGXINIT member of the SA agent as well within DSIPARM. – ARM instrumentation of the Automation Manager. – Security considerations. – Customizing the component trace. – Customizing the system logger. Install ISPF dialog screens. – Allocate libraries for the dialogs. – Invoking the ISPF dialogs. – Verify the ISPF dialog planning and installation. – Verify the number of available REXX environments. Defining automation policy. – Create policy definitions; You can initially create a limited Policy with only a few tasks defined for verification purposes. – Build the control files. – Distribute system operations control files. Chapter 6. Migrating to System Automation for z/OS 131
  • 150. Define Host-to-Host communications. – Customize the SYS1.VTAMLST data set. – Perform VTAM definitions. – Add additional VTAM statements. Define security, for both IBM Tivoli NetView for z/OS and System Automation for z/OS. Customize the Status Display Facility (SDF); This is an optional step. This provides a simple 3270-based layout of your automated applications. In conjunction with SDF, the NetView Web Application and the NetView Management Console can also be configured for a graphical based interface view of your environment. Automate System Operations startup. After the scheduled IPL of the system, start Automation NetView on all images and verify cross system communications. Provide operator training. 6.2.2 Conversion After the System Automation for z/OS has been installed and running, conversion may start. The conversion consists of: Classify current automation by type. Identify and eliminate obsolete automation. Convert message automation. – Convert message suppression automation to MPF or NetView Message Revision Table entries. – Convert message automation to System Automation for z/OS policy or NetView Message Automation Table (MAT) with REXX processing as needed. Convert REXX programs as needed; some tasks include: – Implement e-mail notification by implementing SMTP. – Automation programs that cannot be defined by a simple System Automation for z/OS policy must be converted to REXX program. Test message automation. – Construct test scenarios. – Test message automation. – Sign-off message automation test results. 132 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 151. Convert command based automation. – Classify commands, if it is a custom operator command or z/OS command. – Custom commands automation can be converted to REXX. – Install and activate NetView MVS Command Exit. Convert Timer automation. – Add Timers to Automation Policy. – Test Timer automation REXX programs. Finalize automation conversion. – Review automation conversion. – Sign-off on automation conversion. Formal product training. 6.2.3 Production roll-out When all the conversion has been implemented and tested, we are ready for the production roll-out: Establish infrastructure for System Automation for z/OS implementation. – Define all necessary shared NetView datasets. – Define Automation Policy for production LPARs. – Create Server Group for Automation Managers. – Determine need for NetView graphics. Implement System Automation for z/OS in production. – Propagate PARMLIB changes to images. – Propagate PROCLIB changes to images. – Propagate product libraries. – Disable current automation product. – IPL images. – Start Automation Manager. – Start System Automation for z/OS agents. – Verify System Automation for z/OS is operational. – System Automation for z/OS automation and operation verification. Chapter 6. Migrating to System Automation for z/OS 133
  • 152. 6.2.4 Additional steps There are some additional steps that must also be performed, such as: Update systems operation procedures Convert automation security to RACF or other local SAF product Production roll-out wrap-up 6.3 General migration tool The original idea for these general migration tools came about during 2005 when the SMPO was asked to provide some ideas on helping reduce the total hours that are required when we perform migrations from non-IBM automation products to System Automation for z/OS. The System Automation for z/OS development lab chose not to participate in the tool development, so we were given the go ahead to code them. The tools are written in REXX, making extensive use of both NetView PIPEs as well as NetView 3270 VIEW screens. They do not require an System Automation for z/OS NetView to run them, so they could be run in either a standard NetView or an System Automation for z/OS NetView, whichever is available. However, the minimum NetView required is V5R1, since the code uses the new EXTEND function of VIEW that was introduced in that release with APAR OA06590 (PTF UA09844 available on April 27, 2004). Note: This new function is only documented in that APAR and the new NetView V5R2 manuals but was never described in the V5R1 library. These tools are the first release of what is intended to be a growing amount of software that will help you with your migrations from non-IBM automation software to System Automation for z/OS. Feel free to e-mail mailto:andrew.mcintyre@us.ibm.com with any enhancement requests you might like to see and they can be considered for the next release. The discussion includes: 6.3.1, “Installation” on page 135 6.3.2, “User interface” on page 135 6.3.3, “Auto Discovery of Started Tasks” on page 137 6.3.4, “Migration source code control” on page 139 134 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 153. 6.3.1 Installation The tools consists of the following members: SAMSYSC Compiled REXX program SAMSYSP Screens member Both members should be put into your local REXX library. This is usually the first one in your DSICLD concatenation in the NetView Started Task Procedure. Note: The screens member does not need to be installed in your CNMPNL1 concatenation because it is loaded dynamically by the REXX code when you run it. The program code allocates various files, including both existing and new datasets. All new datasets DCB parameters are always modeled after the first dataset in your DSICLD concatenation. You will need to ensure that your security software allows NetView to create these new datasets. 6.3.2 User interface The migration tools use the standard NetView 3270 interface, including complete use of both the PF6 ROLL as well as the PF12 RETRIEVE functions. All of the usable PF keys are shown at the bottom of each screen. Chapter 6. Migrating to System Automation for z/OS 135
  • 154. Once the two members are put in the DSICLD concatenation, log on to NetView and issue SAMSYSC and press Enter to display the screen shown in Figure 6-1. Figure 6-1 Main menu screen All the standard screen items are similar to a typical NetView application, such as the NetView domain, operator ID, date, and time. This migration tool consists of the following functions: Auto Discovery of Started Tasks. Started task discovery in a large SYSPLEX environment can be a very tedious process. The tool allows automatic collection of running tasks for all members of the SYSPLEX. We discuss this in 6.3.3, “Auto Discovery of Started Tasks” on page 137. Migration Source Code Control. In a large migration project with a sizeable amount of automation code, it is sometimes hard to pinpoint exactly the progress of the conversion. This tool allows you to manage this progress using a control file that stores the progress status of the migration effort. We discuss this in 6.3.4, “Migration source code control” on page 139. 136 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 155. 6.3.3 Auto Discovery of Started Tasks In handling started task management, you have to key in all of the job names of the various started tasks running on each system in the SYSPLEX for the initial System Automation for z/OS policy setup phase. This is one of the most time consuming steps in setting up System Automation for z/OS and this tool automates the entire process. The tool will also set up the connection in System Automation for z/OS policy between the job names and the systems they were found running on. You will still have to key in relationships and shut down commands but the time consuming and error prone work of keying in hundreds (sometimes thousands) of job names is now taken care of. To start the process, select 1 from the initial menu (or you could issue SAMDIS from the command line). You will then see the screen in Figure 6-2, with the system names from your SYSPLEX automatically filled in. Figure 6-2 Auto Discovery of Started Tasks screen At this point, you can alter the system list however you wish. For example, you could delete one or more of the systems if you did not want to discover their started tasks at this time. One reason you might want to do this is that you may have different peak times from system to system when there are the most started Chapter 6. Migrating to System Automation for z/OS 137
  • 156. tasks to discover. So you could discover some of the systems now and some later, whenever you wanted to do them. Once you are satisfied with the list, press Enter for the automatic discovery to start. The text on the screen describes how the discovery process actually works. You will then see progress messages for each system flash by and when all the systems have been processed, you will see a screen like Figure 6-3. Figure 6-3 Auto Discovery of Started Tasks screen Take note of the dataset name where the results of the discovery have been stored. This dataset name is based on the first dataset in your DSICLD concatenation with the added tokens of the date and time of the discovery as Dyymmdd and Thhmmss. Each system discovered has its own member in this dataset where the member name is the name of the system. The generated member can then be imported into a System Automation for z/OS policy. Use the following process: 1. Log on to TSO/ISPF and get into the System Automation for z/OS policy screens. 2. Start with an empty policy created from the EMPTY policy sample. 138 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 157. Note: If you do not start with the EMPTY sample, any existing entries of the same types with the same names of what was discovered will be overlaid with nulls (including any relationships, shutdown commands, and other fields), so be careful and always start with an empty policy. 3. Go to option 5.9 (Migrate) and specify one system name at a time and migrate the corresponding member name for that system into System Automation for z/OS policy. The System Automation for z/OS policy types that will be created are GRP, SYS, APG, and APL. 4. The Migrate option in the 5.9 menu only allows you to migrate one system at a time. When you are finished, you will have the job names of all the started tasks that were running on all the systems you discovered stored in your System Automation for z/OS policy. 5. Now you can add relationships, shutdown commands, and do any other policy work you need to do. 6.3.4 Migration source code control This tool is for those larger migrations where either the client's project management, or sometimes the IBM project manager, wants to know exactly how far along the REXX migration has proceeded. This tool will avoid the necessity to keep up with the REXX migration progress manually, usually with a large, hard to maintain spreadsheet or project plan. Instead, it automates the analysis of what status the entire set of REXX migrations are in so that everyone can tell at a glance how far along the project has progressed. Chapter 6. Migrating to System Automation for z/OS 139
  • 158. To start the process, key in 2 from the initial menu or you could issue SAMSCC from the command line. You will then see the sub menu screen in Figure 6-4. Figure 6-4 Migration Source Code Control Menu screen This source code control tool is somewhat larger in scope than the auto discovery tool and that is the reason it has a sub menu available. You can also bypass this menu and go directly to any of the sub functions by using the commands shown on the screen, such as SAMSCCC, SAMSCCO, and SAMSCCS. These sub menus also represent the sequence of tasks that you need to perform for the source code control. 1. To specify the control dataset, just key in 1 on the sub menu screen (or use the SAMSCCC command) to specify the control dataset name. You get the screen in Figure 6-5 on page 141 with a proposed dataset name already filled in, that you can change however you wish. 140 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 159. Figure 6-5 Migration Source Code Control - control dataset screen 2. Press Enter and follow the prompts and you end up either allocating a new control dataset or using an already existing one. The messages that you see are self explanatory as to what is taking place. Chapter 6. Migrating to System Automation for z/OS 141
  • 160. Be aware that you can specify and switch between any number of control datasets. The tool stores this dataset name in a global variable in the NetView save/restore database. When you have successfully created a control dataset, the initial sub menu for this tool will show the dataset name currently being used, as in the screen shown in Figure 6-6. Figure 6-6 Migration Source Code Control Menu screen with control dataset 3. The initial control dataset contains two members: #README and MIGREYEC. You can use TSO/ISPF to take a look at these two members. There are comments in both members with explanations as to their use. 4. Edit the MIGREYEC member if you want to use your own categories of REXXs. These category names are the key to this tool and allow you to keep track of your various REXX members in up to six different groups. The tool uses the first four characters of the names as headings on a later screen (that is why “copyed” is intentionally misspelled). Once you have settled on your category names in MIGREYEC, either using the suggestions or editing the member and changing them to whatever you want, you are ready to proceed with the next step. 142 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 161. 5. Back on the sub menu screen in Figure 6-6 on page 142, key in 2 or use the SAMSCCO command to specify the old source datasets that contain your various REXX members. You will see the screen shown in Figure 6-7. Figure 6-7 Migration Source Code Control - old dataset screen 6. You can key in up to ten dataset names that contain your original REXX source code. These datasets will not be changed in any way. They will simply have all of their members copied into new datasets that use the same name but with “.SA” appended to the end. If you have more than ten datasets, then you must specify additional control datasets and key in the old datasets in groups of ten each. This should not be a problem for most migrations. Chapter 6. Migrating to System Automation for z/OS 143
  • 162. 7. Once you have keyed in your old dataset names and had the tool validate them, you will then see a screen similar to Figure 6-8 (the dataset names are just examples). Figure 6-8 Migration Source Code Control - verified old dataset screen 8. In Figure 6-8, it shows the total number of members found in each dataset. Now you can press Enter one final time to start the actual copy process. During this process, the first line of the MIGREYEC member that you validated earlier will be placed at the top of each source member. Depending on the number of datasets and the total number of members, this process may take a few minutes. A progress count is provided as the copy is taking place so you can see that everything is working successfully. After the copy process has completed, you will see a screen like Figure 6-9 on page 145 showing that the copy processing was successful. If there were any errors, you will see them as well on the same line as the dataset name. 144 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 163. Figure 6-9 Migration Source Code Control - old dataset screen At this point, you have created a complete copy of your existing REXX libraries, but with “.SA” appended to the dataset name and each member now having a new comment line inserted at the top. 9. You can now proceed with the actual migration, that is, editing and testing the various REXXs. You must edit the datasets residing in the new datasets with the suffix SA. As you perform this work, uncomment (take the * off) the word that corresponds to the status you want this REXX to have. For instance, the line below indicates that this member is in a copyed status: /* SA migration ---> copyed *testing *finished *obsolete <--- */ However, once you have started testing the REXX, you should edit the member to read: /* SA migration ---> copyed testing *finished *obsolete <--- */ Note: The rightmost, uncommented word is the status that is used during the analysis stage. In other words, there is no reason to comment (put an * back on) the earlier word as it leaves that particular status. Chapter 6. Migrating to System Automation for z/OS 145
  • 164. 10.To get the overall progress of the migration, at any time just key in 3 on the sub menu screen or use the SAMSCCS command to analyze the new source datasets that contain your various REXX members. You will see Figure 6-10. Figure 6-10 Migration Source Code Control - empty dataset progress screen Notice that the new dataset names have been filled in for you and the category names you originally specified have been used as headings on this screen. We are only showing four categories, but there is enough space for six. 11.Press Enter for the tool to analyze all of your new source datasets. You can see the progress of the analysis as it reads each member. You will eventually see the screen shown in Figure 6-11 on page 147. 146 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 165. Figure 6-11 Migration Source Code Control - dataset progress screen report Anytime you go back into the SAMSCCS part of the tool, it redisplays the information from the last analysis. Then when you run it again, it overlays this data with the latest results. The Pcts line is the completion percentages that you can provide to your project management anytime they want it. Now you do not have to manually keep up with the status of all those REXXs anymore! The tool does it for you! 6.4 Migration Unicenter CA-OPS/MVS The Unicenter CA-OPS/MVS Web page can be viewed at: http://www3.ca.com/solutions/Product.aspx?ID=3102 As an automation product, Unicenter CA-OPS/MVS provides event management and automation management for z/OS. It uses a mechanism called System State Manager (SSM) to achieve resource status. It integrates with other Unicenter products for graphical analyzer and UNIX System Services automation. It also provides an screen based automation definition called EasyRule. Chapter 6. Migrating to System Automation for z/OS 147
  • 166. The migration to System Automation for z/OS from CA-OPS/MVS should be done in phases. The first phase should include adding all system and application information into the policy database. This will provide the policy base for the remaining automation processes. The migration process should take full advantage of the features and functions of System Automation for z/OS whenever possible. Of course, the amount of time available to complete the migration and the knowledge and experience in System Automation for z/OS will be factors in how the migration process is done. In this section, we discuss the common methodologies used when migrating from CA-OPS/MVS to System Automation for z/OS. We will describe the methods for migrating the following features: 6.4.1, “System State Manager (SSM) tables and rule migration” on page 148 6.4.2, “Message rules” on page 148 6.4.3, “Command rules” on page 149 6.4.4, “Timer rules” on page 149 6.4.5, “Screen scraping rules” on page 150 6.4.6, “REXX migration” on page 151 6.4.1 System State Manager (SSM) tables and rule migration System State Manager (SSM) application entries can be added to System Automation for z/OS policy during the initial phase of the migration project. This will allow the task management portion of System Automation for z/OS to run in monitor mode. In monitor mode, System Automation for z/OS monitors and updates the status’s for all objects defined to policy. With the Automation flags set to NO, status information and actions defined in policy can be monitored and verified against SSM actions without initiating duplicate automation. An examination of the current message and REXX libraries should occur prior to the migration of the rules. All obsolete automation should be identified and excluded from the migration process. 6.4.2 Message rules Message rules are entered into the System Automation for z/OS policy database. This is manifested in MESSAGE/USER DATA policy section for application or for MVS components. In the Message Processing screen, you specify how System Automation for z/OS should react if the specified message appears. The appropriate response should be documented in the Action column. Depending 148 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 167. on the action, System Automation for z/OS displays a follow-on screen where you further specify the automated reaction to the message. For each of the automated responses, an entry in the NetView automation table is required that specifies which routine System Automation for z/OS should be used to process your specified action. System Automation for z/OS is able to automatically build the NetView automation table entries for all CMD, REPLY, AUTO, and OVR actions as well as for certain USER and CODE actions. The following actions are available: CMD: Issues commands as a response to a message. REP: Issues replies as a response to a WTOR issued by the application. CODE: Checks for certain codes within the message. If the codes are contained in the message, you can enter a value that is returned to the calling REXX. USER: Defines user-specified actions if the current message requires more specific automation than provided by the generic routines. AUTO: You can use the associated screen to specify messages that indicate the status of a resource. Once messages have been defined, they are automatically added to the NetView automation table. OVR: Allows you to override a default NetView automation table entry generated for a message. 6.4.3 Command rules Two different techniques will suffice to handle these rules. If it is a uniquely named REXX command, where it does not replace a standard MVS command, then the REXX will be migrated into the System Automation for z/OS REXX library. It can be invoked from the MVS console by prefixing the command name with the subsystem command designator. For commands that are replacing or rejecting standard MVS or JES commands, the NetView Command Management feature must be used. See the member CNMEMCXY in the CNMCLST dataset, which provides examples of using the NetView Command Management feature. 6.4.4 Timer rules CA-OPS/MVS timer rules can be migrated to either the TIMERS entry section of policy or for timers linked to a specific application into the APPLICATION entry section using INGTIMER. For more complex time specification, you can use NetView CHRON timers. Chapter 6. Migrating to System Automation for z/OS 149
  • 168. TIMERS entry type This dialog can be used to define timers that are scheduled to issue commands or REXX at certain times. These timers can be triggered at a particular day and time, after a certain day, or to repeat at certain intervals. INGTIMER This command links timer commands to subsystems. This ensures that the timer is only active when the subsystem is active. When the subsystem terminates, the timer commands are automatically purged. CHRON The CHRON command enables you to run commands at timed intervals and provides the following capabilities: – Repeat a command at regular intervals during a portion of the day, for example, once every hour from 8:00 a.m. to 12:00 noon. – Specify which days of the week a repeating command does or does not execute, for example, the third Tuesday of any month. – Specify which calendar days a repeating command does or does not execute. The dates are classified as holidays, and define any other classes you prefer. – Schedule commands that run at a specific time of day on multiple or specific days. 6.4.5 Screen scraping rules Screen scraping rules should be eliminated whenever possible. Screens can often change, requiring the code to change also. However, there are times when this is the only automation technique available. The VET command (and PIPE stage) is used to read data from, and subsequently write data to, a virtual screen using VOST. When used as a first stage in a pipe, VET obtains data from the screen in one of the following forms: Row Field Message Row and field form data is returned in message BNH150I. If a issued command does not result in a full screen being presented on the virtual screen, the message displayed on the screen is returned to VET in message form. If the application running returns a message and a full screen, both the message and full-screen data are returned to VET. 150 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 169. When VET is used as a command or as a subsequent pipe stage, it writes data to the virtual screen. Data is written in the form of simple text where one line is written for each input-capable field on the virtual screen. An example of full screen automation is contained in member CNMS1098 in the CNMSAMP dataset. 6.4.6 REXX migration Many REXX programs can be eliminated with policy entries. For the REXX members that must be maintained, the majority of code can be migrated as is. The primary difference is migrating the CA-OPS/MVS REXX functions or extensions. For functions that are used extensively, it may be beneficial to re-write the command for use by System Automation for z/OS. For example, the OPSVALUE function in CA-OPS/MVS is often used extensively for the updating and retrieving of global variables. We can emulate this using the NetView global variables using a module, such as the GLBVALUE program in REXX. For migration purposes, the OPSVALUE references can then simply be changed to GLBVALUE to complete the migration of that portion of REXX code. Writing the code to emulating functions can be time consuming. You must weigh the cost of writing the emulation code against re-writing the original REXX code to use System Automation for z/OS functions. Chapter 6. Migrating to System Automation for z/OS 151
  • 170. Example 6-1 shows the structure of the GLBVALUE sample that can replace the OPSVALUE function. Example 6-1 GLBVALUE program /*********************************************************************/ /* */ /* NAME - GLBVALUE */ /* FUNCTION - A FUNCTION THAT MANIPULATES GLOBAL VARIABLES. */ /* CALL PARAMETERS ARE: */ /* P1 - VARIABLE NAME */ /* P2 - OPTION. VALID OPTIONS ARE: */ /* 'A' - INCREMENT A GLOBAL BY VALUE IN P3. */ /* 'V' - RETURNS VALUE OF GLOBAL, OR NULLS. */ /* 'L' - RETURNS A LIST OF GLOBAL VARIABLES */ /* THAT BEGIN WITH THE NAME SPECIFIED */ /* 'E' - RETURNS 'I' IF VARIABLE EXISTS, OR 'N' */ /* IF IT DOES NOT. */ /* 'F' - RETURNS 'I' IF VARIABLE EXISTS, OR 'N' */ /* IF IT DOES NOT. (SAME AS 'E') */ /* 'R' - REMOVES A VARIABLE, OR VARIABLES IF */ /* VALUE IS GENERIC (SUCH AS GLV.XX.*). */ /* 'S' - RETURNS A LIST OF ALL GLOBAL VARIABLES */ /* THAT BEGIN WITH THE NAME SPECIFIED */ /* 'U' - UPDATES THE VALUE OF THE VARIABLE TO */ /* THE VALUE SPECIFIED IN P3. */ /* P3 - VALUE (FOR A AND U ONLY) */ 6.5 Migrating BMC MAINVIEW AutoOPERATOR The AutoOPERATOR product was originally sold by Boole and Babbage until BMC bought them in 1999. The AutoOPERATOR product can be viewed at: http://www.bmc.com/products/proddocview/0,2832,19052_0_28229_8571,00.ht ml It consists of various automation modules that allows automation management of a z/OS environment. SMPO is usually involved with the z/OS, CICS, and IMS module migration. The product is integrated with the MAINVIEW suite of monitoring software. However, we run into very little MAINVIEW related performance alerts that are being handled by AutoOPERATOR automation. Usually, the products are 152 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 171. managed by separate groups in an organization and are rarely directly involved with each other. With the migration of AutoOPERATOR to System Automation for z/OS, we recommend also using the IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON family of monitoring using the Tivoli Enterprise Portal and its out of the box (or client setup) automated situations to handle whatever performance related automation MAINVIEW was doing. The vast majority of automation that is being run in a z/OS shop, such as message and command traps, z/OS started task management, and home grown custom REXX code, is almost always completely confined to the AutoOPERATOR environment and its features, and this is what we spend the majority of our time migrating to System Automation for z/OS. Table 6-1 shows the BMC products and the IBM Tivoli software equivalents. Table 6-1 Product mapping BMC product IBM/Tivoli product Comments AutoOPERATOR for z/OS System Automation for z/OS Base SA AutoOPERATOR for CICS System Automation for z/OS (CICS feature) Included with base sa AutoOPERATOR for IMS System Automation for z/OS (IMS feature) Included with base sa MAINVIEW SYSPROG Services System Automation for z/OS + standard Most of the RESOLVE (originally known as RESOLVE) z/OS commands (+ possibly OMEGAMON commands can be XE on z/OS for some commands) handled with the latest z/OS commands MAINVIEW (monitoring) IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON XE 6.5.1 IMFEXEC migration tool from the SMPO Migrating REXX automation code is always one of the most time consuming aspects of any automation migration. The SMPO has developed a specific run time tool to help migrate any custom REXX code a client might have. For the AutoOPERATION client, SMPO issues a REXX subroutine called IMFEXEC, which performs a similar function with the AutoOPERATOR function calls. This allows the client’s REXX to remain unchanged as much as possible and to continue to invoke IMFEXEC as it always has when moved to the System Automation for z/OS environment. This saves a lot of time in migrating, editing, and testing REXX code. Chapter 6. Migrating to System Automation for z/OS 153
  • 172. The various IMFEXEC subfunctions are handled by the SMPO IMFEXEC module in the same way they were under AutoOPERATOR, except now they use only System Automation for z/OS and NetView for z/OS functions. The module currently consists of over 600 lines of REXX code and the source code is provided during any SMPO automation migration engagement. The subfunctions that are currently handled, with their supported parameters, are described below: CMD: Issues an MVS command. /* CMD ---------------------------- */ /* handles non-quoted (no response) */ /* quoted (responses) */ /* COUNT|LINES(0) (no response) */ /* COUNT|LINES(n) (responses) */ /* # prefix (drops) */ /* and variables IMFCC = 0 */ /* IMFRC = 0 */ /* IMFNOL */ /* LINEnnnn */ /* errors out on . BBI commands */ SELECT: Runs a REXX program. /* SELECT ------------------------- */ /* handles EXEC only */ /* and variables IMFCC = 0 */ /* IMFRC = 0 */ /* errors out on not EXEC */ MSG: Logs a message to the NetView netlog. /* MSG ---------------------------- */ /* handles quoted and non quoted */ /* and variables IMFCC = 0 */ /* IMFRC = 0 */ WTO: Writes a message to a console. /* WTO ---------------------------- */ /* handles quoted (required) */ /* ROUTCDE(n..nn) */ /* DESC(n..nn) */ /* and variables IMFCC = 0 */ /* IMFRC = 0 */ /* IMFWTDOM */ 154 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 173. ALERT: Writes an alert message to either (or both) the Status Display Facility (SDF) or the Tivoli Enterprise Portal Event Console. /* ALERT -------------------------- */ /* handles alert key (first parm) */ /* quoted alert text (required) */ /* FUNCTION|FUN(ADD|DELETE) (only) */ /* ADD is the default */ /* PRIORITY|PRI */ /* (CRITICAL|CRIT) red */ /* (HIGH) red */ /* (MAJOR) pink */ /* (MINOR) yellow */ /* (WARNING|WARN) dkblue */ /* (INFORMATIONAL|INFO) ltblue */ /* (CLEARING) green */ /* QUEUE|QUE(MAIN|queue name) */ /* and variables IMFCC = 0 */ /* IMFRC = 0 */ SUBMIT: Submits a batch job. /* SUBMIT ------------------------- */ /* handles quoted (required) */ /* and variables IMFCC = 0 */ /* IMFRC = 0 */ WAIT: Pauses the execution. /* WAIT --------------------------- */ /* handles non quoted time in secs */ /* and variables IMFCC = 0 */ /* IMFRC = 0 */ /* errors out on NAME parm */ VGET: Copies one or more variables from the NetView pool to the REXX function pool. /* VGET --------------------------- */ /* handles single var - no parens */ /* sing or mult vars - parens */ /* LOCAL - task */ /* default SHARED - common */ /* PROFILE - common (saved) */ /* and variables IMFCC = 0 */ /* IMFRC = 0 */ /* errors out on INTO parm */ Chapter 6. Migrating to System Automation for z/OS 155
  • 174. VPUT: Copies one or more variables from the REXX function pool to the NetView pool. /* VPUT --------------------------- */ /* handles single var - no parens */ /* sing or mult vars - parens */ /* LOCAL - task */ /* default SHARED - common */ /* PROFILE - common (saved) */ /* and variables IMFCC = 0 */ /* IMFRC = 0 */ /* errors out on FROM parm */ VDEL: Deletes one or more variables from the NetView pool. /* VDEL --------------------------- */ /* handles single var - no parens */ /* sing or mult vars - parens */ /* pattern - asterisk */ /* (last byte only) */ /* LOCAL - task */ /* default SHARED - common */ /* PROFILE - common (saved) */ /* and variables IMFCC = 0 */ /* IMFRC = 0 */ 6.5.2 Future enhancements During our next AutoOPERATOR migration, we intend on adding the following enhancements to our IMFEXEC tool: VDCL to declare a variable list, as well as the VGET INTO and the VPUT FROM parameters. VLST to return a list of variables. VENQ and VDEQ to lock and unlock a resource, as well as their automatic use on SHARED and PROFILE variables. Other possibilities include some of the RES (Resolve) parameters as well as the CICS and IMSTRAN subfunctions, as well as any other IMFEXEC subfunctions that might be highly used at the client and that would help speed up the migration or make the migrated code more reliable. 156 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 175. Abbreviations and acronyms ACF Advanced Communication HLQ High Level Qualifier Function HMC Hardware Management AIX Advanced Interactive Console eXecutive HSM Hierarchical Storage Manager AON Automated Operation HTTP Hyper Text Transfer Protocol Network I/O Input Output APAR Authorized Program Analysis Request IBM International Business Machines Corporation APF Authorized Programming Facility IMS Information Management System API Application Programming Interface IPL Initial Program Load ARM Automatic Restart Manager ISPF Interactive System Productivity Facility CBPDO Custom Build Product Delivery Options ITSO International Technical Support Organization CD-ROM Compact Disc Read Only Memory JAAS Java Authentication and Authorization Services CICS Customer Information Control System JAR Java Archive CMOS Complementary Metal Oxide JCL Job Control Language Semiconductor JES Job Entry Subsystem CPC Central Processing Complex JRE Java Runtime Environment DASD Direct Access Storage Device KDE K Desktop Environment DB2 Database 2™ LAN Local Area Network DCB Data Control Block LPAR Logical Partition DFSMS Data Facility System MCS Multiple Console Support Managed Storage MVS Multiple Virtual Storage EAS Event Automation Services NCCF NetView Command Control EIF Event Integration Facility Facility ESCON Enterprise System NCP Network Communication Connection Program FICON Fiber Connection NLDM Network Logical Data GDPS Geographically Dispersed Manager Parallel Sysplex NMC Network Management HFS Hierarchical File System Console © Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved. 157
  • 176. NPDA Network Problem UDB Universal Database Determination Application URL Universal Resource Locator OPC Operation Planning and USS UNIX System Services Control VSE Virtual Storage Environment PPI Program-to-program Interface VTAM Virtual Telecommunication PPT Program Property Table Access Method PTF Program Temporary Fix WTO Write to Operator RACF Resource Access Control WTOR Write to Operator Reply Facility XCF Cross-system Coupling REXX Restructured EXtended Facility eXecutor XML eXtensible Markup Language RMF Resource Measurement Facility RODM Resource Object Data Model SAF System Authorization Facility SDK Software Development Kit SDSF System Display and Search Facility SLES SUSE Linux Enterprise Server SMP/E System Modification Program Extended SMPO Software Migration Project Office SMS System Managed Storage SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol SNA System Network Architecture SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol SSI Subsystem Interface SVC Supervisory Call SYSPLEX System Complex TAF Terminal Access Facility TCP/IP Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol TEC Tivoli Enterprise Console TSCF Target System Control Facility TSO Time Sharing Option 158 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 177. Related publications The publications listed in this section are considered particularly suitable for a more detailed discussion of the topics covered in this IBM Redbook. IBM Redbooks For information about ordering these publications, see “How to get IBM Redbooks” on page 160. Note that some of the documents referenced here may be available in softcopy only. IBM Tivoli OMEGAMON XE V3.1.0 Deep Dive on z/OS, SG24-7155 End-to-end Automation with IBM Tivoli System Automation for Multiplatforms, SG24-7117 Automation Using Tivoli NetView OS/390 V1R3 and System Automation OS/390 V1R3, SG24-5515 Other publications These System Automation for z/OS publications are also relevant as further information sources: IBM Tivoli NetView Installation: Configuring Additional Components, SC31-8874 IBM Tivoli System Automation for Multiplatforms V2.1.1 End-to-End Automation Management User's Guide and Reference, SC33-8211 IBM Tivoli System Automation for Multiplatforms V2.1.1 Release Notes, SC33-8214 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS CICS Automation Programmer’s Reference and Operator’s Guide, SC33-8267 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Customizing and Programming, SC33-8260 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Defining Automation Policy, SC33-8262 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS IMS Automation Programmer’s Reference and Operator’s Guide, SC33-8268 © Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved. 159
  • 178. IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Messages and Codes, SC33-8264 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Operator’s Commands, SC33-8265 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Planning and Installation, SC33-8261 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Programmer’s Reference, SC33-8266 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS TWS Automation Programmer’s Reference and Operator’s Guide, SC23-8269 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS User’s Guide, SC33-8263 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS End-to-End Automation Adapter, SC33-8271 Tivoli NetView for z/OS Installation: Configuring Additional Components, SC31-8874 Tivoli NetView for z/OS V5R2 Installation: Getting Started, SC31-8872 Online resources These Web sites are also relevant as further information sources: IBM Preventive Service Planning search site https://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/390.psp390 IBM Tivoli Systems Automations for z/OS pages http://www-306.ibm.com/software/tivoli/products/system-automation-39 0/ http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/tividd/td/IBMTivoliSystemAutomationfor zOS3.1.html IBM Tivoli NetView for z/OS page http://www-306.ibm.com/software/tivoli/products/netview-zos/ http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/tivihelp/v3r1/index.jsp?toc =/com.ibm.itnetviewforzos.doc/toc.xml How to get IBM Redbooks You can search for, view, or download Redbooks, Redpapers, Hints and Tips, draft publications and Additional materials, as well as order hardcopy Redbooks or CD-ROMs, at this Web site: ibm.com/redbooks 160 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 179. Help from IBM IBM Support and downloads ibm.com/support IBM Global Services ibm.com/services Related publications 161
  • 180. 162 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 181. Index commands Symbols AOFA 22 /etc/profile 70 apachectl 72 /home/db2inst1/sqllib/db2profile 70 BGNSESS 41 /opt/IBMIHS/conf/httpd.conf. 72 CSAA 60 /usr/lpp/ing/adapter 89 db2cc 75 /usr/lpp/ing/adapter/config 89 db2fs 70 /usr/lpp/ing/adapter/data 89 db2start 71 /usr/lpp/ing/adapter/lib 89 db2updv8 71 DISPMTR 58 Numerics eezdmn.sh 81 390–CMOS 2 GETPW 64–65 INGMON 57 INGMTRAP 42 A INGOMX 42 ACF 122 INGSESS 42 AOFA command 22 ISQXMON 112 AOFTABL 21–22 KILL 60 apachectl command 72 PROTECT 63 APG 10 RDEFINE 124 APL 10 SAMSCC 140 ASF 14 SAMSCCC 140 AUTHENTICATION policy 64 SAMSCCO 140 automated operator 40 SAMSCCS 140 automation adapter 82 SETROPTS 124 automation agent 82 source 70 Automation Control File, see ACF VET 147 Automation Status File, see ASF VETVET command 150 coupling facility 102 B CPC 100 Base Control Program, see BCP CSAA command 60 BCP 100 Custom-Built Product Delivery Offering, see CBPDO BGNSESS command 41 BNH236E 63 D DB2 Universal Database 69 C db2cc command 75 CAT 60 db2fs command 70 CBPDO 20 db2start command 71 Central Processor Complex, see CPC db2updv8 command 71 CHRON 149 DISPMTR command 58 CNMEMCXY member 149 DSICLD 135 CNMPNL1 135 DSIPARM 84 Command Authorization Table, see CAT © Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved. 163
  • 182. E INGTIMER 149 EAS 84–85 INGXINIT 84 eezdmn.sh command 81 initial program load 2 enterprise systems connection, see ESCON initial program load, see IPL ESCON 4 IPL 2, 34 Event Automation Service, see EAS ISQCNTL 113 EVTOPER 85 ISQLOG 113 exception analysis 34 ISQXMON command 112 F J Fibre Channel connection, see FICON Java Runtime Environment, see JRE FICON 4 JRE 84 files /etc/profile 70 K /home/db2inst1/sqllib/db2profile 70 KILL command 60 /opt/IBMIHS/conf/httpd.conf. 72 /usr/lpp/ing/adapter 89 /usr/lpp/ing/adapter/config 89 M /usr/lpp/ing/adapter/data 89 MESSAGES/USER DATA policy 57 /usr/lpp/ing/adapter/lib 89 MIGREYEC 142 Focal Point, see FP Monitor Resources 34 FP 4 MTR policy 51 G N GDPS 5, 100 NCCF 118 Geographical Diverse Parallel Sysplex, see GDPS NetView Control Command Facility, see NCCF Geographically Dispersed Parallel Sysplex™, see NetView Management Console 4 GDPS NetView Management Console, see NMC GETPW command 64–65 network policy 37 NMC 4–5 H hardware configuration definition, see HCD O HCD 105 OCF 100 OCF-based processors 101 OMEGAMON 4, 33 I OMEGAMON_SESSION policy 38 IHVCONF 22 operation 118 ING080I 49 Operations Command Facility, see OCF ING081I 49 operator 40 INGALLC 21 INGALLC1 21 INGALLC2 21 P INGALLC3 21 PERMIT command INGALLC4 21 commands INGMON command 57 PERMIT 63 INGMTRAP command 42 POCNTL 22 INGOMX command 42 policy INGSESS command 42 MESSAGES/USER DATA 57 164 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 183. OMEGAMON_SESSION 38 Software Development Kit, see SDK PROCESSOR 110 Software Migration Project Office, see SMPO PROCESSOR INFO 106 source command 70 SESS_AUTOOPS 40 SSI 84 TARGET SYSTEM INFO 111 SSM 147 policy AUTHENTICATION 64 Subsystem interface, see SSI policy RELATIONSHIP 56 Support Element settings 115 POLOG 22 Support Element, see SE POR 3 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server, see SLES power-on reset 3 SysOps 4 PPI 84 System Modification Program/Extended, see PROCESSOR INFO policy 106 SMP/E Processor Operations 118 System Operations 4 Processor Operations facility 4 System State Manager, see SSM PROCESSOR policy 110 ProcOps 4 Program-to-Program Interface, see PPI T TAF 35, 37 PROTECT command 63 Target System Control Facility 4 proxy operator 40 TARGET SYSTEM INFO policy 111 Terminal Access Facility, see TAF R TIMERS 149 RDEFINE command 124 TRG 10 Redbooks Web site 160 TSCF 4 Contact us xv TSO 4 RELATIONSHIP policy 56 Resource Object Data Manager 4 RODM 4 U UNIX System Services, see USS USS 84 S SAF 59, 124 SAMSCC command 140 V VET command 147 SAMSCCC command 140 VTAMLST 41 SAMSCCO command 140 SAMSCCS command 140 SAMSYSC 135 SAMSYSP 135 SDK 84 SE 14 Security Access Facility, see SAF security product 35 SESS_AUTOOPS policy 40 SETROPTS command 124 Simple Network Management Protocol, see SNMP SLES 68 SMP/E 20 SMPO 128 SNMP 100 SOCNTL 21 Index 165
  • 184. 166 IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation
  • 185. IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation (0.2”spine) 0.17”<->0.473” 90<->249 pages
  • 188. Back cover ® IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS Enterprise Automation Enterprise class This IBM Redbook provides an overview of IBM Tivoli System automation on IBM Automation for z/OS concepts and new features. We also INTERNATIONAL System z discuss some considerations on migrating non-IBM products TECHNICAL to IBM Tivoli System Automation for z/OS. SUPPORT Migration from other The discussion is primarily aimed at technical professionals ORGANIZATION automation that are looking to understand the IBM Tivoli System platforms Automation for z/OS new features and find migration options. This IBM Redbook explains some important features of IBM BUILDING TECHNICAL Support for Tivoli System Automation for z/OS, including using the INFORMATION BASED ON end-to-end Processor Operations feature, integration with IBM Tivoli PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE automation OMEGAMON Classic, and integration with End-to-end automation feature of the IBM System Automation for IBM Redbooks are developed by Multiplatform. the IBM International Technical Support Organization. Experts We will also discuss the available services from the Software from IBM, Customers and Migration Project Office that provide migration services for Partners from around the world mainframe based products, including IBM Tivoli System create timely technical Automation for z/OS, in this new implementation of IBM Tivoli information based on realistic System Automation for z/OS. We also provide some overview scenarios. Specific recommendations are provided of the migration procedures from non-IBM products. to help you implement IT solutions more effectively in your environment. For more information: ibm.com/redbooks SG24-7308-00 ISBN 0738494631